Highlight below for (spoilery)
trigger warnings:
homophobia (especially religiously based), transphobia (as
part of a character's background story, not actively
perpetrated within the plot), colonization, brief mentions of
marital rape, psychological abuse and coercion, something like
but not exactly suicidal ideation, intimate partner abuse (as
relayed by one character to another character but it doesn't
actually happen within the confines of the story), and COVID
(in a pretty direct, harrowing way... not just the constant
hovering presence mode). Also, I've jokingly... but only
sort of... subtitled this "YOU WILL LOVE THIS GAY DEMON OR I
WILL HIT YOU (not really)!!!!" so buckle in!
The Lost
Sheep
A Very Special Hostage
Situation
Saturday,
April 2nd, 2022
A little before 9:00 AM, JenniAnn slipped through the gazebo
portal and into St. Genesius' blue room. She hadn't
initially planned to arrive until around 1:00 but that was before
she'd realized her cell phone was no where to be found.
"Not like my mind was taken up by idiots waving signs or
anything," she muttered as she made her way to the office.
She searched the area where she put on Joshua's make-up but found
nothing. Maybe the lobby... She had spent time in the
lobby after the show.
JenniAnn exited the office and made her way backstage then
halted. She thought she'd heard something. After a few
seconds of silence, she shrugged it off and stepped on
stage. She looked out onto the empty seats and smiled,
imagining what Joshua must feel when he stood there, seeing the
faces of his children. She let out a contented sigh,
determined to think more on that and less on the idiots waving
signs.
JenniAnn was halfway down the aisle when the doors leading into
the lobby slammed closed. She shrieked and hurried towards
them, trying to rend them open but they wouldn't budge.
"We're not here to hurt you," an accented voice called from behind
her. "Not if you do as we say."
"No! That still sounds too ominous, Ed!"
Ed? JenniAnn wondered if this Ed and Joshua's Edgar happened
to be the same... Surely so. Remembering Joshua's
words, she calmed down.
"Sorry," Ed grumbled, interrupting JenniAnn's thoughts. "We
just, umm, need you to get your boyfriend here."
"Boyfriend?"
"Andrew."
JenniAnn laughed.
"I think he moved past boyfriend a long time ago. We have
five kids."
Ed's eyes went wide.
"Adopted," JenniAnn clarified.
"Oh."
"One small problem... I don't have my phone and..."
JenniAnn waved towards the lobby doors and then the curtains which
were blocking access to stages left and right. They looked
as solid as stone. She pushed down some panic as she
realized how trapped she was. "Can't get to the office
phone."
Ed reached into his pocket and handed JenniAnn her phone.
"You stole my phone?!"
Ed shrugged.
JenniAnn stared at him. She knew she should probably feel at
least some worry. After all, she was being held hostage by
at least one demon... how else to explain the doors and
curtains?... and a blonde of indeterminate species... but she was
banking on human. He had the look of someone who had been
ill. Recovered... but the illness had taken a toll.
And that didn't seem very angelic. Or demonic.
And the demon was wearing makeup... He looked like someone
who had been preparing for a KISS concert but gotten
interrupted. She had a suspicion the black eye makeup was
there for her benefit... to scare her into compliance. But
what sort of demon needed an assist like that? One who
clearly thought he wasn't very scary on his own.
And then there was the outfit... black leather pants, a purple
T-shirt that was a size or two too small and yet perfect.
Tattooed stars covered his arms. And his hair... It
went half-way down his back in gorgeous salt and pepper curls that
matched his long, full beard. And his eyes... Disney
prince eyes. JenniAnn shook her head. She really
didn't want to end up in the Guinness Book of World Records for
the quickest development of Stockholm Syndrome. But he
looked an awful lot like...
"You remind me of Blackbeard."
JenniAnn hadn't meant to say it aloud but no sooner were the words
out of her mouth than the blonde whirled around to face her.
"He is NOT a rapist, woman!" he screamed.
JenniAnn blinked. He'd looked so mild-mannered that it
surprised her he could be that loud.
Ed shook his head as tears began to creep down his cheeks.
"Why should she be-believe you, Steve? I kidnapped
her! Look at... at me... I'm... I'm a monster!"
Ed collapsed at the edge of the stage, his legs dangling
listlessly.
Steve settled beside him and wrapped his arms around him.
"I... I didn't mean the historical Blackbeard. Has... has no
one told you about Our Flag Means Death? It's a TV
show. Very fictionalized. With a very fictionalized,
much nicer, non-rapist Blackbeard. Who is... is gay,"
JenniAnn explained.
Ed and Steve looked up and blinked at her.
"Or maybe bi. Or pan. I'm not really sure. But
he's way into this other pirate named..."
"Oh..." Recognition lit up Steve's face. "We've not
watched, no. But our housemates have. They tried to
get us to watch but... We've been too busy. Planning
for this trip."
"All right... Well... I meant it a compliment,
really. He's a very likable character. At least...
well, I've not finished the show. But from what I've seen,"
JenniAnn explained.
Ed continued to cry.
JenniAnn cocked her head and studied him. Whatever the
purpose of his dark eye make-up really was, he looked quite
pathetic with it streaking down his cheeks.
"So, umm, is the make-up a cultural thing or..."
"No," Ed answered miserably. "Thought it looked scary."
"Ah. Well, then maybe... I mean one bit of good news
is the person you're holding hostage is a mom so..."
JenniAnn reached into her purse and pulled out some wet
wipes. "Could I..."
Ed nodded. The entire fiasco was embarrassing enough.
He could at least do without her angelic paramour seeing him
looking like a depressed clown.
JenniAnn began to wipe at the streaking make-up. And then
she became aware that someone was staring at her.
Steve, who had resumed looking panicked and guilty following his
outburst, was shooting daggers with his eyes.
"Would you like to take over here?" JenniAnn offered.
"I would, yes," Steve answered with some smugness.
"We'd do better with soap and water but, well, I can't get to the
sink so... have at it."
JenniAnn handed the wet wipes to Steve.
"There now... Don't cry..." Steve murmured.
JenniAnn couldn't hear Ed's response but saw him lean forward and
rest his head against Steve's. Her eyes went wide.
"Saints Serge and Bach... pray for us," she whispered.
"What's that?" Steve asked.
"Mmm... nothing. I'm going to text Andrew. You want
him to come here?"
"Yes, please," Steve replied.
"All righty..." JenniAnn unlocked her phone and typed out a
message.
Come to St. G's when you can. Being
held hostage by a very sad sack demon and his boyfriend???
Don't worry. Bring chocolate, please. Love
you! XOXO
Once the message was sent, JenniAnn returned her attention to the
two.
"So... He might be a bit. This is usually when he's
mucking our donkey's and horse's and goats' and sheep's
stalls. He might not see the text right away. Maybe,
umm, tell me how you two met? To pass the time?" she
suggested.
Steve lifted Ed's chin, checking to be sure he hadn't missed any
of the make-up. Ed managed a teary smile and nodded.
"All right. Well, it was March 22nd, 2019..." Steve began.
2019.
The Year Before the Plague.
The demon Edgar is sent to possess Stephen
Thomas, head of a sober living house.
Things did not go as planned...
Or did they?
"And Lucky's taken his meds?" Steve asked as he did a final check
of himself in the hallway mirror.
"Yes, captain. Even swallowed them," Lucky called from the
living room.
"He did," Ollie confirmed. "Saw him with my own eyes.
And Rocky took out the trash and Karl loaded the dishwasher and...
we'll be fine."
"Go have some fun!" Jess encouraged. "God knows you need
it. When's the last time you went out?"
"Oh, umm, been a while, I suppose." Steve turned his head
left and right. "Does my hair look all right to you?
Looks a bit poufy..."
Lucky ambled out of the living room and studied Steve with a
critical eye. He arranged a few of Steve's curls then nodded
with satisfaction.
"Your hair looks fine. Now go. Maybe you can find us a
daddy."
Steve turned beat red.
"I... I'm just going to spend time with some old friends,
Lucky. Not find a... a daddy. Is that... like a sex
thing?" he whispered.
Jess muttered to themself and walked away.
Lucky burst out laughing.
"Oh Steve... My precious, sweet, Steve... No. I
mean maybe. Eventually. For you. Sue me for
wanting to live in a stable two-parent home for once in my life."
Lucky patted Steve's cheek then waltzed back into the living room
and plopped down beside Rocky, his boyfriend.
Ollie squeezed Steve's shoulders.
"Don't listen to him. Just go have fun, okay? Dance
wildly to ABBA or whatever it is you do."
"I do like ABBA..."
"There ya go! Don't think about us. Jess and I have
everything under control."
"All right..."
Steve let out a shaky sigh.
Ollie steered him towards the door.
"Cell phone?"
"Yeah."
"Wallet?"
"Yeah."
"Great." Ollie pushed Steve out the door then hurriedly
pulled it closed.
Steve gulped.
"Bye then..." he murmured. When he reached the edge of the
yard, he turned back to the house. He was tempted to run
back inside. But everyone had been so excited for him.
He gave a resolute nod, turned away, and headed to a nearby
nightclub.
*~*~*
Unbeknownst to Steve, he was not alone as he made his way to the
club. Two men trailed behind him.
"That's your assignment, Edgar. His name is Stephen
Thomas. He goes by Steve. He runs a home for a bunch
of reprobate drunks and druggies."
Edgar looked down at the shorter man and grimaced.
"Take what time you need to get to know him. Then... possess
him."
Edgar startled and shook his head, curls flying about.
"Iggy, I don't like the..."
Iggy halted and stared at Edgar.
"I'm sorry. Possession a little too... demonic... for you,
demon?"
Edgar startled when Iggy grabbed the front of his T-shirt.
"I'm trying to get you out of that godforsaken cell." Iggy
laughed unpleasantly. "Of course it's all godforsaken.
But you could be so much more, Edgar. I remember the first
time I saw you... so full of rage, so powerful... so
promising. Where did he go? Where's Rawiri?"
Edgar pushed Iggy away then pinned him to a nearby telephone poll.
"Don't you ever call me that," he sneered. "Ever."
Iggy grinned.
"There he is."
Edgar hastily released his supervisor and turned away. He
returned his attention to the man walking ahead of them, to
Steve. He watched as he paused to admire some fall
foliage. Then... was he talking to a bird?
Iggy rambled as they resumed walking.
"Try to befriend him. Better yet, try to befriend them
all. Learn what you can about his ridiculous
household. That way it'll be easier to get to them when you
take over their beloved Steve."
Edgar refused to look at Iggy.
"Yeah. Okay," he replied without having really heard what he
said.
As they rounded a corner, they heard loud pop music. Edgar
smiled as the club came into view, a glitzy banner over the door
reading "70s Night!!!" He'd had a few short assignments in
the 1970s and remembered enjoying the music. And
Crowley... Crowley had gone on once about a band.
Queen, was it? Had that been the 70s? Edgar rubbed at
his temples. Everything was a blur.
"In you go," Iggy ordered. "Might make sense to remain
invisible for a while. Observe your prey. Learn what
you can. Then make your first move."
Prey... The word echoed through Edgar's mind. He had
prey. He was a predator. He fought off memories of
another time. Of babies and storytelling around the fire and
sailing and...
"Go on then. He just went inside."
"Right." Edgar nodded and entered the club.
*~*~*
Steve sipped his beer and peered around the club, admiring the men
dancing. He wished he had their confidence.
"So how's Maren?"
Steve's face lit up at the mention of his ex-wife/current best
friend. Like his companions, Maren had gone to college with
him. Unlike Patrick and Craig, Steve had not realized until
later that he was gay and married her straight out of uni.
"Doing wonderfully! Just got hired on to paint a mural on
the side of the kids' school. Dan still teaches there.
They're all hoping to come visit this summer."
"Didn't Maren have a brother... a very cute brother?" Craig asked.
"Yes," Steve replied. "Very cute... and very straight.
He also has two kids with his wife. Besides... I wouldn't go
after my former brother-in-law even if he was available. I'm
not that desperate!"
"All right... so does Dan have any brothers?"
Steve glared at Patrick.
Craig slung an arm around Patrick's shoulders.
"We just get concerned about you is all, Steve. You spend
all your time and energy on that house and those guys and, don't
get us wrong, that's very admirable. We're proud of
you. Really. But you deserve to be happy, too.
And you definitely deserve better than that awful Jas..."
Steve held up his hand.
"Let's not talk about him. C'mon, guys! I came here to
have some fun with my old friends. To relax. Not..."
Craig clapped excitedly as the song changed.
"Ooh! I love this one! Hold that thought, Steve.
We gotta dance!"
"You coming?" Patrick asked as Craig yanked him out of his chair.
Steve shook his head.
"Maybe the next one."
Craig sighed dramatically before stomping away with Patrick.
Left alone, Steve tapped the table in time to the music.
"'Listen to the wind blow, watch the sun rise...'" he sang.
Steve looked over to where Craig and Patrick were dancing.
He wished they knew how easy they had it. They'd been
together since fourth year... twenty plus years before. It
had to have been easier to meet people when you were young and
dumb.
Then, just behind them and glued to the wall, Steve saw
him... He looked just as ill-at-ease as Steve felt. He
didn't understand why no one else was paying attention to
him.
He was... beautiful.
*~*~*
"'Run in the shadows, damn your love, damn your lies...'"
Edgar startled. Steve was staring at him. How?!?
And Steve was standing up... and Steve was walking towards him...
and Steve was smiling at him... and Steve was...
"Hullo, my name's Steve. What's your name?"
"Ed..." Edgar's throat closed up.
"Good to meet you, Ed! Fancy a dance?"
Edgar opened his mouth to correct Steve but decided not to.
He liked the way it sounded... Ed. Simple and
friendly. He would be Ed now. As if of its own
volition, his hand took Steve's.
"Yeah... Yeah, okay."
Then they were on the dance floor and moving together with the
music swirling around them.
"'And if you don't love me now... You will never love me
again. I can still hear you saying you would never break the
chain... Never break the chain...'"
*~*~*
"The Chain" gave way to "Dancing
Queen" which Steve danced to with great joy. Ed tried to
follow along but spent much of the song laughing. He
couldn't remember the last time he'd really laughed. Next
had come "YMCA." It took Ed a bit to catch on but he
realized soon enough that people were miming the letters with
their arms and joined in.
When the song ended, Steve fanned his face.
"That last one took a bit out of me, I'm afraid! I need to
pop back over to my table and grab my inhaler. Then a drink,
maybe? My treat?"
"Sure. Thank you."
Ed followed Steve back to his table and waited patiently as he
used his inhaler.
"Sorry. My asthma acts up a bit when I get too wound up,"
Steve apologized.
"No worries, mate."
"I'll go order. What're you having?"
"Hmm?"
"To drink. What's your favorite drink?"
"Oh... umm..." Ed looked around, panicked. He saw
several people with drinks. But he didn't know the names of
any of them. He knew the basics, of course. Wine,
whiskey, vodka, rum, etc. But none of that seemed
right.
"You don't have to get anything alcoholic, of course. I know
not everyone..."
Remembering what it was Steve did for a living, Ed shook his head.
"Not an alcoholic or anything like that. Just... not been to
a bar in a long time's all." Ed tried to recollect when the
last time had been... maybe the 1400s?
Steve blinked in surprise.
"Ah okay. Well... I'm fond of mai tais. How about we
give that a go?"
Ed nodded.
"Then I'll be back in a jiffy... unless you wanted to tag along?"
Ed nodded again. In truth, he was feeling overwhelmed.
So many people after so much solitude...
"Great!" Steve beamed then led the way over to the
bartender. "Do you live far from here?" he asked as they
waited in line.
"I... yeah. It's a ways but... close," Ed replied.
"You?"
"Just a few blocks away. Walked here. I love this
little neighborhood. I inherited the house I live in from my
gran. So this area has been a big part of my life ever since
I was a little boy. I feel... safe here."
Ed's gut twisted.
"Ah, here we are!" Steve stepped up to the counter.
"Two mai tais, please!"
Ed watched with interest as the bartender mixed their
drinks. The result looked quite pretty.
"Here you go, Ed! Oh..."
Ed accepted his drink then followed Steve's gaze.
Craig and Patrick were back at the table and looking at them with
great interest.
"Would you like to meet my friends?" Steve asked. "I've
known them since college but it's okay if..."
"Sure," Ed replied before sneaking a sip of his drink... then
quickly going for another. He almost cried over the
sweetness.
"Well, hello..." Craig greeted as the two reached the table.
"Steve, you been holding out on us?"
Steve blushed.
"No. Ed and I just met. He was kind enough to dance
with me. Ed, this is Craig and his husband, Patrick."
Ed waved with his right hand, still clinging to his drink with his
left.
"Hi. Nice to meet you. You went to college together?"
"Bible college, even," Patrick replied with a laugh. "If you
can believe it... Steve here was going to be a pastor."
Steve's blush deepened.
"Well, I... It was a thought. Once. Went a
different way," he hastened to explain.
"As did we all," Craig added. He squeezed Steve's
shoulder. "This one's a saint, though. You caught him
on the very rare night he actually steps away from work, Ed."
"Where, umm, do you work?" Ed asked.
"Oh... Well, I run a sober living house. My gran's
house that I mentioned before."
"Right. Nice."
"How about you, Ed? Where do you work?" Craig asked.
"Oh, umm... In between jobs at the moment."
"What do you do for fun?" Patrick followed up with.
Ed couldn't remember the last time he'd done something for
fun. The dancing had been fun. But he didn't think he
could say that.
"Sailing," he settled on.
Steve's face lit up.
"Sailing! How wonderful! You know, it's long been a
dream of mine to own a little boat one day. Sail away
whenever I want... I'd take the boys, of course. Might
be good for them. Learn some new skills, get that fresh sea
air..."
Ed smiled.
"Nothing like it..."
"No. There's not, is there?" Steve reached over and
patted Ed's arm.
Their eyes met for a moment before Ed pulled his gaze away and
took a long sip of his drink.
Something was going on in his belly... and he didn't think it was
the alcohol.
*~*~*
When the quartet parted for the night, Ed offered to walk Steve
home. Delighted, Steve had agreed and provided a running
commentary as they moved through the neighborhood.
"And this is my favorite spot to grab a cup of tea! They're
also so kind as to let us sell our soaps there."
"Soaps?" Ed questioned.
"Yeah! The guys and me make soap! One of our little
side projects to fund the house. We like to keep busy.
An idle mind... well, that can be dangerous when you're talking
about addiction. And here we are! Home!"
Ed studied the three story house which was surrounded by a sizable
yard brimming with well kept plants.
"Nice," he complimented.
"So how much farther are you headed? I could walk with you
if you'd like," Steve offered.
Ed shook his head.
"No... No. It's fine. I just... few blocks... Not
much."
Steve frowned. The other man wouldn't meet his gaze and was
shuffling his feet. He recognized a lie when he saw
it. He reached out and gently set a hand on Ed's arm.
"Do you... have a home, Ed?"
Ed's eyes flashed. He rebelled against the empathy in
Steve's eyes... empathy he knew he didn't deserve.
"Course I have a home!"
"Hey, hey... okay. No offense meant," Steve assured.
He'd spent enough time working with men down on their luck to know
not to take Ed's anger personally.
Ed grunted quietly, regretting his outburst.
"Do you... feel safe there? At your home?"
Something cracked in Ed's chest when he heard the tender kindness
in Steve's voice. No one had spoken to him like that in a
very long time. He looked up, meeting that caring gaze, and
shook his head.
"N-no... Not really."
"All right then. You're staying with us!" Steve
declared. "We've got a spare room already made up!
You'd have your own bathroom even!"
Ed blinked. Was this guy for real? Who took in a man
they'd only just met? Well... He wasn't so naive as to
think that didn't happen. But he didn't get the impression
Steve was being anything but generous. He had no ulterior
motives.
Before he could answer, a nearby church's bell began to toll
10:00.
Ed didn't understand why it made his eyes well.
Steve patted his arm.
"Do you need to skip town? I have some cash if..."
Ed shook his head.
"No... No. I can stay. I... I'd like to stay."
Steve grinned.
"Wonderful! Let's head on in then, get you settled."
Ed followed Steve into the house. They passed a room full of
people, intent on a very busy looking movie featuring a tall
blonde man and another man wearing a horned helmet.
"We'll do proper introductions at breakfast," Steve whispered as
he waved Ed down the hall.
They came to a decent-sized room that was nicely furnished if
dated.
"Here you are! Sorry it's a bit... old ladyish. This
was my gran's room and I haven't had the heart to change it up
much."
Steve made his way to the bathroom and pulled a box out of the
closet.
"Toiletries kit. Should be..." He returned to the
bedroom and opened a drawer. "Oh good! We keep a few
clothing items in all of the rooms. Never quite know how
people will arrive and what they'll be needing. All of it
either new or laundered. Feel free to wear whatever you'd
like. These are comfy. I have a similar pair
myself." Steve held up some flannel pajamas.
Ed only gaped. This man was either very dumb... or a living
saint. Craig's words echoed in his mind. Trust Iggy to
give him a saint...
"We have breakfast at 9:00 although we always have some grab and
go items if you're running early or late. But I do hope
you'll join us so you can meet everyone!"
"I'll be there at 9:00," Ed promised.
"Wonderful!" Steve motioned towards the door. "If you
need anything, I'm just at the end of the hall on the right.
Don't hesitate to let me know. There's a sign reading
'Captain' on the door... a bit of a joke."
"Thank you. I... appreciate this." Ed choked out. He
suddenly felt very discombobulated and hoped Steve didn't notice.
"It's no problem at all! I'll let you be now. G'night,
Ed!"
"Night, night, Steve."
Once his host was gone, Ed began to study the room. He
didn't see what was wrong with it. Looked nice to him.
He picked a throw pillow up off a settee and ran his fingers along
the silky, braided cord that edged it. Then his gaze fell on
a crocheted blanket. He let out a little gasp when he felt
the softness of the yarn. All of it was so different from
stone and metal.
It hit Ed all at once that he was exhausted. He grabbed the
pajamas Steve had laid out and stepped into the bathroom. A
heavenly scent filled his nostrils. He followed the trail to
the little kit Steve had pulled from the closet.
"Lavender..." he murmured, grabbing the bar and bringing it to his
nose.
Ed changed and washed up quickly then returned to the
bedroom. He was just turning down the covers when he paused
and looked back to the bathroom. Looking around nervously,
as if he expected to find someone spying, he hastened back into
the room and grabbed the soap. He set it on the pillow next
to the one he intended to use. Now he could smell the
soothing lavender aroma all night.
Ed sighed when he got into the bed. He wasn't sure what
material the sheets were made of but it was wonderful.
Everything was wonderful.
*~*~*
The First Morning
Saturday, March 23rd, 2019
When Ed awoke, the clock next to him told him it was 7:32.
Remembering what Steve had said, Ed wondered what he could do to
keep himself occupied until 9:00. Firstly, he supposed he
could get ready for the day. He made his way to the chest of
drawers and surveyed its contents... then he looked back over to a
chair where he'd laid out his purple T-shirt and leather
pants. The items in the drawers were decidedly less cool...
but also very soft. He selected some khaki pants and a
sweater.
Once he was changed, Ed splashed some water on his face and
stepped into the hallway. It suddenly occurred to him that
he had no idea what the layout of the house was. But it
seemed obvious enough which rooms were bedrooms and which were
common areas. He found the room where the people had been
watching TV. He walked through it and came into a
kitchen. At the back, there was a door leading out onto a
patio. Ed stepped out into the sunlight.
Ed couldn't remember the last time he'd seen the sunrise.
The colors of the sky were... heavenly. And too much.
He closed his eyes but tilted his face upwards, feeling the sun
against his skin. An errant tear trickled down his cheek.
"Well, hello there then."
Ed's eyes shot open. He turned to find a wiry man with long,
thinning blonde hair staring at him. To Ed's amazement, a
kererū was perched on his shoulder.
"Tawera said we weren't alone."
"Tawera?" Ed asked.
The man indicated the bird who was eying Ed.
"Name's Karl."
Ed shook the man's hand.
"Ed. I, umm... Steve..."
Karl peered into Ed's eyes.
Ed began to feel uncomfortable.
"Tawera says yer a good sort... but if ye hurt him..." Karl
moved closer and his voice became guttural. "We'll dismember
ye and bury ye under the rosebushes."
Ed let out a very undignified squeak of surprise. That had
gotten very dark, very quickly. That Karl couldn't dismember
him (or could he?) didn't matter... just that the thought had
crossed his mind!
Karl stepped back and grabbed a bucket. He waved to a second
one.
"Help me fill the feeders?"
"Yeah... yeah, okay," Ed agreed.
And for several minutes, Ed obediently filled bird feeders.
*~*~*
Steve stepped out of his bedroom, whistling happily. He made
his way to the kitchen and, just as he was filling the
coffeemaker, noticed movement in the yard. He chuckled when
he saw Karl advising Ed as he filled bird feeders. Steve
hoped Karl hadn't said anything too off-the-wall to their
guest. He was a kind, well-meaning soul... but sometimes he
didn't have the best sense of what should be said aloud and what
should be kept to himself.
Karl noticed Steve and waved. Ed followed suit.
Beaming, Steve stepped outside.
"Good morning! Karl, how are the birds?"
"Doin' well, cap'ain. Tawera says we need more houses for
the wee ones."
"Right... Well, we'll get right on that. Ed, how did
you sleep?"
"Well. Thank you. Very comfortable."
"Do you drink coffee?"
Ed nodded.
"Great. I've started some. Should be ready soon.
And then Ant should be around shortly to start breakfast. Do
you have any dietary restrictions, Ed?"
"No. Don't think so, anyway."
"Oh good. Karl, can I steal your helper?" Steve
requested. "I'd like to speak with Ed."
"Course." Karl eyed Ed up and down. "Just remember
what I said," he grumbled.
Ed nodded then hurried away, towards Steve.
Once they were in the kitchen, Steve smiled and handed Ed a mug.
"I hope he didn't say anything to upset you. Karl can be...
a bit much, to be honest. He takes a while to warm to
people. Understandably."
"He threatened to dismember me and bury me under the rosebushes if
I hurt you," Ed admitted with a grin.
"Good Lord!"
Ed laughed.
"No worries. He seems like a protective sort, yeah?"
"He is. He's actually... He doesn't have to be
here. He finished the program years ago. We had a
farewell party, got him settled in his own apartment, and he
just... wilted. So I brought him back as a sort of
groundskeeper/bird tender."
"No wonder he's so loyal."
"Yes... though I don't love him threatening my guest with
murder. How very Game of Thrones."
Though he didn't understand the reference, Ed chuckled and shook
his head.
"Don't worry about it. And please don't say anything to
him. But if I disappear... check under the rosebushes, I
guess."
Steve laughed.
"Well, thank you for being a good sport about it. I'm
sorry... I shoulda offered you tea, as well. Would you
prefer that? I usually start with coffee and move onto tea
for the rest of the day but..."
"No, no. Coffee's good. Thank you."
"You're very welcome." The machine beeped and Steve poured
some coffee into Ed's mug. He filled his own mug then waved
to a tray. "Cream and sugar?"
"Oh, yeah. Sure."
Steve watched with amusement as Ed poured a generous amount of
each into his mug. He made a mental note that Ed, seemingly,
had a sweet tooth.
"Would you like a tour?" Steve offered. "We can do a proper
one later once everyone's up and about but I could show you the
common areas now?"
"Sure. I'd like that."
"Right this way then." Steve stepped into the TV room.
"We spend a lot of evenings in here. Big fans of
movies." He waved to a shelf brimming with DVDs and
BluRays.
Ed blinked.
"Those are movies?"
"Of course."
"I thought they looked like... those blocky things... Black
with the white bits."
"You mean VHSes?"
"Spose so."
"No... Those... Wow. Those went out of favor
about twenty years ago."
"Oh..." Ed stared into his mug. He'd known it had been
a while since he'd been allowed out of his cell in Hell. He
hadn't realized it had been twenty years.
Steve rested a hand on his shoulder.
"It's okay. You can ask me anything. No question is
stupid, only the one left unasked. I do wonder... and pardon
me for asking but... did you escape some sort of regressive cult
or something?" Steve had noticed Ed staring at the most
random things the previous night: his cell phone, the DJ's setup,
the credit card reader... even the coffee maker that morning.
Ed cocked his head and considered the question. He supposed
he had. A charismatic leader/liar breaks away from the
establishment and creates his own society, promising everything
but giving nothing? Sounded like Hell.
"Yeah, spose so."
Steve clucked his tongue.
"I'm so sorry. I know it's not the same but I grew up in an
evangelical Christian community and, well, you can imagine how
well that went when I got older and realized, well...
They're not very fond of 'the gays.' So... I left. But
it wasn't easy. I left behind people I truly cared
about. I imagine you feel the same."
Ed slowly shook his head. The only people in Hell he'd felt
any fondness for were Yehuda and Crowley... and it had been years
since he'd seen either.
"Only people I cared about stopped coming around."
"I'm sorry. Well... you're here now! And you can stay
as long as you'd like."
"Thank you," Ed murmured, guilt gnawing at him. Steve was so
kind... If only he knew why he was really there.
"You're most welcome. Oh! I'll show you the craft room
in a bit. We have all sorts of projects to help keep the
house afloat. Like making these frames."
Ed accepted a mosaic frame from Steve.
"That was my gran and her longtime friend."
"They look very kind. And the frame is beautiful."
"Thank you! Lars made it. You'll meet him later."
Ed noticed another framed photograph. To his surprise, it
held an image of Steve kissing the cheek of a beaming woman
holding a bouquet and wearing a short, white dress and floral
crown.
"You're... married?"
Steve laughed and shook his head then picked up the photo.
"No, no. Not any more. That's Maren, my ex-wife.
This is actually our divorce photo."
Ed laughed.
"Wait... what?"
"Long story short, it was very nearly an arranged marriage.
Our parents were friends, very involved in the church. And
very, very eager to marry the presumed next pastor... that's me...
off to the deacon's daughter... that's Maren. And we did
love each other very much. Still do. As friends.
Neither of us were very strong-willed at the time. So we
went along with it. Poor Maren ended up in this huge, fluffy
monster dress. She hated it but her mother insisted.
So... we decided that when we signed the divorce papers, we'd do
what we liked. So she got her dream dress and we celebrated
at a gay bar with friends." Steve picked up another photo.
Ed studied it, smiling. In this image, Maren was wearing a
peasant dress and a different floral crown. Her arms were
around a man donning a a beige tunic and khakis. Steve stood
beside them, grinning in a retro blue suit.
"That's Dan. Maren did a whole finding herself thing after
the divorce. She took up art classes. Met Dan there
and, well..." Steve proudly showed off an image of himself
with two adorable children. "Their kids. My
godchildren."
"Look at them..." Ed smiled. "So what did your parents
make of all this?"
Steve's face clouded.
"Oh... Well... Maren's parents came around.
Grandchildren are a great incentive to reconcile. My
parents... Disowned me, basically. I send them a
Christmas card every year so they know I'm still alive."
Ed's eyes welled when he saw the grief that Steve was fighting to
hide. He could relate to parental alienation.
"Sorry, mate. It's rough... being estranged from your
family. It can make you feel... past-less?"
"Yes," Steve agreed. "Yes, that's it exactly."
Steve took Ed's hands and squeezed them affectionately.
Ed met Steve's watery gaze and felt his breath catch in his
throat.
Steve let out a ragged sigh.
"Well, thankfully, we can make our own families, yeah?"
"Yeah..."
Steve looked past Ed's shoulder and smiled.
"Ah and there he is! Ant, come meet Ed. Ed... this is
Ant, our esteemed chef."
Ed turned around to find a thin man with golden brown skin, a
closely cropped beard, and a halo of dark curls. He smiled
kindly but, as with Karl, Ed could sense wariness.
"Good to meet you, Ed. What are you in for?"
Steve chuckled and shook his head.
"No, Ed's not part of the program. He's here as my guest."
"I see..." Ant's gaze sharpened.
"Don't grill him, Ant. Karl's already said his peace.
It's a wonder Ed hasn't escaped out a window to get away from us."
Ant relaxed and chuckled. He held his hand out to Ed.
"Welcome, Ed."
"Thank you!" Ed warmly shook the man's hand.
"Ant, what are your plans for breakfast?"
"Mmm... Sausage, egg, and cheese biscuits?
Hashbrowns?"
"Sounds delightful but could we, ah, have something sweet along
with it maybe?"
"Waffles?"
Steve turned to Ed.
"Do you like waffles?"
"I'll eat anything. No need to add anything."
"But..."
"I'm happy to make waffles," Ant interrupted. "I like
waffles."
"Well, then that's settled!" Steve beamed. "Ant, I'm
just going to show Ed our craft room then I'll be back to help
you."
"Sounds good, cap."
Steve led Ed away.
"Why do they call you captain?" Ed inquired.
"Oh... it's just a bit of a joke that caught on. The sailing
thing. They say it's practice for when it becomes a
reality. I hate to tell them we'll probably all be old men
by the time I can afford even a small boat."
"Did your family have a boat when you were growing up?"
"Oh, yes. A yacht. I loved it. Of course,
looking back, I do wonder what a pastor was doing with a yacht but
well..." Steve sighed. "Anyway..." He opened a
door and flicked on a light. "The craft room!"
Ed followed Steve into the room and marveled. There was an
abundance of paints, assorted ceramics, multi-colored tiles,
woodworking materials, and the room itself smelled heavenly.
"The soap is our most lucrative endeavor. But we're always
trying something new. Keeps the guys occupied and
engaged. Do you do any crafts, Ed?"
Ed ran his fingers over a bin of colored pencils.
"Used to draw. Haven't for a long time."
"Well, now you know where to come if you want to get back into
it. Nice to have an outlet. And you can always take
some supplies back to your room. When you meet everyone,
you'll see that they can be a bit... chatty."
Ed smiled.
"I like chatty. Been around silence too much. But I'll
keep that in mind. Thank you."
"Of course. I should get back to Ant but if..."
"I can help," Ed interrupted. "I'd like to help. Earn
my keep."
"Ed... You don't have to..."
"I want to." The sick, guilty feeling was causing Ed's
stomach to churn. He hoped making himself useful might do at
least a little something to calm it.
"Well... Sure. Ant gets irritated if there are too
many people in 'his' kitchen but you could set the table?
It's a lovely morning. We could eat on the patio."
"Yeah. Yeah, I could do that," Ed eagerly agreed.
Steve smiled.
"Then it's settled."
Ed returned his smile then followed him out of the room.
*~*~*
Ed was counting place settings... Steve had said there should be
eleven... when he heard someone clear their throat.
Turning around, Ed found himself face-to-face with a large,
bearded Black man and a slighter, shorter person with black hair
hanging down to their shoulders.
"Who are you?" the man asked.
"I'm Ed."
The other person whispered to the man in what Ed thought was
Spanish. He wished he remembered Spanish but it was gone.
"Steve invited me," Ed explained. "We met at... at the
club."
"You just met last night and you're here?"
Ed nodded.
The man sighed deeply and stared up at the sky.
"Jesus, Steve... Not this again."
"Ollie! Jess! There you are!"
Ed turned around to find a smiling Steve. He didn't think
he'd ever felt so relieved to see someone.
"I see you've met Ed. Ed, this is Oliver... Ollie, my right
hand man, and Jess, his spouse and our house manager. They
manage our finances, make sure we have everything we need.
The brains behind the operation."
"Someone needs to be," Jess muttered.
"A word, please, Steve," Ollie requested.
"Umm... okay."
Ed moved into the yard to give them space.
"You just met him?!" Ollie demanded.
Steve nodded.
"Steve, I know it's been a long time but... don't you think you're
moving a little fast?" Jess questioned.
"I didn't sleep with him or anything!" Steve protested. "We
just... danced some and hit it off and he's going through a tough
spot so I told him he could stay here in my gran's room."
"Steve..." Ollie squeezed his hand. "Your business is
your business... except when it becomes our business. I just
don't want a repeat of... last time. "
"We were afraid we were gonna lose you, man," Jess murmured.
"I know... I know." Steve squeezed their hands. "But
Ed isn't Jason. And this isn't that. I'm not even
thinking like that. I mean, well..." He glanced over
to where Ed was studying a plant. "He's obviously very nice
to look at. But we're not together. I meant what I
said. I brought him here because he's in a tough spot.
Poor fellow ran away from a cult. And, well, I know
something of what that's like. My heart went out to
him. If he causes problems for anyone here, myself included,
then, of course, we'll part ways with him. But until
then... I dunno. I just... I feel like he belongs
here."
Ollie and Jess looked to each other. The latter shrugged.
"I mean you never did let Jason stay here... So the fact
that you felt comfortable bringing Ed here... I think that says
something."
Ollie sighed again.
"Yeah. It does. But that's also why this makes me
uneasy. You knew enough to keep Jason away from us.
But... but you didn't protect yourself, Steve. You let him
get into your head and... and that concerns me."
"I was in a bad spot back then, Ollie. I'm better now,"
Steve insisted. "And if you really are worried about Ed...
doesn't it make you feel better that he's here? You'll be
able to see how he treats me. How he treats everyone here."
Ollie nodded.
"Yeah... that's true. But if I see any red flags..."
"Then we'll talk it over. I promise. I won't hide
anything."
Jess patted Ollie's back.
"Right. Okay."
Steve pulled the couple into a hug.
"Don't worry! I have a good feeling about all of this!" he
enthused. "Now... can I call Ed back over here?"
"Yeah, sure," Ollie relented.
"He does have nice hair..." Jess admitted.
Steve chuckled then waved Ed over.
Ed returned with a shaky smile.
"As I was saying..." Steve resumed. "Ollie.
Jess. Ed. Ollie and Jess have been with me for what...
going on seven years?"
"Yeah, seven years in May," Ollie confirmed. He held his
hand out to the newcomer. "Ed. Good to meet you."
Ed took the man's hand and shook it. As he met his gaze, Ed
knew that despite the outright threat from Karl and Ant's
wariness... it was Ollie and Jess who were the greatest threats to
his mission.
Well... them and the fact that he was very uninterested in
accomplishing it.
*~*~*
At breakfast, Ed was introduced to the rest of the
household. There was Lucky, the youngest member, a brunette
with a baby face and flirtatious manner. Ed caught the boy
looking at him frequently and couldn't shake the feeling he was
taking mental notes. Beside Lucky was his boyfriend.
Rocky was a few years older and a balding, solidly built fellow
who laughed at every quip Lucky made whether or not the others
did. Demi-John was a hulking man with silver blonde hair who
all at once seemed capable of breaking a man in two yet handled a
teacup as if he was having tea with the Queen. His roommate
was named Baptiste. He was a tall, thin man with an
abundance of curls and a ready smile. Ed noticed he'd
brought a guitar to the breakfast table. It rested against
his chair and he sometimes brushed his hands over the strings as
if he just needed to remind himself it was there. Whether
Baptiste and Demi-John were more than roommates, Ed wasn't
entirely sure. Finally, there was Lars, a sweet-tempered man
with long blonde hair who spoke with a soft voice that he seemed
not to use very often.
The way Steve introduced them all touched Ed. His pride and
love was evident. And he never lost patience with them...
not even when Karl wandered away from the table to begin
conversing with a bird or Lucky and Demi-John started bickering
over whose turn it was to clear the able.
"I can do it," Ed offered, hoping to bring the argument to an
end.
"Ed, no," Steve declined. "You set the table. Lucky
AND Demi-John can clear it. It'll only take half the time,
boys. Besides, we didn't finish our tour, Ed. You
still need to see the gym and the library and the meditation
room."
Ed chuckled.
"Right. Sorry, boys."
Lucky shrugged.
"No worries. You can make it up to us... with a game of
twenty questions."
Ed began to grow nervous.
"Umm..."
"Lucky, be nice," Steve chastised. "You're not subjecting
our guest to twenty questions."
"Five," Ollie countered.
"I could handle five," Ed agreed, wanting to be a good sport.
"When did you realize you were gay?" Lucky blurted.
Ed blinked.
"He never said he was gay," Demi-John pointed out.
"I mean, hello, he was at a gay bar."
"Could be bi. Or pan. Or ace. Could be
anything," Lars offered. He smiled gently at Ed. "It's
okay whatever you are."
"Okay, maybe we need some ground rules," Steve suggested, casting
an apologetic look towards Ed. "Let's not get too personal."
"I've just always been how I am," Ed replied.
"What's your favorite color?" Baptiste asked.
"Red, I think. Also like purple."
"What's your favorite food?" Ant questioned.
"Don't wanna say..." Ed replied with a teasing smile.
Steve laughed.
"This is the question you balk at?"
"I mean... I only had it once but... I loved it."
"Oh god... It's something awful like Marmite, isn't it?"
Lucky guessed.
"Worse." Ed drew in and let out a deep breath. "Fairy
toast."
The table erupted in good-natured laughter.
Ant patted Ed's arm.
"Well then... tomorrow morning we'll have fairy toast for
breakfast. In honor of our new friend."
"Really?" Ed asked, trying not to sound too excited.
"Of course!" Ant affirmed. "It is awful... but fun."
"How old are you?"
"Forty five," Ed answered Rocky, feeling a twinge of guilt for
lying. But he couldn't very well say he was just over a
thousand years old.
"I get the last question. So... what's your happiest
memory?" Steve asked.
Ed's eyes misted. He hadn't allowed himself to think much
about his past... not for a long time. But surrounded by
this group of merry, friendly people, he found it easier to
remember.
"Let's see... Well... Umm... It was many years
ago and I was working in a little village. I have another
name. A Māori name. Rawiri. Anyway, that's what
they knew me as. One day, a woman gave birth to her baby and
she and her husband named him after me. When they handed me
my little namesake... I think that was my happiest memory."
"Ed..." Steve murmured tenderly.
Ed swiped at a tear and smiled.
"So now you know... I'm a fortysomething sap who likes fairy toast
and red and purple."
"Well... I for one am pleased to know you, Ed," Steve replied,
reaching over to squeeze Ed's hand.
Ed noticed Lucky flutter his eye lids in a teasing manner but he
didn't care and set his other hand over Steve's.
*~*~*
The Truth Comes Out
Saturday, March 30th, 2019
In the week that followed, Ed's life settled into an easy
routine. He woke up at around 7:30 every morning and helped
Karl fill the bird feeders before settling down with a cup of
coffee and Steve's company. After breakfast, everyone piled
into the craft room to work on their various projects. While
Ed hadn't yet gotten the hang of making soap, he loved being
nearby when the men worked on it. He'd sit at a desk and
draw designs and assorted scenes onto note cards, sucking in the
alluring, calming scents. At 10:30, they would all take a
break and Ed would join Steve for tea. He was touched that
ever since the first morning when Steve had watched him prepare
his tea (with a bit of milk and six... no seven... seven was
better... sugars); Steve had started bringing the tea to him like
that. Then the group shared lunch together. In the
afternoons, sometimes they went on excursions or partook in a
group activity. Ollie might lead a meditation session or
Jess would teach self-defense. There would be nature walks,
weather permitting. Ed loved watching Steve light up
whenever he saw an interesting bit of flora or fauna. Then
there was afternoon tea at around 3:00 followed by chores.
It had taken three days but Ed had convinced Steve that he should
be assigned something just like everyone else. If Ed was
completely honest, he felt like Steve might have expected a bit
more of the men. They each had a chore, yes, but Steve
appeared to have five or six. It was the laundry that Ed
eventually wrested away. He liked the soft floral scent of
the detergent and it calmed him to sort the laundry into neat,
little piles. Then he'd pick up his basket and wind his way
through the house, returning everyone's clean clothes to
them. It gave him a chance to get to know them all better.
Ed learned that Lucky had grown up in foster care, bouncing from
house to house. Rocky's story was not unlike his
boyfriend's. He, however, had run away at thirteen and spent
some time living on the streets. Both had turned to alcohol
to dull the fear and pain.
Demi-John had grown up in a stable, loving home. But then
his mother had died of breast cancer, sending his father
spiraling. There'd eventually been a step-mother but she
hadn't taken to a teenaged Demi-John. And so, like Rocky,
he'd run away and spent some time homeless. Alcohol use had
given way to drug use until he'd been arrested for attempting to
steal a book of all things.
"What book?" Ed had asked.
Demi-John had proudly shown off a gilded copy of Little Women.
"It was my mum's favorite. Even named me after one of Meg's
kids. I'm definitely more of an Amy, though."
"So you actually managed to steal it?"
"No. Steve got it for me later."
And that had sent a little pang of something tearing through Ed's
heart.
Baptiste, unsurprisingly, was the child of two musicians.
Unfortunately, his parents had both died of drug overdoses when he
was only fifteen. Like Lucky, he'd been hauled into foster
care with only a paper bag of belongings and his prized
guitar. Desperate to belong, he'd been easily swayed into
using by other kids in the home.
Ant had been born in Ethiopia and immigrated to New York with his
parents when he was seven. When he was twenty two, his
mother caught him with a boy and promptly kicked him out of the
house. He'd spent some time bouncing around amongst friends'
couches before, after a drunken evening spent binging the whole of
the The Lord of the Rings series, he'd ended up trading in
his savings for a ticket to Aotearoa. One day, Steve had
found him passed out on the lawn... and from then on he'd been a
member of the household.
Lars was a bit of a mystery on account of his quiet nature.
All Ed had gathered from him was that he loved to sing and didn't
like being alone for too long. Lucky had volunteered that
Lars had been the lone survivor of a car crash that had killed his
parents and brother. One day five years previously, Steve
had found him busking outside of a grocery store, high as a kite
and looking like he'd been beaten up. Good Samaritan that he
was, Steve had brought him back to the house and Lars had been
there ever since.
No one seemed to know much about Karl's past beyond the fact that,
at some point, he'd immigrated from Scotland. He'd been
there the longest of the men and, as Steve had informed Ed, was
very unlikely to ever leave.
That left Jess and Ollie. They were polite enough when Ed
brought them their clean clothes. But they never spoke to
him beyond pleasantries. Ed had a suspicion they still
didn't trust him... and he couldn't fault them for that.
Based on a photograph in the living room, Ed knew they'd been
married for three years. Steve had performed the ceremony in
the backyard. Lucky was, once again, Ed's primary source of
information on the two.
He'd learned that Ollie had once been a Catholic priest, stationed
in Puerto Rico. That's where he'd met Jess. The
precise timing of their romance wasn't entirely clear to
Lucky. At some point, Jess had come out as non-binary and
been ostracized from their family and their parish.
Eventually, they'd decided to leave and, no doubt to the great
shock of the parish, had taken the priest with them. From
then on, the two had been a unit. When Ollie had accepted
Steve's job offer, it had been on the condition that Jess be
hired, too.
Ed was inclined to think this was a good thing. Steve was
many things but even in a week's time, Ed had gathered that
managing money was not among his talents. But Jess ensured
that bills were paid and groceries were stocked. They truly
were the brains of the operation whereas Ollie was the hands,
often shuttling the men back and forth from doctor's appointments
and other errands. Steve, of course, was the heart. He
was always available, always willing to listen.
In the evenings, after dinner, they usually watched a movie.
Usually it was a blockbuster. A Marvel movie or Star
Wars or the like. That Thursday, Steve had prevailed
upon the group to give something smaller and softer a try... and
so ten men had blubbered through The Notebook. Even
stoic Jess had tears in their eyes by the end.
It was only the nights when Ed was unhappy. When everything
quieted and he was alone in his room, there was no distraction
from why he was there. During the nights, Ed thought of Iggy
and of Hell, of the cell he'd spent so long in.
On Saturday at 2:23 AM, Ed couldn't handle another night of
tossing and turning. Making himself invisible, he snuck out
of his room and into Steve's. He told himself it was for
research. Maybe Steve talked in his sleep. Maybe he'd
learn something useful.
In reality, Ed simply felt calmer when Steve was nearby. So
he settled into a chair and watched the sleeping man.
He could have entered into his dreams... could have even swayed
Steve's dreams. But Ed hated the idea. And so he sat
and watched and waited.
Steve looked so peaceful as he slept. And younger. The
day's worries and vexations didn't line his face.
Ed sat for three hours in silence save Steve's soft snoring.
He was just about to give up, convinced Steve didn't actually talk
to his sleep, when he heard it.
One word.
"Ed..."
Ed's heart thumped in his chest. Maybe he was just hearing
things.
"Mmm... Ed..."
Ed's belly started doing the fluttering thing again.
Then he lost control of his own mind. He imagined himself
slipping into Steve' bed... imagined Steve smiling wearily and
wrapping his arms around him... imagined tucking his face into the
crook of Steve's neck and falling asleep... peaceful and
comfortable and... loved.
Ed bolted out of the room and back to his own.
He threw himself into the window seat and rested first one cheek
and then the other against the coolness of the glass.
What. Was. Happening???
He had been an angel. He had been around generations of
beautiful and kind men and women, whakawahine and whakatane.
He'd loved them, cared for them, lived among them.
But he hadn't felt whatever... this... was.
Ed peered up at the stars and, for just a moment, thought of
praying. But no. He couldn't do that. They
didn't want to hear from him.
"Try to befriend him," Iggy's voice sneered in his memory.
"Better yet, try to befriend them all. Learn what you can
about his ridiculous household. That way it'll be easier to
get to them when you take over their beloved Steve."
Ed whimpered and tears slid down his cheeks.
*~*~*
Tuesday, April 2nd, 2019
Steve began to
fret over Ed. While he was keeping on top of his tasks,
he seemed spacey and jumpy. Steve had tried to get him
to open up but Ed only smiled and insisted he was fine.
So Steve decided that, perhaps, he needed distraction.
And maybe some mental stimulation, too.
So following afternoon tea, Steve brought Ed to his office.
"I know you missed out on a lot of things. So I thought
you might appreciate having a way to catch up, to learn about
things you're curious about so I introduce... YouTube."
"You too?" Ed repeated.
"No, no. YouTube. Tube. Like a tube of
toothpaste. Here." Steve sat down in front of his
laptop and patted the seat next to him.
Ed sat down.
"It's a video site. Now, I'll warn you that not
everything on here is accurate," Steve stressed.
"Because anyone... absolutely anyone... can upload whatever
they want. I mean there are guidelines but they can be
easy to flaunt. So just keep that in mind. But
name something you'd like to learn about."
An image of Crowley flicked into Ed's mind.
"Queen. The band."
"Great! So because 'Queen' is such a common word, we're
going to search 'Queen Freddie Mercury' because he was the
lead singer. And..." Steve typed then waved to a
screen. "Look, you can watch concerts. Here are
some interviews. Music videos. If you want more of
a history, you could add 'documentary.' See?"
Ed's eyes were wide as more videos loaded.
"But remember..."
"Not always accurate."
"Exactly. Now, you try!"
The two switched places.
Steve watched with interest as Ed slowly typed, hunt and peck
style. He felt a wave of empathy as he realized he was
searching "Māori." He'd been afraid that Ed felt
isolated from his culture. No one else in the house was
Māori.
"So many results..." Ed murmured.
Steve nodded.
"There are."
Ed clicked on a video of a group performing a haka.
Steve split his attention between the moving video and Ed who
watched with rapt attention. He thought he saw tears
forming in his friend's eyes.
"It's beautiful," Steve complimented once the video had ended.
Ed nodded. Then he added a term to the search.
"Music."
Ed closed his eyes as the traditional music played.
After a few moments of listening, Steve squeezed Ed's
shoulder.
"I'll let you have some privacy now, Ed. Yell if you
need anything. And let me know if you'd like to learn
about anything else on here." He waved to the
laptop. "If I don't know... well, Lucky's young enough
to know it all."
Ed gave Steve a teary smile and nodded.
"Thanks, mate. 'Ppreciate this."
"Of course. Enjoy."
Steve patted Ed's hand and moved towards the hall. Just
before he left, he thought he heard Ed beginning to sing
along.
*~*~*
Friday, April 5th,
2019
Even though Ed had taken to YouTube and numerous other offerings
of the Internet, Steve noticed that he'd continued to be out of
sorts. He wasn't grumpy or short-tempered. Just quiet,
sullen. And so he'd decided that a break from routine was in
order.
"There's this lovely little shop a few blocks away that sells the
best chocolates I've ever eaten!" Steve gushed as he slipped into
his coat. "As much as you love sugar, you'll adore it there,
Ed."
Ed gave him a weak smile.
"Yeah, okay. Sounds good. Thanks, mate."
"We'll bring some back for everyone. Ooh and they have
delicious cocoa, too. It'll be nice for the walk back, hmm?"
Ed nodded.
Steve chattered as they walked, pointing out other shops and
restaurants he enjoyed. He tried to encourage Ed but he
remained quiet, only offering a few words here and there.
Once they'd reached the chocolate shop, Steve tried to draw out
Ed's interest. But, while he seemed impressed by the array
of treats, Steve couldn't get him to commit to anything.
Finally, he ordered an assortment of chocolate and two cocoas.
"Let's sit for a bit before we head back, hmm?"
"Sounds good."
Steve pulled out a chair at a little bistro table and motioned for
his friend to take a seat before settling into the other.
"Are you... happy, Ed? And, if not, is there anything I can
do to help?"
"I'm fine. Just... got a lot on my mind, I spose."
"Do you want to talk about it?"
"Not really."
"All right... Well, is there anything that would help?
Anything you want? Your drawings are wonderful, Ed.
Truly. But is there anything else you'd like to do?
Actually... I've been wondering... Culture... belonging...
that's important. I have some Māori friends. Would you
like me to introduce you? I mean... I would love to listen
to anything you'd like to share but, well, I'm not Māori. No
one at the house is. So if you need that sort of engagement
then..."
"No. I'm fine, Steve. Really. I... I don't want
that. Not right now, anyway."
"All right."
Ed flinched when Steve patted his hand.
Steve frowned.
"We can head back... if you'd like?"
Ed nodded.
The two left the chocolatier. Steve was quiet. He
couldn't think of anything to say. He kept sneaking looks at
Ed, wondering what he'd done wrong.
Then he saw a look of absolute terror cross Ed's face.
*~*~*
"It's been two weeks, Edgar. And you've done nothing but
swan about," Iggy accused as he walked alongside them, seemingly
invisible to Steve.
"Ed... Ed... What's wrong? You look...
stricken. Ed..."
"Do it, 'Ed'. Surely you know enough now. Possess
him," Iggy ordered.
Ed shook his head. His hands began to tremble.
"No..."
"No, what? Ed..." Steve wrested the cocoa from his
seizing hand and set it on a ledge.
Ed's eyes closed tightly as he felt Steve's hand brush his.
"Do it, Edgar. Do it now. It would be so easy..."
"Go away!" Ed snapped.
"Oh... all right." Crestfallen, Steve began to step back.
"No... No!" Ed shook his head wildly and reached for
Steve. "Not... not you."
"Ed, darling... no one else is here."
"Darling?" Iggy scoffed. "Damn it, Edgar. If you won't
then I'll..."
Ed's eyes went wide as Iggy reached for Steve.
"NO!" he roared, pushing at Iggy. Then he grabbed Steve's
arm and began to run.
The two ran as fast as they could back to the house. Once
inside, they blew past Ollie and Jess. The couple, who had
been calmly preparing lunch, stared.
"Right... That's not good," Ollie murmured.
"Follow them?" Jess checked.
Ollie nodded, reaching under his shirt to pluck out the vial of
holy water he'd stashed there.
"You've got the..."
Jess pulled up their shirt just enough to reveal a knife... a
knife that had been soaked in Communion wine.
Ollie nodded.
The two left their sandwich fixings and followed the two older
men.
"Ed... Ed who were you talking to?" Steve asked as he
attempted to open his friend's bedroom door.
"Leave me alone!" an unseen Ed shouted.
"Boss, everything all right here?" Ollie asked.
Steve shrugged.
"Dunno. Don't think so. We were out for a walk and
suddenly Ed just... lost it. Started screaming and pushing
at... air. Now, well, now he's holed up in there."
Steve returned his attention to the door.
"Ed... You know, it's really best to talk things through
when we're..."
Suddenly, the door unlocked.
"Oh! Good!" Steve beamed and stepped into the room.
When they heard their boss gasp, Ollie and Jess pushed their way
into the room, too.
The three stared at Ed who was bathed in a cool, blue light.
"Ed... Ed, where's that light coming from?" Steve
questioned. "It looks... it feels..." He
shivered. "Cold."
Books spilled off a nearby shelf. A glass candle holder
shattered.
Ollie placed himself between Ed and Steve.
"Steve, let me handle..."
His eye line with Steve cut off, Ed began to look around wildly.
"Ollie, I've got this."
Steve pushed himself in front of the other man.
Ed settled down... a little.
"Ed, this is quite the talent but maybe let's talk before...
I mean I'm rather fond of that tea set so if you could refrain
from doing whatever you did with the candleholder... which that I
didn't mind. Rummage sale junk!"
"Jesus..." Jess muttered.
"I'm not a good person, Steve," Ed spat out. "I'm not even a
person!"
"Oh, now, Ed... You know that's not..."
Ed glowered.
"That was a demon, Steve! That I was yelling at. My...
my boss!"
"Told you!" Ollie hissed to Jess.
Jess sighed and shook their head.
"Poor Steve. Finally finds a guy after the Jason disaster...
and he's a demon. Still a step up, though," they muttered to
Ollie.
"Well, we can't help how we're born but we can help..."
"Wasn't born this way," Ed spat out, interrupting Steve.
"You know the story."
There was another cascade of books. Appropriately, Paradise
Lost landed on top of the heap.
Steve stared at the books for a moment then returned his gaze to
Ed.
"The Fall," he murmured.
Ed shrugged.
"A more personalized one but yeah."
"Well, maybe you can, umm, take it back?" Steve suggested.
Ed laughed.
The trio cringed. It was a pained, awful laugh.
"'Abandon all hope ye who enter here,'" Ed recited.
"Dante," Steve recognized. "That's Dante, Ed. Not...
scripture. Not even anything from the non-canonical
books. It's just... Dante."
"Still true."
"But, I mean... you're here. You're not in Hell," Steve
pointed out. "So, well, it can't be entirely true, can it?"
Ollie shook his head. These two idiots were going to have a
literary debate?
"Can't stay here. Not until I do my job... or run out of
time."
"And... what is your job then?" Steve pressed gently.
Ed tried to form his expression into something menacing... but the
only result was a few tears trailing down his face.
"To possess you," he replied, barely audible.
"Ah, hell no," Ollie rushed forward and dumped the holy water on
Ed.
Ed began to howl in pain.
"No!" Steve bellowed.
Ollie and Jess watched in horror as Steve threw himself at the
demon...
Steve himself wasn't even sure what he was doing... not until he
had his arms around the trembling, agonized demon... around
Ed. He reached up and buried a hand in his hair... his
beautifully messy hair... and then he kissed him.
Suddenly, everything quieted. Items on shelves stopped
rattling. The blue light went away. Ed ceased howling.
Jess reached for their knife.
"Sh-should I?" they asked Ollie as they raised the knife.
Ollie had never heard their voice tremble... but at least Jess had
a voice. He couldn't speak. He only shook his head.
Ed's hands were stroking Steve's back. Whatever pain he'd
felt was gone... and, if he was honest with himself, he wasn't
sure he'd actually felt pain. Only expected pain. But
this... this was delightful.
Steve pulled back a little and studied Ed's face.
"You all right, Ed?"
Ed nodded. He was all right. More than all
right. But exhausted. He lurched forward and rested
his head on Steve's shoulder. He smelled like the soap...
yummy lavender soap.
"You look exhausted, Ed. Let's get you into bed, hmm?
Ollie, could you please fetch Ed's pajamas? Top
drawer. Right side. Then maybe you could make us some
tea. You and Jess. And maybe put that away, Jess."
Hearing their name, Jess snapped to attention. They realized
they were still holding the holy knife aloft. They lowered
it and returned it to its scabbard.
Ollie handed the pajamas to Steve.
"Thank you. Now if you could give us some privacy..."
"Not sure that's a good idea, cap."
"Tea, Ollie. We would like some tea, please," Steve replied
in a voice he seldom used but one Ollie knew meant further
discussion was unwelcome.
"Right." Ollie nodded and left the room, pulling Jess with
him.
Once they were alone, Steve gave Ed all of his attention.
"Right, arms up."
Ed obeyed.
Steve tugged the sweaty T-shirt over his head.
"Very good." Steve smiled then plucked up the pajama
top. "There we go! Looking more comfortable already!"
Silent tears trailed down Ed's face as Steve buttoned the shirt.
"Ed... Oh, Ed..."
"I'm... sorry, Steve. So sorry."
"What for?"
Ed gaped at Steve.
"For... for being here!"
Steve shook his head.
"I'm not. I'm not at all sorry."
"I was sent to possess you!" Ed cried.
"But you haven't."
Ed closed his eyes as Steve rested a hand on his cheek.
"Don't deserve..."
"You do."
Ed rested his forehead against Steve's.
"Do you want to talk about it?" Steve offered as he stroked Ed's
back. "Or maybe a rest first?"
Ed pulled back and yawned.
Steve chuckled.
"That'll do for an answer. Do you need more help changing
or..."
"I can do it. But... can you stay and just..." Ed
mimed turning around.
"Of course."
Once Steve's back was turned, Ed stumbled out of his cargo pants
and into the pajama bottoms.
"I'm sorted."
"Okay."
Steve turned back around and turned down Ed's bed. Ed wasted
no time in climbing in.
"Ollie will be by with tea soon. Is there anything else I
can..."
"Sit with me?"
"Planning on it."
Steve squeezed Ed's hand then sat down on the bed.
"Why... aren't you... scared of me?" Ed questioned.
Steve thought for a few moments.
"Because I've seen who you truly are. I've seen you...
listening to Karl drone on about his birds when everyone else is
bored to tears. I've seen you volunteer for all the
household chores no one wants. I've seen you be kind to each
and every person here. To me."
"You... you don't know what... what I've done..."
"No. But I know you're a good person, Ed. I just do,"
Steve insisted, taking Ed's still shaking hands into his.
Ed was too exhausted to say anything more. He stared at his
and Steve's joined hands. He felt something kindling in his
heart... something he'd not felt for a very long time. And
never like this.
Love.
*~*~*
Ed was asleep by the time Ollie returned with the tea. The
former priest took one look at the two... Ed out cold with his
head resting on a pillow in Steve's lap... and rolled his eyes.
"Damn it. Friggin' demon's gonna make me feel sorry for him,
isn't he?"
Steve smiled and gently stroked Ed's hair.
"He had quite a scare, poor thing."
"He had a scare! You were out with a demon... with another,
scarier demon apparently nearby." Ollie handed Steve his
cup.
Steve took a sip then rested a finger against his lips.
"Shh. He needs to rest."
"Steve..."
"Just look at him, Ollie..."
"Yes... He looks very sweet and innocent like that but..."
"Why did you and Jess have the holy water and knife ready?" Steve
interrupted.
Ollie frowned.
"Just... had a bad feeling. I don't think I ever told you
but... I was actually training to be an exorcist before, well,
Jess and I had to make our escape. I witnessed exorcisms,
Steve. And when Ed showed up... I just got the same feeling
I got back then."
"Fear?"
Ollie shook his head.
"No. Not really. More like... intense
loneliness. Grief. But not normal grief.
Something else. Grief mixed with... sharp, sharp
guilt. Coldness. It's hard to explain. None of
that seems like enough."
Steve peered down at Ed.
"You think he feels that?"
"Maybe."
"Oh, Ed..."
"I didn't want to believe it. I saw how much you were
starting to care for him so I tried to talk myself out of it
but... Jess and I still took precautions. Steve..."
Ollie drew closer and rested a hand on his boss' shoulder.
"I'm not sure it's a good idea to get any more attached.
Even if he's the nicest demon to ever exist... he's still a demon,
Steve. They're not meant for... for romance."
"But he... he kissed me back, Ollie."
"Maybe he's an incubus?"
It was Steve's turn to roll his eyes.
"Ollie... That's a myth dreamed up to explain unplanned
pregnancies and to get people out of accusations of adultery."
"I dunno, Steve... After what I saw earlier... I'd
believe just about anything."
Steve nodded.
"That's the thing, though, isn't it? If... if Ed is a
demon... and after what we saw how can we believe any
differently?... then that means Satan is real. And if Satan
is real... God is real."
"Yeah..."
"You never did stop believing in the Big Guy. Even after
everything that happened in Puerto Rico. I always envied
that... admired you for that. Jess, too. I... had
doubts. And I missed... I didn't miss going to church,
really. Definitely didn't miss my dad's preaching.
But... I missed Him. But if He's real... and it seems He is
then... then maybe there's a reason for all of this. 7.7
billion people in the world. 7.7 billion people he could
have been sent to possess... and he was sent to me. And I...
I felt something the moment I saw him, Ollie. Something
good. The Devil can play his tricks... but maybe God decided
to turn this one back against him."
Ollie watched as Steve started softly stroking Ed's back. He
closed his eyes for a few moments and prayed before speaking
again.
"I want to believe that, Steve. I really do. But
keeping you and Jess and everyone we're entrusted with safe is my
number one priority. So... see if you can figure out why he
fell. I'm really curious about what he meant by a 'more
personalized Fall' or whatever he said. If it's really
bad... Jess and I are going to have to leave. And I'm going
to tell the guys who... and what... Ed is. I'm sorry.
But I have to."
"I... I understand. They're owed the truth. We all
are. Just... give me tonight?"
"Sure."
"Thank you." Steve smiled sadly as he peered down at
Ed. "He must have been such a beautiful angel..."
Ollie nodded politely.
"I'll give you some privacy. Yell if you need
anything. I mean it."
"I will. Oh... maybe ask Ant if we have what we need for
fairy bread? Might be nice to have some for Ed when he wakes
up."
"Will do."
Ollie exited the room. Just before he closed the door, he
turned back to see Steve still peering down at Ed and singing
softly.
"'I can still hear you saying you would never break the chain...
Never break the chain.'"
*~*~*
Eventually, Steve dozed off. He awoke when Ed began to
tremble and cry in what looked like a panic attack.
"Ed... Ed... look at me."
Steve hauled Ed up by his shoulders and peered into his
tear-filled eyes.
"Ig... Iggy... No... No, no..."
"Ed..." Steve rested his forehead against the other
man's. "Ed, try to take a deep breath. Good.
Now... I want you to tell me five things that you can see, all
right? Can you do that?"
Ed nodded.
"You. Your shirt..." Ed turned a bit to the
side. "Window. Cushion. Tree branch."
"Wonderful! Now what are four things you can touch?"
"You." Ed managed a trembling smile. "Bedding."
He reached out a few inches. "Table. Lamp."
"Very good. Now what can you hear? Three things this
time."
"You." Ed concentrated. "Music... Baptiste
playing? Branch tapping window."
Steve gave Ed's shoulders a gentle squeeze.
"Two things you can smell?"
"You... smell like lavender and... and chocolate."
Steve chuckled.
"Well, yes. I did spill a bit of cocoa on myself
earlier. Now, is there one thing you can taste?"
"Chocolate," Ed repeated.
"Good. Good job. Feeling any better?"
Ed pulled away just a bit and nodded.
"Thank you."
"Oh, darling... of course. Trust me, it's not the first time
I've done this. Panic attacks are fairly common around
here. And you had quite the scare. Now... would you
tell me about it?"
Ed nodded and slumped back against the pillows. He hated
breaking contact with Steve but he felt like he'd been run over by
a truck. Every muscle, bone, and brain cell was tired.
Steve tucked the blankets around Ed then took his hands in his and
gently peered down at him.
"Saw Iggy. My supervisor. The... the one who sent
me. Who... who told me to possess you. He... he wanted
me to do it right then. A-and when I wouldn't... he tried
to... to grab you. To do it himself. That's why I
grabbed you and ran... back here."
Steve startled when he saw movement out the window. He
relaxed when he saw it was just Ollie... seemingly sprinkling holy
water around. Jess was trailing him with a censer.
"Thank you for that. Iggy doesn't sound very pleasant.
I don't think I'd like him possessing me."
"Not gonna let that happen," Ed vowed. "But everything...
it... it's been off since the beginning."
"How do you mean?"
"You weren't supposed to be able to see me in the club,
Steve. I... I still don't know how you did. I was
supposed to be invisible. I was supposed to observe.
But... but then you saw me. And once you did... everyone
else did."
"Yes, well... I have some thoughts about that."
"You do?"
Steve nodded.
"So... can I assume that Satan is real?"
Ed grimaced and gave a quick nod.
"And so then... God is real?"
"She is, yeah."
Steve's eyes went wide.
"She?"
"Well... no... I mean... sort of. I perceive the First
Person as a Mother. Others don't. Not really either
male or female. Just... is."
"Well, Jess is gonna love that."
Ed smiled.
"Yeah."
"But... you said First Person. So... the Trinity is real?"
Ed nodded.
"So... Jesus is... is..."
"Doesn't really go by that but yeah. I mean... he answers to
it. But he was Yeshua when he was on Earth. Still uses
that. Joshua, too. Leo. Heard he was using Jack
for a while."
"Jack?!"
Ed chuckled.
"Apparently. He has lots of names. He..." Ed's
face clouded with grief for a moment. "He's not what a lot
of people think."
"No?"
"I just mean... He's good, okay? He wasn't joking
about the whole not judging thing."
"Oh... But then how..."
"How did I fall?"
Steve nodded.
"I... I'm afraid I need to know, Ed. I'm sorry. But
after what he witnessed... Ollie is threatening to leave if... if
I don't find out..."
"I understand. Smart man. Loyal.
Protective. I get it, Steve. It's just... a sad
story. And... and an embarrassing one. But... you
deserve to know."
Steve squeezed Ed's hand.
"I... I was a principality. Do you know what that is?"
"It sounds familiar but... I can't place it."
"That's an angel who's sort of like a guardian angel but assigned
to an entire people, not just a person. So I was the
principality assigned to a particular Māori iwi... tribe. I
was with them when the first members traveled to Aotearoa in
canoes and I... I was the last to leave." Ed let out a shaky
breath. "The iwi was mostly peaceful. We had to engage
in the occasional defense of our lands when other iwis tried to
move in. But... we always tried diplomacy first. I...
I hated bloodshed. Still do. But... I loved my
people. I loved it here." Ed peered out the window
then closed his eyes for a few moments, remembering how the land
had once looked.
Ed drew in and let out a deep breath before proceeding.
"Then the Europeans started to arrive. And... at first... it
was fine. Nice even. Everyone was eager to learn new
things. Many were really drawn to Christianity, weaving it
into their lives and practices. And that was fine by
me. After all... I knew Joshua. But then they
introduced their guns."
Steve winced.
"I was opposed. And I made that known. I... I refused
to have them around. And... some people left because of
that. They... they didn't crave violence or anything.
They just... Maybe they were right. Maybe... maybe we
would have been safer but..." Ed shook his head. "I
hated those muskets. And... I began to hate the man who was
supplying them."
"Ed... I'm not gonna judge you for that," Steve assured.
"It... it gets worse."
"All right... I'm here."
Ed smiled weakly at Steve then peered into the room, at nothing in
particular.
"People... they started to get sick. The healers and I... we
tried everything. But... but people kept getting sick a-and
dying. The disease... it tore through the iwi." Ed
winced and tears trailed down his cheeks. "We... we had
to... to separate children from... from dying parents.
Husband from wife... Just... just trying to contain it.
B-but... nothing mattered. Soon... soon it was just me a-and
a handful of children. Then... then it was just me."
"Oh, Ed... Oh, God... How horrible..." Steve
embraced him tightly as tears streamed down his face.
Ed sobbed for several minutes as Steve stroked his back.
"I... I lost myself," Ed choked out. "Then... then I
fell..."
*~*~*
1836
"Rawiri... Rawiri, dear... Please look at me."
Edgar remained focused on the burial rites he was performing but
the pleading continued.
"Leave me alone," he snapped. "I... I'm the only one left
to... to do this. I failed at keeping them safe. I at
least owe them this."
"Can I help?"
Edgar shook his head.
"Rawiri... you did everything you could."
Edgar whirled around to face his supervisor.
"Maybe I did. But what did he do, Hahana? What did he
do when they cried out to him?" he demanded.
"He was with them, Rawiri. You know he was."
Edgar laughed darkly.
"Course he was. If only he'd come earlier. Coulda done
with some of his healing."
"Listen, if you don't want to talk to Joshua, that's fine.
But talk to Moth..."
"No. Now... let... me... be..." Edgar ordered through
clenched teeth. His tears fell onto the little body he was
preparing for burial.
"Rawiri..." A gentle hand rested on his right shoulder.
Ed shrugged the hand off.
"Too late. Nothing for you to do here."
"I'm here for you, Rawiri."
Edgar grunted, wiped the ochre and oil from his hands, and turned
around to face Joshua.
"Don't call me that! You don't get to call me that.
'Go and make disciples of all nations'... You said
that. Well, look at your disciples now, Joshua." Edgar
motioned towards the dozen wrapped bodies that surrounded
them. "You sent me to them... And then you took them
away... using Bibles and guns."
"Edgar... that's not what I wanted. That was never what I
wanted and I'm so sor..."
Rage filled Edgar. Before he'd realized what he was doing,
he'd shoved Joshua to the ground. He stared down in horror.
"Edgar... Edgar... It's okay." Joshua pushed
himself back up onto his feet. "I'm all right. I love
you and I want to help you. Let's just sit down for a
few..."
Edgar shook his head wildly. Then he turned and ran
away. He ran for several minutes before he finally stopped
when he saw someone approaching. It was a short, graying,
bearded man. A European. No... not a European.
A demon.
"Ah... Edgar... Rawiri... Not sure which you
prefer. But it doesn't really matter. My name is Iggy
and I've come with an offer I think Edgar AND Rawiri might want to
hear..."
Edgar shook his head and began to back away.
"I can give you something neither Hahana nor... he... can give
you. I know the man who caused all of this. The one
who sold the guns... the one who spread this horrible, devastating
disease to your people. And I can show you how to make him
pay... all you have to do is come with me."
"I... I'm not going to Hell," Edgar insisted.
"Who said anything about Hell? I didn't," Iggy pointed
out. "I just mean a house... just across the way
there. Where that rotten man lives..."
Edgar looked back the way he'd come. His memory filled with
the faces of every person who had been lost. He needed to
finish burying the last of them... but he also needed to avenge
them all.
Edgar turned back and nodded at Iggy.
*~*~*
Friday,
April 5th, 2019
"Iggy taught me how to enter the man's dreams... How to
show him every-everything I'd witnessed... All... all the
death. Slow... agonizing deaths. I kept at it.
Night after night. I thought it was only... only
fair. I... the same visions haunted me so... so why not
him? But... he just... snapped after a month or two.
I left him alone after that but... the damage was done. I
just... roamed. Hahana tracked me down... she's the
principality of all of Aotearoa. Joshua... Jesus... he came
back, too. They tried to... to coax me back.
Mighta worked eventually. But... but then Iggy came
again. He was... gleeful. Proud. He said the
man and his family were ruined. The father hadn't been
able to manage anything after... after what I'd done.
They'd had to marry off their oldest daughter just... just to
stay afloat. She... she was fourteen, Steve. A-and
she didn't have a choice. Iggy dragged me to the
wedding. Still... still gloating. She... she cried
through the whole ceremony. And the groom... he had to
be at least thirty. The way he leered at her...
And... and I had caused it. I'd... I'd damned a child
to... to that. I couldn't go back Home after that.
Didn't deserve Heaven. So... so I went with Iggy.
My... my obliteration of that man had been so complete that
Iggy thought I... I'd be quite the force. Kept saying
how... how I'd spent so long among people that I knew what
made them tick. A-and that was useful. But... I
was exhausted. Heartbroken. I just... shut
down. Wouldn't talk. Wouldn't do anything.
Iggy ended up throwing me in a cell. Said he'd come back
when I came around. But... I never did. He'd drag
me back up a few times. I'd cause minor mischief.
But not much else. He was disgusted. Threw me back
in. Then, after nearly two hundred years a-and when the
only people who ever visited me st-stopped coming... I was
desperate, Steve. I... I was losing my mind. When
Iggy showed up a couple weeks ago... I agreed. I'm
sorry. I'm so sorry..."
Steve couldn't believe what he was hearing. Well, he
believed it. He just didn't want to. It was
horrific. The anger he'd once felt at God began to
kindle again.
"A-and God... all powerful God... did nothing to help you?"
Ed shook his head.
"No. Not nothing. Every time I'd come back to
Earth... Joshua tried to see me. Tried to talk to
me. But... but I'd run. I have free will, too,
Steve. Just like you. I... I don't deserve his
mercy."
Steve shook his head, still reeling.
"I... I disagree. But I know I can't convince you of
that. Not right now. A-and... oh, Ed... You
look so tired. How about we get a little food into you
then you try resting again?"
"You... you don't want me to leave?"
"No. And, besides, you're in absolutely no condition to
go any where. So you... just sit tight and I'll be right
back, okay?"
"Okay."
Steve squeezed Ed's hands once more before leaving the
room. Dazed, he walked down the hallway. At the
end, he collapsed against a wall and began sobbing.
Overhearing from the TV room, Ollie and Jess hurried over.
"Steve... Steve what happened? Are you hurt?"
Jess grabbed Steve's chin and peered into his eyes.
"This is Steve, right?" they pressed.
"Of course, I'm Steve! I'm not..." Steve lowered his
voice. "Possessed. I'm just... He explained
how..."
"It... it's bad?" Ollie questioned.
"Very. But... but not like you're thinking. We'll
explain more tomorrow. Ed's... he's not in a good
way. I just need to get some food into him and then,
hopefully, he'll go back to sleep. He needs rest.
I'm sorry to be so vague. I really am. But I
just... it's not my story to tell. All I'll say is that
for right now... Ed is to be treated like you would treat a
refugee. Okay?"
Ollie and Jess nodded.
"Now... I need to speak to Ant."
Steve stepped into the TV room to find the rest of the
household gathered there.
Lucky jumped up from a couch.
"How's Ed?" he questioned. "Is he all right?"
"Ed will be fine," Steve assured. "He just needs to
rest. He ran into someone unpleasant from his past and
it's left him shaken... brought a lot up. Ant, how are
we on fairy toast?"
"Coming right up, captain," Ant replied. "Anything
else?"
"He needs some protein," Demi-John answered. "Let's make
him up a little charcuterie board. Are you eating with
him, Steve?"
"Yes, I suppose I am."
"Enough for two then." Demi-John hugged Steve then
joined Ant in the kitchen.
"I could play for him?" Baptiste offered. "I mean... not
in his room. Don't wanna crowd him. But crack his
window and I'll play on the patio?"
Steve beamed.
"I think he'd like that a lot, Baptiste. He heard you
playing earlier and I think it helped."
Baptiste smiled proudly.
Karl approached and rested a hand on Steve's shoulder.
"Tell him Tawera sends her regards. We hope we see 'im
tomorrow morning but understand if he's not up for it.
We'll expect 'im on Sunday, though."
"I'll do that. Thank you, Karl."
The others offered their own well-wishes which warmed Steve's
heart and made him even prouder of his men than he'd been
before.
*~*~*
Steve's breath caught in his throat when he re-entered the
room with a tray of food and saw... no one.
"Ed..."
"Under here."
Steve looked back to the bed and realized it wasn't
empty. Ed was just completely covered by the
blankets. Slowly, he peeked his head out.
Steve smiled.
"There you are."
Ed smiled back.
"Just... needed to rest my eyes."
"I understand."
Steve returned to the bed and set the tray down.
"I'll have you know that every last person out there insisted
on helping prepare this in some way. They were all very
anxious for you. Even Tawera sends her regards per
Karl. Ah... and that's Baptiste." Steve moved to
the window and cracked it open. "He wanted to play for
you."
Ed's eyes welled.
"Everyone's been so kind."
"You've been kind to them."
"I... I lied to them."
"Yes, well, you wouldn't be the first. When Baptiste
first came, he told everyone he was the lost prince of an
African tribe. I'll admit I believed him."
Ed chuckled.
"Still... I owe them the truth."
"Yes. That would we best. But... you don't need to
tell the whole story again. I saw how much that took out
of you. Here." Steve handed Ed a piece of fairy
toast.
Ed nibbled on it then looked down.
"Gonna get crumbs all over..."
"We can wash the bedding tomorrow."
"Okay. You... you think they'll believe it? My
story?"
"I do. I'm just so sorry, Ed..."
"Nothing you did."
"I know but... my heart breaks for you."
"I... I just don't understand how... how you can be so kind?"
Steve opened his mouth to reply... "Because I love you,
darling"... but thought better of it.
"Well... Turns out the Golden Rule is definitely in
effect, hmm? I'm treating you like I'd like to be
treated."
Ed smiled at that.
"Now, eat some of the cheese and nuts. Demi-John
insisted that you need some protein."
"You're having some, too, right?"
"Sure."
"Good."
The two ate in companionable silence, listening to the strains
of Baptiste's guitar.
After a few moments, Lars began to sing.
"'I would shun
the light, share in evening's cool and quiet.
Who would trade that hum of night?
For sunlight, sunlight, sunlight...
But whose heart would not take
flight?
Betray the moon as acolyte.
On first and fierce affirming sight
Of sunlight, sunlight,
sunlight...'"
*~*~*
The Bathtub
Incident
Saturday,
April 6th, 2019
To Ed's amazement, the following morning passed like all of the
others before. He helped Karl feed the birds. He
shared coffee with Steve. Seemingly following his direction,
Steve didn't make any allusion to the previous day's events.
He'd checked in with Ed, of course. Asked how he
slept. If he needed to talk more. But, mostly, they'd
just talked through the plan for the day.
It was when Ed was alone in his room, folding laundry, that the
confusion and panic filled his mind. He tried the 5-4-3-2-1
trick Steve had taught him. But he couldn't manage it.
He kept replaying the previous day's events.
Steve had kissed him.
He'd been sent to possess the man and, instead, gotten kissed.
And it hadn't even been a quick peck.
It had been a proper kiss. One he'd returned.
And he'd enjoyed it which made no sense.
Angels, and by extension demons, weren't designed to crave
romantic love.
Well, usually not.
Ed remembered old Crowley, the Serpent. The way he spoke
about a particular angel... Well, it was hard to say but it
had seemed like love.
And then there was that angel... the one Satan got all riled
about. Aaron? Adam? Andrew! Andrew, an
angel of death. And some woman. Ed couldn't remember
her name. He'd heard it once or twice but, usually, she was
referred to by some derogatory slur or another.
Hadn't she almost died?
Yes... A gun shot wound. Almost. But she hadn't
died.
A lump formed in Ed's throat.
Demons weren't kind to those humans beloved by angels... and they
would probably be especially unkind to those who grew close to
demons.
Tears of frustration welled in Ed's eyes. He couldn't
possess Steve. He'd never wanted to. But now?
Now Steve had kissed him and he'd felt things and... Ed wasn't
sure he could stop feeling them.
But he couldn't go back to that cell... back to that isolation...
back to the pending madness.
He'd rather die... if only he could die.
Ed thought again of Crowley, of discorporation. Ed hadn't
been sure what the term meant but had been made to understand it
was something to be avoided, something terrible... worse than any
torture Hell could dream up. He'd confessed to Crowley about
his terror.
The Serpent had chuckled.
"That nonsense still making the rounds? I'll have to tell
Aziraphale about how influential we are. Happened to
me. More than once. First time, got burnt up in a
fire. Instant discorporation." Crowley had lowered his
voice. "Went... elsewhere... to get fixed up."
"Bad elsewhere?"
"Nah. Just... elsewhere."
And then he'd said no more.
"Elsewhere..." Ed murmured to himself.
If he was discorporated, then he would go elsewhere. Not
back to that cell. Not into Steve. Just elsewhere.
But how?
Ed didn't very much like the idea of setting himself on
fire. He wished Crowley was there to advise.
Maybe he could drown himself?
Ed stepped into the bathroom. He turned on the tub faucet...
then he turned it off.
He was in human form. Human instinct would be to thrash, to
get out of the water, to breathe.
Drowning wouldn't work.
Ed approached the medicine cabinet. He doubted anything
useful would be there. A mild pain reliever at most.
Steve was careful to secure anything that had any chance of being
addictive or harmful.
Just as he'd suspected, there was only ibuprofen... and not much
of that. But there was something else.
Ed picked up the razor. He'd never used it. He'd
stopped shaving long ago. But it would be useful now.
Ed returned to the bathtub and climbed inside.
He briefly considered what Steve would find. Hopefully, his
body would just disappear once it had ceased functioning.
But, if not, he didn't want to leave a mess.
Besides, he was comfortable there in the tub. Even when not
in use, the scent of the lavender soap filled the air.
It wasn't an entirely unpleasant way to say good bye to the land
he'd once loved... smelling the lavender, remembering Steve's lips
pressed to his, his hands in his hair.
Ed rolled up his sleeve.
Suddenly, the door flew open and Steve rushed towards him,
grabbing his wrist and then wrenching the razor out of his grip.
"What are you doing?" a teary-eyed, frantic Steve cried.
"I... I..."
"Have you cut yourself?"
Ed shook his head.
"I... I don't understand. Surely a demon can't... can't kill
himself?" Steve questioned.
Voice shaking, Ed let it all out.
"The... the Serpent of Eden told me that if a demon discorporates
then... then they go elsewhere. And so I was going to do
that. So... so I don't have to possess you a-and I don't
have to go back... back there. I... I can't go back there,
Steve. I can't... can't." Ed began to tremble.
Taking the razor with him, Steve stepped into the bedroom.
He returned quickly with a blanket which he wrapped around Ed.
"I'm not going to pretend I understood that... And I'm also
not going to pretend I'm very religious these days. But I
know enough to know that when the Serpent of Eden tells you
something... don't do it, Ed!"
"He... he didn't tell me to. Just... about it."
"Ed... God, Ed..." Steve shook his head wildly.
"Don't do that again. Don't ever do that again. Please
don't!"
Ed's eyes fluttered closed when Steve rested a hand against his
cheek. He leaned against it.
"Besides," Steve continued in a aggrieved tone, "I've already
bought our Halloween costumes. So you have to be around for
Halloween, Ed."
Ed sat up and peered at Steve.
"Isn't Halloween in October?"
"Yes..."
"Steve... It's April, ya nut."
"I like to be prepared!"
Ed chuckled.
"Well, what are they then?"
"Hmm?"
"The costumes. What are they?"
Steve's eyes lit up.
"Pirates!"
"Pirates?" Ed raised an eye brow. "You don't strike me
as the pirate type."
Steve shrugged.
"They looked fun. And pirates were anti-establishment.
I like to think I am, too."
Ed opened his mouth to question that then thought better of
it. Sure, Steve looked quite mainstream. But looks
could be deceiving. He'd chosen to spend his life among
those wider society cast to the outskirts, if not outright
rejected. Something twisted in Ed's gut as he thought of
someone else like that.
"Hey, there... I can always return them. Get something
else. And I... I didn't mean it about you having to be
here. I mean alive... yes. But not... here.
You're free to leave whenever..." Steve stared down at his
hands which were gripping the edge of the tub.
Ed rested one of his hands over Steve's.
"Naw. Sounds fun. I'll be looking forward to it.
And... I'm sorry. For the scare. I... I'll figure
something else out."
"We'll figure something else out," Steve corrected.
Ed blinked back tears. There was absolutely no reason for
Steve to help him. But he was. Overcome, Ed rested his
head against Steve's hands.
The two sat quietly for a few moments before Steve tapped his
nails against the porcelain.
"Let's get out of here, hmm? Go for a walk, maybe?
Admire the changing leaves. We could bring cocoa?"
Ed raised his head and smiled.
"Yeah, I'd like that."
"All right then." Steve beamed and helped Ed out of the tub.
Just before they exited the room, Ed grabbed Steve's right hand,
halting him.
Steve turned around and looked curiously at the demon.
"Why did you come in here?" he questioned. "How... how did
you know?"
"I didn't know. Just... a little voice told me you needed
help. I listened."
Ed sniffled.
"Ah. Well... thank you."
"Of course."
The two exchanged shy smiles before preparing for their excursion.
*~*~*
For several moments, Steve and Ed walked together in companionable
silence, sipping their hot cocoa. In contrast to his earlier
mood, Ed felt calmer than he had in a very long time.
Something about Steve planning for Halloween together had sparked
hope in him.
They came to a park and Steve waved to a nearby bench.
"Perhaps we could sit for a bit?"
Ed shrugged.
"Sure. Nice spot."
The two sat down and Ed tilted his face towards the sun. He
closed his eyes, listening to the birdsong.
"Are you, um, glad you didn't... you know?" Steve asked.
Ed opened his eyes and smiled at Steve.
"Yeah. Feeling pretty blissful right now. Good
weather, beautiful foliage, yummy cocoa, nice company."
Steve's face flushed with happiness.
"I'm glad. Very glad."
"I'm sorry... for the scare. Yesterday and today."
"I suppose yesterday couldn't be helped and today... well, I can
see how that seemed like a solution to your... situation.
But I'm glad I came in when I did."
Ed patted Steve's shoulder.
"Me too."
"I did wonder... worried... When I, ah... kissed you
yesterday... I... I panicked. I thought the holy water
might... might send you away and I couldn't bear you... not
knowing... how I felt," Steve struggled to get out. "But it
occurred to me later... kissing is maybe not something you enjoy."
Ed gave Steve a shy smile.
"Never tried it before. Thought it was nice. Liked it
a... a lot... actually. Wouldn't mind doing it again...
sometime."
"Oh! Well... good! I'm glad." Steve
beamed. "I... wouldn't mind, either. Sometime.
It's just... I hope I'm not prying but... so you were an
angel once..."
Ed looked into the distance and nodded.
"Right. So I figured... romance must be off limits."
"Romance... or something like it... is rare. But not off
limits. Sex, on the other hand... We aren't... built
for it. I mean... the relevant parts are there when we're in
human form. But they don't... respond. Don't... feel."
"Oh. I see. I figured as much."
Ed noticed Steve's disappointment.
"Sorry."
Steve shook his head.
"No... no, don't be. I wasn't... I mean... I wasn't
planning..."
Ed laughed and again rested a hand on Steve's back.
"It's all right, mate. I'm not offended... if you were
planning, I mean. And just because I don't feel anything
down there doesn't mean... I... Well, I still feel a lot...
here." He rested a hand on his chest.
"That's more important." Steve smiled.
"I think so. I, uh, heard of this couple... An angel
and a woman. They've been together for... I dunno... a
decade? Maybe more? And they're happy. Never met
them but... I think it's love."
"I should think so."
"So... It happens."
"Good to know."
Ed and Steve locked eyes for a moment then quickly looked away.
"Cute dog over there." Steve pointed a few yards off to
another park visitor walking their pet.
"Very. I like dogs."
"I think I'm more of a cat person but... dogs are good, too."
"And birds. Birds are good."
Steve chuckled.
"Glad you think so since Karl talks your ear off about them."
"He's a good sort. It makes him happy."
Steve nodded then gripped Ed's hand tightly.
"What happens... If you don't possess me, I mean?
What... happens to you?"
"I'm not going to possess you," Ed insisted. "And... I don't
know. Demons... they're... we're... not the best about
staying on task. Hopefully I have time before Iggy remembers
to check in on me again. But I dunno."
Steve looked around, suddenly nervous.
"We were able to run away yesterday... thanks to you... but... is
this even safe for you? Maybe we should go back to the house
or... or would sanctuary in a church work?"
"I'm not living in a church." Ed gave an adamant shake of
his head. "Never."
"Then how... how do we keep you safe?"
"Maybe Jess or Ollie will have some ideas?"
"Yes. We could ask. But the holy water..."
"Didn't work on me," Ed finished. "But I know it has on
some."
"Maybe you're special. I... think you're special."
Ed smiled and rested a hand over Steve's.
"Thanks. Means a lot."
"Sure thing."
The two were quiet again for several moments. When Ed turned
back to Steve, he saw a tear trickle down his cheek.
"Hey now..."
"What if... if we can't figure it out? What if they... they
take you back?" Steve fretted. "I haven't been so happy in
so... so many years and if..."
"And I haven't been so motivated in... in almost two
centuries. We'll figure this out. We will," Ed
vowed. "Trust me, I don't want to go back there. And
I... I don't want to leave... you."
Steve peered into Ed's eyes, calmed by the determination in them.
"Yeah?"
"Yeah."
"We'll figure this out," Ed repeated. "Promise."
Steve smiled at him as he squeezed his hand.
*~*~*
When Steve and Ed returned from their walk, laughing about a
chatty old lady they'd run into, they found Jess and Ollie waiting
for them.
"We need to talk," Jess announced as Ollie nodded beside them.
"Oh... All right." Steve glanced over at Ed who looked
panicked. "Umm... my office?" he suggested.
"Sounds good."
Steve and Ed followed the two to the office, the former reaching
for the other's hand.
Once they were all inside and the door closed tightly, Ollie
began.
"Right, well... I'm just going to jump right into it.
Steve, Jess and I have been proud and happy to work with you for
these past seven years. And we hoped to continue doing that
for many, many more years. But... I think it's
understandable that we have reservations about..." Ollie
looked to Ed then quickly away. "Him. Being here."
"How do we know this isn't all an act?" Jess demanded.
Steve's face reddened with anger.
"I thought we all agreed that any body who came here... we'd
assume best intentions and... and not hold their pasts against
them."
"He's a demon, Steve!" Jess shouted. "We're not talking
about an alcoholic or a drug addict! He's... a... demon!"
Ed held a hand up before Steve could snap back.
"They're right, Steve. They have every right to be
concerned. Demon thing aside... You... you brought me
home from a bar, Steve. We'd just met."
"But I have good instincts!"
Ollie arched an eye brow.
"Well... except for one time," Steve corrected.
"I coulda been a serial killer, mate," Ed pointed out.
"But you're not!"
"No but... I am a demon. Like they said."
"But... but the holy water didn't do anything," Steve
protested. "That has to mean something, right?"
"That... it was a surprise to me, too," Ed admitted.
Ollie and Jess shared a look.
"Ollie, what does that mean?" Steve pressed. "You've told me
that you've witnessed exorcisms... So you had to believe
holy water works. But..." He waved over to Ed.
"I... I don't know, okay?" Ollie answered, flustered.
"Maybe he's too powerful," Jess suggested, glaring at Ed.
"What's your title?"
"Title?" Ed repeated, confused.
"In Hell. What's your title in Hell?" Ollie pressed.
"Don't have one."
"Then what was your title before you fell? When you were an
angel? Which choir were you in?"
Ed squirmed uncomfortably.
"Principality."
"Of what?"
Ed straightened up and stared at Ollie.
"Of a Māori iwi."
There was an awkward silence for a few moments before Steve rested
a hand on Ed's arm.
"Remember, you don't have to tell them everything. I know
it's hard," he counseled. "I can if..."
Ed continued to stare at Ollie and Jess but he rested a hand on
Steve's.
"They died. All of them... No... Not all.
A few left. When I wouldn't let them have guns. Those
that were left... wiped out by the colonizers' diseases." Ed
brushed at the tears running down his face.
"And... and God banished you to Hell for that?" Jess asked,
incredulous.
Ed shook his head. His anger at God aside, he couldn't let
them believe that.
"No. I... I was so... filled with anger. I wanted...
vengeance. I met someone... Iggy. A... a demon.
And he... he taught me how to get revenge. I found their
leader. I... drove him insane. I entered his dreams...
made him see what he had wrought. Made... made him see
the... the life go out of... of little bodies."
"Ed..."
Steve wrapped his arms around Ed when he began to sob.
Steve's own tears fell into Ed's hair as he buried his face.
Ollie blinked back his own tears.
Jess shook their head.
"I don't understand that... How did you get cast out for
that? You should have gotten a medal. Piece of crap
deserved worse."
Ed answered, his voice muffled by Steve's shoulder.
"Didn't. I just... left. Avoided Him. God.
And when He found me... All I could do was scream at... at
Him. His people did that! They told themselves they
were 'sharing the good news!' but... but... there was only
death. Then I found out... I heard... The man's
family... he'd fallen apart so badly that... that they were
financially ruined. They... his fourteen year old daughter
was forced to marry a... a terrible man to... to save them.
And... and..." Ed choked on a sob.
"Have you heard enough?" Steve asked Ollie and Jess, his voice
uncharacteristically sharp.
"No..." Ed protested. "Don't... They deserve... the
full truth." He straightened up and cleared his
throat. "That's when I fell... when I left with Iggy.
I was as good as a rapist. That... that happened to that
girl because... cause of me."
"Ed! No, Ed!" Steve shook his head wildly.
"That's not true!"
"He's right, man..." Ollie agreed. "Not buying that.
You didn't do that. They invaded a land that wasn't
theirs. They disrespected and stole and killed. If
some poor kid was made to pay the price... that's on them.
Not you."
Steve peered at Ollie, his expression softening.
"Thank you," he mouthed.
Ollie shrugged. Beside him, Jess grimaced and rubbed at
their temples.
"He's right," they agreed. "I just don't understand
why... Okay, maybe what you did wasn't angelic. Maybe
it was wrong. Why... why didn't He fight for you? God,
I mean."
After a few moments of soaking up Steve's tender sympathy, Ed
pulled away and looked to Jess.
"He did. Every time I've been sent here... He's come
to me. Asked me to... to let go of my anger a-and guilt
and... come Home. Every time but... this time. Maybe
He... He gave up."
"Oh, Ed, no..." Steve protested.
"Or maybe He's trying another tactic," Ollie suggested.
"Since the more direct route didn't work."
"What do you mean?" Ed and Steve asked in unison.
"Yes, what do you mean?" Jess echoed.
Ollie shrugged.
"I just mean... sometimes God is direct. Sometimes He works
through other people. And... and maybe the holy water
thing... Holy water works against evil." Ollie waved
to Ed. "Ed's not evil. Just... troubled."
Relaxing just a bit, Steve looked back and forth from Ollie and
Jess.
"So... so you won't make me kick him out? Because if... if
he goes, I go."
"No one is leaving," Ollie asserted. "We'll... figure this
out. I'll look through my books. Maybe there's some
way we can... right this." He peered at Ed. "But if
you try anything with him..."
"Won't... I promise I won't," Ed insisted.
"Couldn't..." He looked to Steve and smiled.
Steve returned his smile then cupped his face.
"I'm so sorry for... for everything you went through. So
sorry."
"Not your fault."
"No but... my people..."
"Not your fault," Ed repeated.
"Oh, Ed... Darling Ed..." Steve cooed.
Ed gave him a trembling smile then rested his forehead against
Steve's.
"We'll figure this out," Steve vowed.
"Yeah... Yeah, we will." Ed buried a hand in Steve's
hair then tilted his head and moved in.
Ollie and Jess exchanged looks that were a mixture of amusement
and disgust.
"Right, well, thanks for the talk. Really cleared some
things up. We're going to leave. Now."
"Mm hmm," Steve replied.
Ed only smiled deliriously before Steve initiated another kiss.
Once they were in the hallway with the office door closed behind
them, Ollie shook his head while Jess made a retching noise.
"All those years in seminary... they never tell you what to do
when your friend and a demon start necking..."
In spite of their discomfort, Jess laughed.
"Write to the Pope and ask for guidance."
Ollie chuckled.
"Dear Holy Father... My friend/boss has fallen in love with
a demon and it appears to be mutual. How do I stop them from
making out in front of me and my partner?"
Ollie laughed again before sobering.
"This sucks, though. God, that story sucked."
Jess nodded and squeezed his hand.
"I've heard of principalities before. It... it just never
occurred to me to think what happened to them when... when their
people died out. And like that..."
"We owe it to them to free Ed," Jess declared. "Their
angel."
"Yeah... yeah we do."
As Ollie let out a ragged sigh and sunk against the wall, Jess
embraced him tightly.
*~*~*
That evening, Steve called a family meeting. After dinner,
the entire group gathered in the TV room.
"Thank you all for coming," he began. "It means a lot to me
and I know it means a lot to Ed who asked that we do this.
He has a few things he'd like to say to you so I'm going to turn
this over to him. Ed..."
Ed stood up and gave everyone a shy smile.
"Thanks, Steve. I..."
"You... aren't dying, are you?" Lars asked quietly.
"Jesus, Lars!" Rocky exclaimed.
"I... No. I'm not dying," Ed assured. "I just... I...
I wanted to come clean. That first day I was here... when we
played five questions... I... lied. And I kept a lot to...
to myself."
"You don't like fairy toast?" Ant asked, aghast.
"No! No, I love fairy toast." Ed chuckled. "Too
much. And I like red and purple, too. And the
memory... the baby... that was true. But... I'm not forty
five. And... I've not always been how... how I am now.
The truth is... I'm more like 1,045. Not quite but... but
close. I... I was created as an angel in the year 1,000
A.D."
"Oh, come on... Is this some sort of joke?" Lucky
questioned. "Because it's a really, really weird one."
"He's not joking," Ollie insisted. "I mean... I don't know
about his birth year. But he was an angel. That much
I'm convinced of. Jess, too."
"Me too," Steve added.
"Was..." Demi-John echoed.
Ed nodded.
"I, umm, I fell... So... so I'm actually a demon now."
"All right, I'll bite." Lucky rolled his eyes. "Why
did you fall, demon Ed?"
Ed proceeded to tell the same abbreviated story he'd told Ollie
and Jess.
"I... I'm sorry," Lucky choked out, his levity gone. Others
had tears in their eyes.
"Thanks, man. 'Ppreciate that. And I know it's hard to
believe and... and I'd prove it to you but... but I'm afraid to
use my powers. It might... attract them. I... I got so
worked up yesterday that I... I did. And that concerns me
and I don't want to make it worse."
"Ollie and I saw it. Steve, too," Jess affirmed.
"He... well, he had this eerie blue glow and things fell from the
shelves and... he's not lying."
"What did happen yesterday?" Karl asked.
Ed heaved a sigh before continuing.
"Steve and I went for a walk. To get the chocolate."
Ed waved to a partially eaten box on the counter. "On the
way back, Iggy... that's my boss... came up to us. Steve
couldn't see him. But I could. Hear him, too. See...
I... he'd brought me here to... to possess Steve. Something
I am NOT going to ever, ever do," he hastily assured. "Iggy
was mad that I'd not and... and threatened to... to do it
himself. That's when I panicked, grabbed Steve, and ran back
here. That's why I was so out of sorts yesterday."
"I trust Ed," Steve added. "If he wanted to possess me...
he's had ample opportunity. Even yesterday. I mean...
I barely left his side. We were alone. He could have
done it. But he didn't."
The group sat in contemplative silence for a few moments before
Karl spoke.
"Frightenin' stuff. But... at least he's a good few steps up
from that Jason bloke. Hated him."
"Never even met the man. Still hate him," Lucky agreed.
Steve's face flushed.
"All right then... That's enough of that. Does anyone
have any questions?"
Baptiste's hand shot up and Steve waved to him.
"Yes, Baptiste?"
"What are we going to do to keep this Iggy guy away?"
"Ollie?" Steve called.
"Right. Yeah. So Jess and I already went around the
house with holy water and incense. But I was thinking we
could all add some things. Whatever you believe... whatever
you want to do. I would think that, together, we'd be pretty
powerful."
"What if someone isn't so much into the God/gods thing but is
very, very gay?" Lucky asked. "Might said person be able
to... I dunno... sprinkle some glittery rainbow things around in
the yard?"
Jess laughed.
"Sure, why not?"
"I mean there's that Noah story. So, like, rainbows are
kinda religious, right?" Lucky added.
Steve smiled.
"You can add all the rainbows you'd like, Lucky. So... shall
we forego a movie and work on that?"
Once the others readily agreed, they hurried off to the craft
room.
When only he and Steve remained, Ed let out a shuddering breath.
"They took it so well..."
"Of course they did, Ed. You're their friend."
Ed rested his head on Steve's shoulder as he hugged him tightly.
*~*~*
Sunday, April 7th, 2019
The following afternoon, Ed and Steve spent some time winterizing
the house. Steve pushed copper mesh into little crevices
while Ed trailed behind him with a caulk gun. Once they were
finished, they toured the yard, admiring the various talismans and
symbols that had been added. Saint statues and crosses
mingled with Scottish rowan charms and Ethiopian kitabs and
rainbow pinwheels. Wind chimes had also been added to most
of the trees and bushes.
"Not really sure what the thought there is but Lars
insisted." Steve smiled lovingly as he batted at one,
eliciting dulcet tones.
"Music is its own magic, I suppose," Ed mused. "I appreciate
all of this. Truly." He reached into his shirt and
pulled out the vial of holy water that Jess had given to him.
Steve clutched his own vial.
"I just hope something in all of it works. I want you to
feel safe."
Ed squeezed Steve's free hand.
"I do, Steve."
"Can I ask you something?"
"Sure."
"Did something happen... before that Iggy showed up, I mean?
You seemed out of sorts all of last week."
"I'm sorry. I didn't mean to upset you."
"You didn't. Just... worried me a bit."
Ed blushed.
"I... umm... have a confession to make. Another one."
Steve waved to a nearby swing.
"Shall we sit?"
"Okay."
Once the two were seated, Ed slowly let out the breath he was
holding.
"So... umm... well... last Saturday... very early... I went
invisible and..." Ed winced. "I snuck into your
room. I told myself it was to see if you talked in your
sleep and if I could learn anything useful. But really it
was just that I feel better with you close by. So... I just
watched. But... then you did talk in your sleep.
And... you said my name. And it sounded kind of...
fond. And... and that got to me. And... I thought some
things. Not anything crude! Just... fond," he
repeated.
"I see..."
"I'm sorry, Steve! It was creepy and..."
"I snuck into your room last night. And the night
before. I didn't stay long either time but... I just needed
to make sure you were all right," Steve confessed.
"Oh."
"Oh?"
Ed began to laugh.
"We're both creepy."
Steve chuckled.
"So it would seem."
"But since we both are... that makes it okay, hmm?"
"I think it does." Steve returned Ed's grin then moved
closer.
Relieved, Ed leaned in to meet Steve's kiss.
*~*~*
Friday, April 12th, 2019
Ed was humming to himself as he stood in the laundry room,
folding clothes and sorting them into neat little piles.
"Ah! There you are." Steve entered the room and
cocked his head.
Ed gave him a beatific smile.
"Hullo there. Need something?"
"No... I just wanted to ask you if you might prefer going
to the tea shoppe up the street for a change? But now that
I'm here..."
"Hmm?"
"Well... it just strikes me as odd now... There's a
thousand year old being folding my... my boxers."
Ed laughed.
"Not just yours. Everyone's. Briefs, too. No
need to get precious about it, Steve. I'm perfectly
capable of folding clothes."
"Oh, I know. It's not about being capable, Ed. Of
course you are! Just seems... beneath you."
"Beneath me? I'm a demon, Steve."
"But..."
"I like it, okay? I like sorting the colors. And I
like the smell of the washing and the drying. Love these
little things!" Ed chuckled as he held up a couple of
dryer balls, one shaped like a bee and another like a
sloth. "Cute! Then I like the sense of
accomplishment I get when these nice, little piles grow.
Most of all, I like handing them out, chatting with
everyone. You most of all. It's okay, Steve."
Steve smiled and nodded.
"Okay then..."
"And I would like to go to that tea shoppe. Sounds
nice. Oh... But I would like a word about this." Ed
pulled an inhaler from his pocket. "Found it in your
jeans. Need to be careful with that, mate. Gotta
make sure you have it when you need it."
Steve blushed.
"I do, yes. Sorry. Thank you for rescuing it!"
"Course." Ed handed it over then squeezed Steve's
hand.
Steve smiled gratefully then gave him a quick peck.
Ed beamed.
"So we off then?" he asked. "I can come back to this
later."
"Yes, let's! You've got to try their London Fog, Ed.
It's delectable!"
Ed continued to smile as they left the house and made the quick
walk. Steve never released his hand, even as they entered
the shoppe. And that made Ed very happy.
*~*~*
This
Is Happening
Monday, April
22nd, 2019
A little over two weeks after the "bathtub incident," Steve had
arranged a quiet tea for himself and Ed while Ollie and Jess led
the others on an excursion to the zoo. He had something he
wanted to say and he didn't want witnesses in case he fell
spectacularly apart in the aftermath.
"Here you are... seven sugars and a bit of milk." Steve
chuckled as he handed Ed his mug. "I've been wanting to
ask... do you actually like tea? Because it's okay if you
don't. I just wonder if you're trying to cover the taste."
"Tea's delicious," Ed replied. He took a sip then let out an
exaggerated, delighted sigh. "Hmm?"
Steve laughed.
"All right then. Well, dig in."
Steve watched with amusement as Ed loaded up a plate with sweets
and tiny sandwiches.
Ed took a bite of cucumber sandwich then looked to Steve with a
raised eye brow.
"You're not eating?"
"I will. In a bit."
"All right..." Ed took another bite but the flavor that had
so delighted him was gone. He felt uneasy. Steve
looked on the verge of tears.
"Ed..."
"Y-yeah?"
"Ed, I've been thinking about what happened a couple of weeks
ago... with the tub."
"Oh." Ed's face crumpled. It all seemed so stupid
now. "Listen, I wasn't thinking. Or... I was.
Just not thinking... well."
"It... it's not about that, Ed. Not exactly. It's
about... what I said. The... the costumes and... I worry
sometimes that... that I've trapped you and you're just too kind
to..."
"Too kind?" Ed scoffed. "Mate, I'm only here because I
planned to possess you just to save my own skin."
"Well... yes. At first. But... but that's been off the
table for quite a while, hasn't it?" Steve asked. There was
no uncertainty in his voice, no distrust. He knew the
answer.
"Course..."
"So... why are you still here? I'm afraid that in my
excitement... desperation even... I... I've just kind of pulled
you along. And I... I don't want this to be another
prison." A tear trickled down Steve's cheek. "I don't
want you to be here just because... cause you don't think you have
anywhere else to... to go. I could figure something out for
you."
Ed bowed his head. It was true. He had no where else
to go. Well, maybe to a homeless shelter.
"Do you... want me to go?" he asked quietly.
"No... not at all. But..."
Ed moved to sit beside Steve.
"You're right that I don't have anywhere else to go, Steve.
But... even if I did... I'd still want to be here. I like it
here. I like... the friendly chaos. I like waking up
to the sound of Karl chattering to his bird friends. I like
watching Ollie look totally smitten whenever Jess walks into the
room. I like helping Demi-John and Baptiste with their
constant room renovations. I even like being sniped at by
Lucky."
Steve laughed though tears still fell.
"But mostly... I like being with you. I... love being with
you. You... make me happy."
"Ed... Oh, Ed... I'm so glad. I was so worr..."
Ed planted a kiss square on Steve's lips. He sighed when
Steve buried his hands in his hair and pulled him closer.
"Oh... my... God... Is this really happening?"
Steve and Ed froze for a second... then jumped apart.
They looked to the entry and saw Lucky, gleefully gawking.
"Hey there... So sorry to interrupt you gorgeous, little
lovebirds but... just wanted to let you know Rocky and I are
back. He's having a little trouble with his tum-tum.
Okay, byeee."
Lucky winked and grinned before departing.
Steve and Ed exchanged panicked glances. Then they began to
laugh.
"Well, then..." Steve cleared his throat. "That was...
an experience."
Ed continued to chuckle. He pecked Steve on the cheek then
got up to make up a plate for him.
"Oh... thank you."
"You think he'll tell the others?" Ed asked.
"Oh, definitely." Steve blushed. "He's not in the
least bit discreet. Not like Ollie and Jess."
Ed shrugged.
"Do you care?"
Steve thought for a moment then shook his head.
"No... No, I don't."
"Good... because I don't, either. And I meant what I
said. You make me happy, Steve."
"And you make me happy, too, Ed, darling. So happy..."
Steve rested his head on Ed's shoulder.
"I love it when you call me that, you know? And good.
And I don't want to leave," Ed stressed. "But... I
spent hundreds of years taking care of other people. And now
I find... I like being taken care of. But... I also... I
need to contribute, Steve. You shouldn't have to bear the
financial burden of this house alone. I thought I might...
get a job?"
"A job... But... How can we be sure you'd be safe?"
"We can't. Not entirely. But... I have the holy
water. I'll always wear it around my neck. In case of
emergency. I saw a 'Help Wanted' sign on Fangs, Fins, and
Friends. I think I might like that, if they'd have me.
Always liked animals."
Steve was distracted by the all too charming image of Ed snuggling
kittens and puppies.
"What do you think?" Ed asked hopefully.
"I... I think you'd be a wonderful fit. But you don't have
to..."
"I know. I want to."
"All right then. I know Ihsan and Fitz. Not terribly
well but they let us sell some of our soap in their shop.
Good guys. I could put in a good word."
Ed's smile lit up his face.
"'Ppreciate that. Thank you. Now... let's not waste
this food."
"Yes, yes... Ant really went all-out."
"Good man," Ed complimented after taking a bite of eclair.
"Ooh... Got a bit of cream and chocolate in your
beard. Let me..."
Ed waited for Steve to wipe the bits of food away then rested his
forehead against his.
"Can't believe you thought I might want to leave."
"Oh, well... I know I can be a bit much."
"Naw. Just enough. Perfect."
"Oh..."
Steve's face radiated joy as Ed hugged him.
*~*~*
Tuesday, April 23rd, 2019
By breakfast the following morning, everyone knew what Lucky had
walked in on. Rather than be embarrassed, Steve decided to
lean into it, much to Ed's delight. They greeted each other
with a quick peck in the morning and held hands during a group
nature walk.
For their part, the men gave Steve and Ed space, deciding amongst
themselves to vacate the TV room every Tuesday night so the couple
could enjoy a romantic movie night, starting that evening.
That wasn't to say there wasn't some awkwardness.
"Chocolate-covered strawberries? Really Ant?" Rocky balked.
"Isn't that one of those fancy, sexy foods?" Baptiste questioned
as he mixed virgin margaritas for the group's cook-out.
"Apro... dizzy..."
"Aphrodisiacs," Lucky piped up with. "And yes." He
nabbed a berry and batted his eyelashes at Rocky.
Ant shrugged.
"But, like, can they even?" Demi-John questioned. "I mean...
Ed's not human."
"But he looks like a human," Lars replied. "Acts like a
human. So... human?"
Ollie walked into the room with Jess beside him.
"We need more napkins."
"Hell, we need to just wrap Karl up in them. Where did he
learn table manners?" Jess scoffed.
"Ollie! Ollie would know!" Demi-John exclaimed with
excitement.
"What would I know?"
Lucky rolled his eyes.
"They want to know if demons can, ya know, do the deed," he
relayed.
Jess stifled a laugh when Ollie grimaced.
"Nope. Don't even want to think about that. Nope,
nope, nope." Ollie hastily grabbed more napkins and began
backing out of the kitchen.
"Sex is a natural thing," Lars pointed out, his voice airy and
childlike.
"Right, yeah, it is. Totally," Ollie agreed. "But
like... they're like... our dads. Just... no."
The kitchen went quiet. Ollie had given voice to something
they'd all been feeling. Steve and Ed were like
their dads.
Ant shrugged.
"Well, I'm giving Dad and Dad chocolate-covered strawberries and
whatever happens... not my concern. Prudes."
He marched out of the room and into the TV room with his tray
covered in treats.
"I mean... I would like to experience coming from a stable, two
parent home," Lucky jested... although with genuine feeling behind
it.
"Would be nice..." Baptiste agreed.
Ollie sighed.
"Listen, I don't know the answer. My instinct is no.
But... sex isn't everything. They love each other. So
like, yeah... They're fine. We're fine."
"Do you suppose we need to get them both Father's Day gifts now?"
Demi-John asked.
"Let's see what September brings," Rocky suggested. "God
help us all if this turns into Jasonpocalypse Part II."
Ed chose that moment to step into the kitchen.
Everyone froze and stared at him.
"Umm, hey... Dropped my spoon on the floor so just wanted to
swap that out..."
Ed popped the dirty spoon into the dishwasher and grabbed a clean
one.
"Is everything all right?" he asked.
Everyone started talking all at once, assuring him all was well.
"Okay... Great. Just gonna... go back out there."
Ed gave them an awkward smile then practically ran from the room.
"I feel like someone should tell him about Jason," Jess
mumbled. "But I don't want to."
"Steve won't. He should... but he won't." Ollie
frowned. "I don't want to either, though. Bad
memories."
Lucky let out a dramatic sigh.
"I'll do it. Easier for me, anyway. I wasn't around
for the drama."
Baptiste clapped him on the back.
"Thanks, man."
"Yeah, yeah... Now gimme one of those margaritas."
Once Baptiste had handed him one, Lucky pulled Rocky onto the
patio. The others cleared out, too, leaving Steve and Ed
alone in the house.
*~*~*
Ed re-entered the
TV room just as Ant was exiting.
"Enjoy!"
"Thank you. Really. Everything looks incredible,"
Ed praised.
"Happy to do it... Dad."
Ant giggled and hurried out.
Ed blinked in confusion before making his way to the couch
where Steve was waiting.
"Ooh... Look at these! Don't they look delightful,
Ed?"
Ed glanced at the tray of strawberries then smiled at Steve.
"Yeah, yeah they do. Delightful."
Steve frowned.
"You seem... off. Did someone say something to you in
the kitchen?"
"No," Ed answered truthfully. It wasn't anything they'd
said to him, after all. But what was the
Jasonpocalypse? Who was Jason, what had he done, and
what could he do to never, ever be spoken about like that man
was?
Steve's eyebrows raised in concern.
"Ed..."
Ed hugged Steve, wanting to calm him.
"'S nothin'. Just had a moment. Have em
sometimes. When... when I'm struck anew with... with the
reality of... this. You."
"Aww. Well, I am really and truly here, darling.
And so is Pride and Prejudice. So... shall we?"
Ed kissed Steve's curls then nodded.
"Yeah. Let's watch. Saw lots of gushing on the
YouTube about this."
"Well, then I hope it lives up to your expectations!"
Steve chuckled and hit the Play button before snuggling
against Ed who let out a contented sigh.
Whomever Jason was, he didn't matter. Only Steve did.
*~*~*
The
Truth Comes Out, Part II
Wednesday, April 24th, 2019
"Well, hello there! Steve is going to be very upset he
wasn't here for this," Lucky commented as he approached Ed the
following morning as he was washing Steve's car sans shirt.
Ed glared then sprayed the younger man with a hose.
"Hey!" Lucky spluttered.
Ed only grinned at him and resumed sudsing up the car.
"Well... not that I want to hang out with you now but... can I
have a word when you finish up there?" Lucky requested.
Something about the way he asked dampened Ed's playful mood.
"Yeah. Let me just rinse this door off. Then we can
talk."
"Thank you."
Ed hurried to finish up with the door then put his shirt back on
and moved to a bench where Lucky was waiting.
"So... everything all right, then?" Ed asked.
"Yeah... yeah. All's good. I just... I thought we
should have a little chat. When you first came did you
notice that some of us were a bit... hostile?"
"A bit, yeah. I mean Ollie and Jess already had suspicions
about the demon thing. Did the rest of you?"
"No. Total shock there. It's just... you've heard us
mention Jason, right?"
Ed nodded.
"Yeah, Steve's ex. Sounds like a bit of a nightmare. I
figured he'd tell me about him eventually. His past is his
business."
"I love that philosophy. I really do," Lucky praised.
"But... Jason was more than a 'bit of a nightmare.' I wasn't
here when he was in Steve's life but I know the story and I think,
before this goes any further, you need to know it, too."
"Okay... Just... feels a bit weird. Gossipy.
Feel like Steve should be telling me this."
"And if I thought he would then I wouldn't be here but... okay,
look, it was an abusive relationship. Steve doesn't like
talking about it. At all."
Ed felt like he'd been punched in the gut.
"But before we get to Jason, we need to talk about Mike."
"Another ex?"
"No, no. Mike was one of us guys... one of Steve's charges
here at the house. He'd struggled with all sorts of
drugs. Landed here about six years ago. Got clear
through the program. He moved into an apartment and did
really, really well for two years. Steve regularly checked
up on him... like he's doing now with some of the old guys.
But Mike... No one knows what happened. But he got
sucked back in. Steve didn't know. No one knew.
Steve showed up for a visit and found him passed out.
ODed. Steve called for help but... Mike died in his
arms. Ollie got there not long after emergency
services. He said Steve kept begging them to keep trying to
bring him back. But he was gone. It... it wrecked
him."
"Poor Steve... Poor Mike..." Ed murmured as tears pooled in
his eyes.
"Yeah. Steve blamed himself. Because of course he
did. Steve takes too much on, takes too much to heart.
Everyone told him he couldn't have known, couldn't have done any
more than he did. But... it just didn't sink in. And
that's when Jason entered the picture... Typical
story. Love-bombed Steve. Right when he was so
desperate for affirmation. Chocolates, flowers, new clothes,
love notes... Jason was on top of it all. But when they
hooked up... once they were official... Jason changed.
Nothing Steve did was right. He'd show up for one of Jason's
business functions and be told he looked frumpy or 'too
gay.' Which... how!? He's gay!" Lucky exclaimed.
"And they always did what Jason wanted to do. Even on
Steve's birthday! Steve wanted to go to the botanical
gardens but do you know where they ended up? A rugby
match. How is that the same? And Jason said the
tickets were Steve's present!!! The man hates sports!"
"I... want to hurt this man," Ed sneered.
"Yeah... well, you'd have to get in line."
"Did he ever hit Steve?"
"That's one thing no one was ever quite sure about. It was
Ollie, Jess, Demi-John, Karl, and Rocky who were around at the
time. None of them ever saw bruises or anything... but they
also noticed Steve didn't wear short sleeves for a while.
And he's never liked wearing shorts so... hard to say."
"I... I hope not. But emotional abuse... that's bad enough."
"It is. Anyway... Steve did have one rule that he held fast
to. Jason was never allowed to stay here. If they had
sleepovers, it was always at Jason's house. That's part of
why no one knows the full extent of what went on. And
remember... all this is happening after the crap childhood that
Steve had. I mean I know you had your trauma... and lots of
it... more than anyone should ever bear... but..."
"But I know my Mother loved me," Ed murmured. "Knew Joshua
loved me... accepted me."
"Yeah. Steve didn't have that. In fact, he was told
that your Mother... Father... hated him... would never accept
him. And he knew his parents wouldn't either if they knew
the truth. You know someone's had a suckfest of a life when
the lone bright spot for several years is their ex-wife. Oh
and he had his gran before that. But she died before he and
Maren got married. By the way... I'm like 99% sure she was a
lesbian."
"Maren? I thought she was married to a man?"
"No! Sorry. Steve's grandmother. When her
husband died when she was forty two, her spinster best friend
moved in and never left. I mean... draw your own conclusions
but... Anyway, I keep getting distracted. Oh but one
last thing... Steve's idiot father even tried to sue him for
this house... despite his grandmother being very, very clear in
her will. Didn't work, of course. But that caused
Steve even more anguish. Thankfully, that was long before
Jason so at least it didn't coincide but... disaster of a family
life. As for Jason... the loser ended up killing someone
because of his road rage. Which Steve, of course, blamed
himself for because Jason had jetted off after a fight. Just
horrible all around. Someone died because of that awful,
awful man... The only bright spot was Jason's locked up for
twenty years. So... that was the end of that. But
Steve just spiraled. He never outright tried to kill himself
but... he wasn't eating, wasn't taking care of himself.
Ollie and Jess sent him to stay with Maren and her family for a
while. They still think that's the only reason Steve made it
through."
Tears poured down Ed's cheeks. His fists clenched with rage.
Lucky noticed and frowned.
"Anger isn't going to help him. The main reason I'm telling
you this is... okay, well, I may have overheard a bit more than I
let on on Monday. I heard the whole prison thing.
Steve thinking he'd trapped you. And that... that's screwed
up, right? You never gave him that impression. Hell,
you're downright clingy... sorry but it's true. And you
handled it really, really well. But you're probably going to
have to keep dealing with that sort of stuff. Steve has a
really hard time thinking anyone would actually like him for
him. Let alone... love him."
Ed nodded.
"Yeah... yeah, I... I'll do... say... whatever..."
Lucky hugged him.
"Thank you. And... I hope you realize how much I trust you
in telling you this. I can only imagine how helpful this
sort of information could be if... if the whole possession thing
was still possible."
"Not possible..." Ed stressed. "I..."
Ed was cut off when Ollie's car came into view. After it was
parked, Steve hopped out.
"We're back! Everyone is doing wonder..." Steve
frowned when he got close enough to Ed and Lucky to see their
facial expressions. "What's wrong? Why do you both
look so..."
Ed hurried over and took Steve's hand. Mindful of Ollie and
Lucky and wanting a bit of privacy, Ed led Steve to the other side
of the lawn.
"Steve... Steve..."
"What's the matter, darling? You're scar..."
"No... no. Don't be scared. Just... just had to tell
you..." Ed cradled Steve's face in his hands. "I... I
love you, Steve. I love you so much."
Steve's eyes filled.
"You... love me?"
Ed nodded then tenderly kissed Steve.
"I... I love you, too, Ed," Steve replied once they'd moved apart.
Ed beamed... then gladly accepted another kiss.
*~*~*
Testing out the driving skills Steve had spent the last couple of
weeks instilling in him, Ed drove the two of them to the botanical
gardens that afternoon.
"Oh, Ed... Look at the camelias! They're so beautiful,
aren't they?" Steve gushed.
"Very. Love all the colors. The trees, too. I
think autumn is my favorite season."
"That or Spring for me," Steve replied. "Oh, Ed, look,
darling..."
Ed smiled when Steve grabbed his hand and pulled him towards an
interesting looking moth.
They studied it for a few moments before Steve settled onto a
nearby bench. Ed took a seat beside him.
"What were you and Lucky talking about when Ollie and I got
home? I mean... if you can say? You both looked so
upset."
Ed took one of Steve's hands in both of his and brought it to his
lips.
"Lucky told me about... about Jason, love."
"Oh..." Steve's face fell but he managed a smile. "I
like that, by the way. Love..."
Ed returned his smile.
"I'm sorry you experienced that, Steve. No one deserves that
but... especially not you."
"Oh, well, I should have known better and..."
"Steve, love... That's the sort of thing everyone says until
it happens to them. Listen, I'm over a thousand years old,
mate. I've seen domestic violence. More than I'd like
to admit. I've seen how insidious it can be.
Everything starts out wonderfully and then... then it's not.
But you want so badly to believe it'll go back to what it
was... None of that was your fault. It's all on him."
Steve said nothing for several moments. When he did speak,
his voice was shaky and barely more than a whisper.
"I... I didn't want you to know about all... all of that...
mess. I don't want you to think I'm... weak or... or fragile
or..."
Ed gave an adamant shake of his head.
"I don't, love. Trust me, I don't. I think you're
strong. So strong! You overcame so much. And...
and it could have turned you bitter and angry and I wouldn't have
blamed you for that. But... you didn't let it. And you
didn't even let it keep you from trusting people which... Steve,
that's so impressive. It really is. You... you'd been
so badly hurt. But that didn't stop you from coming up to a
total stranger in a bar and... and asking him to dance."
Steve smiled.
"Best decision I ever made."
Beaming, Ed planted a kiss on Steve's forehead.
"And if you ever find yourself doubting this... just know that I
met an awful lot of people. Thousands upon thousands,
Steve. Many who I loved very, very much. But... none
like I love you. Not even close. A... a thousand years
and... and it was only you, love."
Weeping, Steve wrapped his arms around Ed and buried his face in
his neck.
Ed kissed and nuzzled Steve's hair.
Steve sighed, feeling truly safe for the first time in
years.
*~*~*
Tuesday, April 30th, 2019
By the following week, Ed was proudly working as an assistant
caretaker at Fangs, Fins, and Friends. The owners, a couple
named Ihsan and Fitz, had accepted Steve's recommendation of Ed
without question and had offered him the job on the spot.
The only wrinkle had come when they'd asked for his last name.
Scrambling, Ed had glanced out the window and noticed a car drive
by with an audacious hood ornament.
"Bonnet," he'd replied. "Ed Bonnet."
And so at 3:00 PM on his second full day of work, Ed Bonnet
returned home contented but exhausted.
He was greeted at the front door by Steve and a cup of tea.
"You look so tired," Steve
observed, setting a hand on Ed's back. "Long day at work?"
Ed nodded.
"Bath day. Fun... but exhausting."
Steve chuckled.
"I can imagine. Do you want to try taking a nap before
dinner?"
Ed shook his head. As exhausted as he was, he didn't want to
go to his room. Alone.
"Well, then maybe you could at least get comfortable and rest a
bit?"
Steve led Ed to the TV room, sat down, and placed a pillow in his
lap.
Ed blinked. That was new. Then he laid down.
They were silent for a few moments, watching a TV show Steve had
turned on. After a bit, Steve began to card his fingers
through Ed's hair. Once he became aware, he paused.
"Sorry. I should have asked. I wasn't think..."
"Felt good," Ed interrupted. Really good, if he were
honest.
"Oh, all right then." Steve smiled and resumed.
Soon, Ed had dozed off. He awoke when he heard Steve's
voice.
"I'd love to see you both but... well, Ed's started a new job and
I'm afraid he's tuckered out so I'm not sure a night at the club
is..."
Ed stirred and then sat up, peering at Steve through blurry eyes.
"Who is that?" He waved to the phone Steve was holding.
"Just a moment." Steve covered the speaker.
"Patrick. He and Craig are back in town and headed to the
club but..."
"We should go," Ed encouraged. "I'll be fine." He
smiled. "I think it'd be fun to relive the night we
met. I'll just start chugging coffee."
"Are you sure?"
Ed kissed Steve's cheek then bounced off the couch.
"Absolutely."
"Patrick... We'll be there. 8:00? Sounds
good! See ya then. Thanks for calling."
Once he'd hung up, Steve joined Ed in the kitchen where he was
making coffee.
"We won't stay very late. I know you're tired."
"Already got a second wind and the coffee will help. I'm
looking forward to it. Love dancing with you. I
just... I hope I meet with Patrick's and Craig's approval."
"They liked you that first night."
"Yeah but that was different. Easy to like a person for a
night."
Steve looped his arms around Ed's waist and nuzzled his shoulder.
"They'll love you."
Ed wriggled around to face Steve.
"Hope so."
He stepped back then held his hand out.
"Practice?"
Steve nodded and began to dance with Ed.
Lucky popped into the kitchen and abruptly halted.
"God... You two are disgustingly cute," he commented before
grabbing a soda from the refrigerator and hurrying out.
"Thank you, Lucky!" Steve shouted after him, grinning.
Ed and Steve laughed and continued their dance.
*~*~*
Though both Steve and Ed considered
themselves to be together, they hadn't given any thought to how to
describe themselves. It was simply understood around the
house that they were a couple, no label needed.
Until it was.
While Steve caught up with Patrick and Craig, Ed waited at the bar
to place their orders.
A man sidled up to him.
"Hey, man."
Ed glanced over.
"Hey."
"What ya ordering?"
"Haven't decided yet."
"Let me buy it for you."
"No, thanks. I'm good."
Ed stared straight ahead, ignoring the unwanted attention.
Then the man grabbed his arm.
"Cool tats..."
"Don't touch me..." Ed warned through gritted teeth. The man
was clearly tipsy but that was no excuse for being grabby.
"Just wanted to..."
"He said not to touch him."
Ed and the interloper turned to see Steve staring at them.
Ed had never seen such a look in the man's usually gentle eyes.
The drunken man raised his hands. Then he looked back and
forth between Steve and Ed and laughed.
"You're... together?"
Ed saw Steve's steely gaze falter.
The man clucked his tongue at Ed.
"Honey... You could do so much bet..."
Ed swiftly moved to stand directly in front of the drunk and
stared him down.
"I warn you not to finish that sentence," he sneered. "Now
apologize. Apologize to my boyfriend. And to me...
honey."
The word had never sounded less sweet.
"Boyfriend..." Steve murmured, his eyes going dewy.
"Sorry... sorry..." The man raised his hands again and
backed away.
Ed looped an arm around Steve's waist and continued to glare at
the man.
When he was far enough away, Steve turned to face Ed.
"Boyfriend..." he repeated.
Ed smiled and shrugged.
"I feel a bit too old for that. But he seemed dumb enough to
think we practiced law or did taxes together if I'd used
'partner.'"
"Boyfriend..."
"Yeah, you said that already," Ed teased. "After I did."
Steve giggled, too overcome with happiness to say anything
constructive.
Ed chuckled.
"Right, well, let's get a drink to celebrate. Just... wait
with me?"
Steve nodded and hugged Ed's arm.
Ed sighed contentedly. So he had a boyfriend now. And
that felt fine.
*~*~*
Ed was sipping his mai tai when he felt eyes on him. He
turned to find Patrick staring at him. The man smiled
sheepishly once he realized he'd been caught.
"Sorry. I'm glad you're still around and that things are
going well," he whispered while Steve and Craig carried on their
own conversation.
Ed smiled.
"Me too."
"We've just all been really worried about Steve after..."
"I know. Lucky told me all about it. I'm glad he's in
jail."
"Join the club..." Patrick's expression softened. "But
he's really happy with you. Just everything about him...
he's so much more relaxed."
"I love him... I don't ever want to hurt him," Ed assured.
Patrick patted Ed's arm.
"Good."
"Oh! I adore this song! Ed..." Steve turned away
from Craig. "Please dance with me, darling?"
"Love to."
Ed took Steve's offered hand and followed him out to the dance
floor. As they began to sway, Ed listened to the lyrics and
peered into Steve's eyes. It felt as if the singer was
speaking about them.
"You saw through
me
All this time
I'd forgotten
People are kind.
I was hurting
And you knew
So you showed me
What to do.
You said, "I will listen
Tell it all
When you're finished
We'll talk more"
But I didn't know how
So we took it in turns
And to my surprise
We found my words."
Ed rested his forehead against Steve's.
"I love you."
"I love you, too, Ed. Forever."
"Forever."
*~*~*
Saturday,
April 2nd, 2022
"That... that's just so incredibly romantic!" JenniAnn gushed in
between sips of the chocolate milk Ed and Steve had given her.
The couple beamed.
"You don't think Joshua will be mad, do you?" Steve asked.
"I don't know why. I mean we know he was okay with
Aziraphale and Crowley when Crowley was a demon. And we know
he's okay with Andrew and me... and others. So if he's okay
with an angel and a demon and an angel and a human... not sure why
he'd be opposed to a demon and a human so long as it was a
consensual, loving relationship which... clearly." JenniAnn
waved towards her captors.
"Still... We'd feel better if you and Andrew would, well,
plead our case to him," Ed shared as he opened a packet of
Pop-Tarts. "Want another one?" he offered to JenniAnn.
"What flavor?"
"Looks like... Wild Berry?"
"Sure."
JenniAnn accepted the treat before answering.
"I mean... I don't think it's really necessary but we can do that
if it would make you feel better." She took a bite.
"Hmm... Interesting. I like it. Thanks."
"It really would help us out..." Steve pressed.
"We'll do it," JenniAnn assured. "So... not to bring up a
nasty subject but... did Iggy every pop back up?"
Ed sighed.
"It took a while... but yeah. Right after Father's Day,
actually..."
Steve squeezed his arm as he resumed the story.
*~*~*
The Possession
Wednesday, September 4th, 2019
For nearly six months, Ed's and
Steve's romance had been allowed to blossom into something
comfortable and lived in. They'd settled into a new routine
that incorporated Ed's job. The two still shared coffee in
the morning followed by a family breakfast. Then Steve
walked to the pet shelter for mid-morning tea. On the days
he worked, Ed often missed the group's afternoon activity but he
was nearly always home in time for afternoon tea. Since Ed
had started contributing to the household, not once had Jess had
to ask to dip into Steve's savings... his retirement... to keep
the house afloat.
After Ed returned home on Father's Day, he and Steve moved to the
patio to take their tea.
Following a few silent moments, Ed squeezed Steve's left hand and
brought it to his lips.
"Has today been difficult for you, love?" he checked.
"A bit, yeah. You?"
"Mother's Day is harder for me. But yeah."
Steve hugged Ed's arm.
"Well... I'm just grateful I have you. And everyone."
He waved towards the house.
"But?" Ed prompted.
"But... I do find myself wondering what he's up to. If
he's thought of his only child at all today? If he's
well? If he ever has regrets?"
"I don't know how anyone could let you go and not regret it.
Deeply."
Steve smiled at Ed.
"Thank you for saying that."
"Mean it. I... I still regret the bathtub incident," Ed
confessed.
"Oh, darling... Don't trouble yourself about that. It
was such a confusing time for you!" Steve pulled Ed into his
embrace. "You stayed and that's what matters."
Ed set his hand on Steve's chest and smiled.
"Well... that was quite a kiss. Very persuasive."
"Was it now? Worth revisiting?"
"Mmm hmm."
Steve chuckled then pressed his lips to Ed's.
They were on their fourth kiss when they heard the door squeak
behind them.
Peeking over Steve's shoulder, Ed's eyes went wide.
"Is it someone's birthday?"
"No..."
Steve turned around to find all of their housemates parading
out. Ant led them, carrying a candle covered cake.
"Happy Father's Day!" they cheered as Ant set the cake in front of
Ed and Steve.
"Demi-John insisted on candles," Ant explained with a shrug.
"But..." Ed pointed at the cake. The icing read "Happy
Fathers' Day, Ed & Steve."
Ollie squeezed his shoulders.
"Of course we included you! You're Steve's partner."
"And you're out there, supporting the house... supporting us,"
Jess added.
"You all... This is so lovely and so appreciated.
Thank you," Steve gushed. "And, yes, Ed... you definitely
deserve to be included!" He hugged him tightly then rose to
begin embracing the others.
Ed followed suit, his eyes rimmed with tears.
"I mean I think I deserve some credit here. That night they
met, I told Steve he should find us a daddy," Lucky boasted before
hugging Ed.
"That you did, my boy! Oh... I love you all so much!"
Steve beamed at them.
"Yeah... I just... I love... you..." Ed choked out.
"Eh, stop your bawling," Ant teased. "Eat some cake! I
tried a new recipe!" He thrust plates out to Steve and Ed.
Steve took a bite and oohed.
"Ant, you've outdone yourself! Am I tasting orange?"
Ant nodded enthusiastically.
"Delicious," Ed complimented.
"Well, you both deserve it," Ant affirmed. "I think I can
speak for us all when I say how much it means to have someone who
accepts us... loves us... encourages us."
"And I finally have my stable two parent home!" Lucky cheered.
Ed smiled at Steve.
"Well, neither of us is going anywhere," Steve promised. He
sighed happily.
As everyone dug into their cake, Ed's gaze traveled over all of
them. He had a family again and he would do everything he
could for them.
*~*~*
Sunday,
September 8th, 2019
A few evenings
after the Father's Day celebration, when he was working late
because Ihsan and Fitz were vacationing, Ed was feeding the last
of the cats when he got an uneasy feeling in the pit of his
stomach. Beside him, Fitz's puppy whimpered.
"Hey there. It's okay, mate," Ed cooed as he picked up Lil
Fang.
The other animals began to pace anxiously and bark and hiss.
"What... what's wrong, everyone?"
"Well... isn't this a sight... This doesn't look like
possessing your assignment to me."
Ed shivered when he saw movement near the front counter.
"But then... you've probably been too busy shagging that stupid,
little clod of dust, haven't you? Well... as much as you're
capable of it, anyway. Freak..." Iggy sneered.
Lil Fang began trying to burrow into Ed's shirt in an attempt to
hide.
Anger flared up in Ed but he focused on the poor, terrified puppy.
"Shh... shh... we're fine. We're fine."
"Pathetic..."
Lil Fang's front left paw got caught in the necklace Ed was
wearing. Then he heard a snap.
"No!"
Ed tried to catch the vial but missed. His heart sank when
it clattered to the floor and the stopper popped off... right near
the drain.
Iggy sniffed the air.
"Holy water... You've been wearing holy water?"
Before Ed could answer, the demon began to laugh.
"How adorable... And how unhelpful it is now, eh, 'Ed'?"
"Go away, Iggy!" Ed shouted.
Iggy shook his head.
"No. You're not getting rid of me as easily as last
time. I've been sent to make sure you do your job... or to
drag you back to Hell with me."
Ed didn't reply. He was looking around wildly... searching
for something that could help.
"Maybe you just need to do it in baby steps... Possess the
dog, Edgar."
Ed froze and snuggled Lil Fang closer.
"No."
Then a foul, burning smell filled his nostrils. Ed spun
around and saw Iggy holding a cluster of hellfire.
"Do it, Edgar. Do it or I light this whole place up... and
you'll get to watch another of your families suffer and die," Iggy
spat out. "Or... you could go back home. With me."
Ed swallowed a sob and buried his face in the scruff of Lil Fang's
neck. Then, gently, he set the dog down.
"I... I'll go."
"Very well then."
The hellfire disappeared.
"Hands out in front of you," Iggy ordered as a glowing blue rope
appeared in his hands.
Ed obeyed.
They both startled when they heard a clattering sound.
The next thing Ed knew, Iggy was on the ground. Jess was on
top of him... with their knife planted straight through the
demon's chest.
"Didn't count on me, huh, Iggy?" they taunted as they pulled the
knife out and drove it through Iggy's neck.
Iggy screeched and thrashed. He began to blink in and out of
visibility.
"That's it... away you go," Jess hissed.
Then Iggy was gone.
Jess sighed and admired their spotless blade.
"Don't even have to clean it. So handy..."
Ed began to shake as they sheathed the knife.
Jess at last made eye contact with Ed.
"Steve sent me with some dinner for you but, uh, kinda dropped it
on the lobby floor when I saw that dumbass. I have a granola
bar in my pocket if..."
Ed opened his mouth to reply but only a strangled sob came
out. He stumbled back against one of the crates and sunk
down. Lil Fang clamored into his lap. Ed sobbed into
the dog's scruff.
Jess watched, uncomfortable with the display of emotion.
Then they sighed and sat down by Ed, gently stroking his back.
"Hey now... You're okay. Got him twice. Looked
uncomfortable. I figure that'll buy us some time.
Just, uh, don't ever, ever go with him. First of all, he
seems like crap company. Second of all, I don't want to deal
with Steve if that ever happened. God, normal Steve is
emotional enough. Heartbroken Steve... I think I'd
lose my mind."
Ed managed a hoarse laugh in between sobs.
With an eye roll, Jess looped an arm around his shoulders.
"Hey... it'll be okay. We'll figure this out," they
encouraged.
"So scared..."
"I know."
"Weren't... weren't you scared?"
"Didn't really have time to be scared."
"Oh."
There was a pause.
"That's a lie."
Jess brought their hand up and Ed saw it was shaking.
"I... I'm sorry. Sorry you had to... to experience
that. You... don't deserve that," he apologized.
"Neither do you."
Jess withdrew their phone and sent a text message before beginning
to hum, hoping to lull Ed.
The job was fully done when their housemates arrived and, as soon
as Jess let them in, Steve gathered Ed up into his arms.
*~*~*
Monday, September 9th, 2019
The next morning, when Ihsan
and Fitz returned home, they were startled to find all the
inhabitants of Steve's house sprawled across their lobby in
sleeping bags. In the center, Ed was curled up with Lil
Fang. Steve slept beside him, a protective hand on his back.
When they awoke, Ed offered an explanation.
"Just, umm... Had an
intruder. Got scared,."
"Of course you did! How horrible!" Fitz patted his
employee's hand gently.
"The dogs and cats noticed before I did, thankfully. Dunno
what would have happened if they hadn't alerted me." Ed
sniffled as Steve stroked his back.
"They're wonderful in all ways, of course. But security is
definitely one of them. You should take a pair home. A
bonded cat and dog. You've been talking about it. I
think now's the time," Ihsan suggested. "Our treat.
Fitz and I meant to bring you back a thank you gift but,
well... We got a bit carried away."
Fitz giggled and blushed.
"I'm afraid we did... What about Ihaka and Kiri?" he
suggested. "They adore you, Ed."
"You're sure?"
"Of course!" Ihsan affirmed. "Go introduce them to
Steve. See what he thinks."
Ed looked to Steve.
"Sounds like a good idea to me. Let's go say hello, hmm?"
Ed smiled then led Steve by the hand to one of the stalls.
Inside, a golden retriever laid curled around a tomcat.
"Kiri, c'mhere, girl," Ed called. "You too, Ihaka."
"What do their names mean?" Steve asked.
"Kiri means 'tree bark.' She loves chewing up sticks.
Ihaka means 'he will laugh.' I thought the markings on his
face made him look like he was laughing."
"You named them?"
Ed nodded as he stroked the dog and cat.
"Well... then I think they're definitely meant to be ours.
And if they can offer even a few moments' worth of warning if Iggy
returns... I'll be grateful to them." Steve reached in to
pet Ihaka. "You're a very handsome fellow... just like your
new daddy, hmm?"
Ed laughed. He hadn't really thought about the fact that the
black and gray cat matched him.
"And you... you're very sweet. Aren't you, girl? Oh,
yes..."
Ed's smile grew. Even though Steve wasn't the biggest fan of
dogs, he could tell Kiri would win him over in no time.
Demi-John hurried over.
"Are we getting a dog and cat?!" he asked with evident excitement.
Steve nodded.
Demi-John hurried back into the lobby to share the good news.
Once they were alone again, save the pets, Steve wrapped his arms
around Ed and pressed a kiss to his temple.
"I'm so glad Jess got here in time... So glad you're
safe. God, Ed... If... if I'd lost you..."
Ed clung to his boyfriend and wept, letting out all the fear and
anguish he'd felt when Iggy was there.
*~*~*
Thursday, October 31st, 2019
For two months, all was peaceful. Ollie and Jess replaced
Ed's necklace with a stronger chain. Kiri and Ihaka settled
comfortably into their new home and were soon spoiled
rotten. And Steve and Ed fell more deeply in love.
On the morning of Halloween, Steve proudly dropped a cardboard box
into Ed's lap as they sat on the patio.
"Open it, open it!"
Ed chuckled. He knew what was in the box... had known since
that fateful day in the bathtub. Nonetheless, he pulled away
the tissue paper with excitement. Inside were some purple
velvet pants that Ed was quite sure weren't historically
accurate. Nonetheless, they felt heavenly and he couldn't
wait to try them on. Also inside was a billowy beige shirt,
black boots, and a bandana that matched the pants.
"Aww, thanks, mate. It's great. Can't wait to put it
on."
"It came with an eye patch but I took that out. Seemed
stereotypical. And maybe ableist. And... I didn't want
one of your eyes covered. I love your eyes," Steve gushed.
Ed cupped his boyfriend's chin and kissed him.
"I love your eyes, too. Since I'm off today, should we put
them on now? Make the most of the day?"
"I'd love that! Meet you back here?"
"Sounds good."
The two parted with a kiss.
Ed was the first to finish changing and made his way to the
patio. As he waited for Steve, he perused the yard. He
was inspecting an old, decaying shed, searching for evidence of
termites, when he heard laughter. Turning around, Ed saw one
of their neighbors gawking at him.
Niles and Chad were twins... tech bros who spent half the year in
their native U.K. and the other half of the year next door to
Steve's place. Unfortunately, that half year had started in
September and had brought the household nothing but annoyance
since.
"A little old for Halloween, aren't you, gramps?" the twin
scoffed.
Ed had no idea which twin was speaking. He didn't
care.
The second twin stepped into the yard and started laughing.
"My God... Never know what to expect from you lot.
Argh, matey!"
Ed rolled his eyes.
"And a good morning to you, too."
"I suppose Steve has a costume, too?" Twin #1 asked.
Ed only shrugged. He hoped Steve wouldn't come into the
yard. Even though he knew the two were rotten, he was still
susceptible to their taunting. Apparently they'd played
together as children, back when the twins had lived next door with
their parents.
"Well, in any case, we're off for the day... going to work like
actual adults," Twin #2 sniped.
"How very dull for you," Ed shot back.
He glared at the two as they got into their expensive, pristine
car and drove off.
Ed sighed with relief when they disappeared around the
corner. Steve wouldn't have to deal with them.
"Oh, Ed... You look so handsome. I mean... you always
do, of course, but..."
Ed sized Steve up, too, as he approached. He looked very
fetching in his black pants and black tunic with quite the deep
V-neck, matching laces criss-crossing his chest. A red sash
was tied around his waist as a belt.
"You look... wow... You look incredible, love," Ed
praised. "Happy Halloween!"
"Happy Halloween!" Steve echoed before kissing Ed.
"Oh look... Gay pirates. Fun," Lucky teased as he
stepped onto the patio.
"Oh, shut up..." Ed responded with a smile. "You're just
jealous you don't have a cool costume."
"I'll have you know that I'm dressing up as Loki and Rocky is
going as Thor... both of whom I believe are very cool.
Anyway... Ant's having a meltdown. Baptiste
accidentally spilled the milk and now we won't have any for his
special Halloween biscuits," Lucky reported.
"I can run to the store and grab some," Steve offered.
Ed shook his head.
"You stay. Let me handle this. We still have to get
the party decorations up and you're much better at that than I
am."
"Can I tag along?" Lucky requested. "You may need help
fighting people off because you are wearing that costume,
Ed."
Steve giggled.
"You really are... Very... hot."
Ed blushed but was quite pleased with himself.
"Fine, Lucky. You can go. Be back in a jif." Ed
promised before kissing Steve's cheek.
"Be safe!" Steve called as the two headed to the garage.
*~*~*
At the grocery store, Ed and Lucky retrieved the milk... and a few
impulse purchases. While Lucky's assistance wasn't needed in
fighting anyone off, his services were sought as a
photographer. Multiple people approached Ed to get their
pictures taken with him. He happily complied... although he
winced a little when a young boy said he looked like "an old
Blackbeard."
The duo's jovial mood shifted when they were loading their
groceries into the car.
Lucky gave a sudden yelp.
Ed's eyes shot up and he saw two demons, one with his hand over
Lucky's mouth.
"Iggy sent us. He's lost patience with you, Edgar," the one
not holding Lucky barked.
"Let the boy go," Ed demanded. "This has nothing to do with
him."
"We'll let him go... if you come with us."
Lucky squirmed, trying to get away.
"All right... Just... let me leave a note. Please," Ed
begged.
The unusual request caught the demon off-guard. He shrugged.
Ed turned around... then untwisted the vial of holy water from
around his neck. He whirled back around and poured the
contents over the two demons. As they screamed, Ed pulled
Lucky away and threw him into the car. He climbed over the
hood of the car, got inside, and gunned it.
"They're following us! Why are they following us?" Lucky
screamed.
Ed's gaze remained focused on the road.
"Wasn't really enough for two. Just delayed them, I guess."
"Jesus... Jesus... Jesus..." Lucky cried out.
"Don't let us get stopped, don't let us get stopped..." Ed
repeated over and over as he continued to speed.
"They're so close! How can they run that fast?!"
"They're demons, Lucky!"
"You can't run that fast!"
"Could if I wanted to."
"Yeah, sure... Oh, God. One's on the boot!"
Ed sped the car up, sending the unsuspecting demon flying.
Soon, the house was in sight.
Ed raced into the driveway, hitting the mailbox in the process.
Peering behind them, Lucky gasped.
Ed stopped the car and turned around.
The two stared at the demons... pounding on the air as if it was a
wall.
"The charms and all that... They actually work..."
Lucky exclaimed. He turned to Ed, his eyes huge.
Ed nodded.
"Thank God. Now... Run inside."
"What are you going to do?"
"I'm going to get the groceries and then I'll be right in."
"Forget the groceries, Ed!"
"Ant needs milk! Just run, Lucky!"
"You're an idiot!" Lucky screamed before hurrying out of the car
and bolting for the front door.
Ed exited the car and walked to the trunk. As calmly as
possible, he collected their bags then looked once more at the two
demons.
He simply shook his head then entered the house.
*~*~*
Ed peered out the window as Lucky relayed the story to the entire
household. He could still see the two, skulking around...
looking for a weak spot in the perimeter.
"It wasn't enough holy water..." Ollie lamented. "We were so
stuck on that Iggy guy that I didn't think about what would happen
if more than one showed up."
"Maybe Ed needs a spray bottle," Jess suggested.
"And what about when a whole army shows up?" Rocky questioned as
he stroked his boyfriend's back.
"What if... if Ed just did what they wanted?" Steve offered.
Ed whirled around.
"What did you say?"
Steve rose and went to his side.
"What if you... possessed me?"
"Absolutely not!" Ed shouted. "Not a chance in... well,
hell."
"Agreed," Ollie seconded.
"But what if it was only for, say, fifteen minutes? Ollie,
if for some reason Ed should lose control, you have prayers that
would expel him, right?"
"I mean... theoretically. But I only ever witnessed
exorcisms, Steve. I never performed one. What if I...
can't?"
"We are NOT actually having this conversation!" Ed interjected
angrily.
Steve embraced him tightly.
"I don't believe you would lose control, darling. I really
don't. I was just asking for a back-up plan. If we did
this... and did it well... they would have to believe that you
were doing exactly what you'd been sent to do. That
everything had been a long con. That... that you didn't
really love me. Then they'd leave us alone, wouldn't
they? For a good while surely?"
Ed shook his head and his eyes filled.
"You don't understand, Steve. I... I've never done
that. I have no idea where you would go, okay? What if
you went to Hell? And fifteen minutes doesn't sound like
much. But... time moves differently there. You... you
could go mad or... or worse and I... I would never, ever
forgive..."
Steve stroked Ed's hair as he broke down in sobs.
"I know it's hard, darling. I know. But... I have
spent my entire adult life trying to make this a safe place...
trying to help others to... to be free. And I'm not going to
let that dream die and turn us all into inmates of this
house. I won't, Ed. I... I can't."
"Steve... My love... Oh God..."
"Let's just talk it over, okay? Make some plans. And
if you still hate the idea after... we'll figure something else
out, all right?"
Ed let out a shuddering sob.
"All right..."
*~*~*
Two hours later, Iggy's henchmen still hadn't given up. And
so, with plans made and a determined Steve, Ed had reluctantly
agreed to possess him.
The two stood in the middle of the meditation room, holding
hands. Ollie and Jess were facing Ed. Ollie was
clutching a prayer book and Jess had their knife. If worse
came to worse, they would stab Steve's body in a non-vital area in
a last ditch effort to expel Ed.
The others were clustered around in a circle, anxiously watching.
"I love you, darling," Steve murmured. "With all that I am."
Ed was sobbing so hard he could barely speak.
"Love you..."
Steve covered Ed's face in kisses then squeezed his hands.
"I'm ready, Ed."
Ed winced at the ground. A blue light began to form around
him. He stared at Steve, his face awash in anguish.
Then he stepped forward, into Steve, and disappeared.
Steve flinched then he met Ollie's and Jess' gaze.
"Ed, is that you?"
Ed-as-Steve nodded... then clutched his stomach and hurried over
to a wastebasket where he proceeded to vomit.
"I... hate... this..." Ed choked out.
Lucky knelt beside him and stroked his back.
"Hey... hey there... I know you do. But none of this
is going to be worthwhile if we don't follow through on the plan,
right? So... give me a scary face."
Ed tried.
"Oh god... that's pathetic. Try again."
Ed tried once again to form Steve's face into something
terrifying.
"Better! Hey, that's better! There you go. One
more time."
Ed grimaced.
Baptiste and Lars stepped back.
"Good job!" Lucky cheered. "Okay, everyone... and scene!"
The others all fled the room and then out of the house, screaming.
Ed tore out after them.
"I'm sick to death of all of you! All of you!" Ed shouted
once they were in the yard. He noticed the two demons were
staring at him. Good.
"Steve... Steve, why are you acting like this?" Rocky questioned.
"Because you're all..." Ed paused. He'd forgotten his
line! "You're all... all..."
"He told me I was a waste of space!" Lucky bellowed.
"You're all wastes of space!" Ed screamed.
"Captain... But... but we love you," Lars cried.
"I hate you all!" Ed roared. "I'm gonna burn this whole
place down!"
The men's shrieks and cries grew in volume as Ed pulled a lighter
from Steve's pocket. He struck it against the old shed and
soon it was ablaze.
"But that shed means so much to you!" Demi-John protested.
"Why are you doing this, Steve?"
Ed-as-Steve only cackled and watched with a look of perverse
enjoyment as Jess and the men feigned being frozen in place,
unable to intervene as the flames overtook the shed. When he
looked to where the demons had been, there was no one. He
walked all along the perimeter, searching. They were gone...
hopefully off to report to Iggy that Ed had finally done what he'd
been sent to do.
Ed hurried over to the others.
"Time?" he demanded.
"It's only been ten minutes," Ollie reported. "We're doing
fine."
Ed shook his head.
"They're gone. I... I don't want to wait another five
minutes. I... need to get him back."
Ollie patted Ed's back then motioned for Jess.
"Back to the meditation room. Guys, we'll be back.
Keep an eye on that, please."
"Can we keep a bit simmering?" Demi-John requested. "Could
make s'mores later."
"Uh sure," Ollie agreed. "C'mon, Ed."
Ed was shaking by the time they got to the meditation room.
"Do you think you can do it on your own?" Ollie checked.
"L-let me tr-try," Ed chattered.
"All right... Go."
*~*~*
Steve wasn't entirely sure what he'd expected... but it wasn't
this. There was no fire. No screams of the
damned. Just silence... and a very long, cold stone
cell.
When he'd first arrived, he'd been surrounded by drawings of
people he didn't recognize but took to be members of Ed's
iwi. Names were inscribed under each one. There were
animals, too, many of which Steve did recognize. As he
walked, the quality of the drawings degraded. The names
disappeared. Detailed images became only outlines... then
devolved further into scribbles.
"Ed... My poor Ed..." Steve wiped away tears.
Eventually, Steve came to metal bars... the end of the cell.
He peered out but there was only a void... and then he saw a shape
in the void.
There was a man... or a demon he supposed. Short, bearded,
and gray. His eyes were cold and sharp but, in that moment,
shocked.
"What are you doing here?!" he shouted.
Then everything disappeared.
*~*~*
Steve came to with Ed clinging to him and sobbing.
"Hey... hey, I'm back. It's okay. Ed... calm down,
darling," he soothed.
"Steve..."
Ed continued to cling and peppered Steve's face with kisses.
Steve smiled at him and brushed tears and matted hair from his
face. Then he grimaced. He had a very unpleasant taste
in his mouth.
"I... I threw up," Ed confessed.
"Oh... Poor darling..."
Steve held Ed until he finally calmed down.
Once he did, Steve smiled at him.
"So, uh, how did it feel to be inside me?"
"Awful. Bloody hated being inside you."
"Well, then hopefully you'll never have to be inside of me
again. I imagine it was awful."
"Oh my God... make them stop," Jess hissed.
Ollie, so relieved that everything had worked out, couldn't stop
giggling.
"But if anyone had to be inside of me, I'm glad it was..."
"Stop it, Steve," Ollie finally got out.
Ed and Steve both turned to him.
"What?" they asked in unison.
"Think about the things you've just said and how they sound," Jess
huffed.
Ed and Steve looked to each other, their heads tilted in
confusion. Then, in the same instance, it came to them.
"Oh..."
"C'mon... Steve, you still gotta get outside to do your last
bit just on the off chance someone is still lurking about," Ollie
directed.
"Right... and then I'm going to brush my teeth."
"Really sorry..."
"Completely understand, Ed. And... and we'll talk.
Soon."
Steve squeezed his hand then left with Ollie and Jess.
Ed followed them to the kitchen and watched from there as Steve
ran into the yard and surveyed the damage.
"No! No! Not the shed where my dear, dear grandpapa
proposed to my dear, dear grandmama!" he lamented.
Ed chuckled. So dramatic.
Then Steve was back at his side. Ed followed him to the
bathroom and, even though he felt more than a little silly, he
wrapped his arms around him and buried his face in his back as
Steve brushed his teeth.
Once Steve was finished, he kissed his boyfriend.
"Everything's fine now. Let's not let it ruin the day,
darling. This is our first Halloween together."
"Yeah... yeah, okay."
"Good."
Steve squeezed Ed's hands.
"Now, come help me finish with the decorations."
Ed nodded and let out a deep breath. He was safe. The
household was safe. And, most importantly, Steve was safe.
*~*~*
That evening everyone, including Kiri and Ihaka, gathered around
the remains of the shed. They were all wearing their
Halloween costumes and filled up with candy and other treats...
but there was always room for s'mores.
Ed and Steve sat a little ways off, snuggled together on a
swing.
"Ed?"
"Hmm?" Ed raised his head from where it rested on Steve's
shoulder.
"I... I wanted to talk about where I went when you possessed me."
"Was it very scary?" Ed asked, regret writ all over his face.
"No... Not scary. Just sad. I... I think I was
in your cell, darling. I saw your drawings... of... of your
people?"
Ed nodded as tears welled in his eyes.
"And I saw how... how they degraded. How you must have
struggled... Oh, Ed... I'm so sorry you went through
that. Never again. Never, ever again..."
"Thank you," Ed murmured, snuggling back down into Steve's
neck.
"I think I saw Iggy, too."
Ed shot back up.
"He seemed surprised I was there. That's odd, isn't
it? I mean... that was what he wanted, right? But I
think it's good that he saw me. He'll know with his own eyes
that you did what he told you to do. He doesn't have to know
that it was also what I told you to do."
Steve smiled gently.
"I think we'll be fine. I really do."
"Hope so. I... I missed you so much."
"It was only ten minutes."
"Too long..."
Ed settled back down and drifted to sleep as Steve stroked his
back.
Steve let out a sigh. His memory traveled back to "the
bathtub incident" when he'd first told Ed that he'd already gotten
their Halloween costumes. He couldn't quite remember what
he'd imagined. But it hadn't been this. Not Ed asleep
in his arms... Not them loving each other so deeply that
they'd out-tricked Hell.
For the first time in a long while, Steve stared up at the moon
and imagined its Creator looking down on them.
"Thank You," he whispered.
*~*~*
Sunday,
November 3rd, 2019
Following
the possession, Steve watched Ed like a hawk. While he
was his usual thoughtful, affectionate self; he seemed
sluggish. And very clingy. But then Steve had
expected... and certainly didn't mind... that last
bit.
On Sunday afternoon, with Ant's help, Steve planned a picnic
in the backyard for the two of them. He was relieved
when Ed seemed to be taking pleasure from the food and the
frozen lemonade.
"Darling, is there anything I can do to help?" Steve asked
between bites of chicken salad. "You haven't seemed
yourself since..."
"I'm okay, love," Ed assured. "Spose it did take a bit
out of me."
"I'm sorry. I didn't even think of the strain it might
put on your body," Steve apologized.
"Don't think it was that. Just... Not been that
scared in a long time. Scared we... we wouldn't get
you back. Shock to the system, I suppose."
"I'm sure. Well, we won't do that ever, ever again."
Ed gave him a smile.
"Good."
In hopes of furthering brightening his boyfriend's mood,
Steve withdrew a small box from his pocket once they were
finished with their lunch.
"I picked something up for you when Lucky, Rocky, and I went
to the farmer's market a couple weeks ago. I meant to
give it to you on Halloween but well... Slipped my
mind with everything."
"Aww, mate... You spoil me. Thank you."
Ed's smile grew as he accepted the package and tore off the
lid.
"The moment I saw it, I couldn't stop thinking about how
lovely it would look in your hair," Steve explained.
Ed examined the silver, star-shaped barrette. The
shape mimicked the tattoos on his arms.
"Steve... It's beautiful. Thank you, love.
Could you..." He held the barrette out to Steve.
"Of course. It'd be easier with a brush but... my
fingers will do for now, I think."
Steve moved behind Ed and gently brushed his fingers through
his hair. Then he took a handful from each side of
Ed's head and brought them together at the center in a
partial ponytail. He used the barrette to keep it in
place.
"There... Just like I thought. I liked that the
star was hollow so your hair fills it in. Like a
galaxy of stars... silver against black." Steve
snapped a photo then handed his phone to Ed.
"It... it looks beautiful."
"Of course it does! You have beautiful hair."
"Thank you."
Steve gave Ed a squeeze then pulled him back so he was
reclining against his chest, his arms locked around Ed's
chest.
"You're so welcome, my darling."
Ed felt his eyelids begin to droop as Steve softly swayed
and hummed. He felt so comfortably drowsy for the
first time in days.
With his last bit of energy, he smiled and gently pushed
Steve to the ground.
Steve smiled back at him and buried a hand in Ed's hair as
he kissed him.
Then Ed rested his head on Steve's chest and went to sleep
with a smile still on his lips.
*~*~*
Maren
Sunday, December 22nd, 2019
"STEVE!!!"
Ed stood on the front porch and looked on, feeling a bit nervous,
as a woman jumped out of a van and barrelled towards his
boyfriend.
Steve laughed as he caught her up in a hug.
"Ah, Maren... I've missed you so much! How was the
ride?"
"Oh, fine. Definitely need a break from the children,
though..."
A man, Dan surely, opened the back door of the van and two
children rushed out.
"Uncle Steve!" The little girl, like her mother, launched
herself at Steve.
"Annie!" Steve scooped her up and hugged her. "Oh, I've
missed you... Are you having a good summer?"
"Yeah. Can we go to the zoo?"
"I think that can be arranged!" Steve set her down then
turned to her younger brother. "Lance... How you doing
my good sir?"
Lance smiled shyly from behind his mother's skirt then stepped
forward to hug his uncle.
"Good," he answered. "Long ride."
"I know. But I'm so glad you braved it."
Dan approached and clapped Steve on the back.
"How you doing, Steve? You look great!"
"Oh, well, thank you. I am great. I... well..."
Steve waved Ed over. "Everyone, I'd like you to meet my
boyfriend, Ed Bonnet. Ed... Maren, Dan, Annie, Lance."
Ed smiled at them all.
"Hullo, nice to meet you all."
"Are you our uncle, too, now?" Annie asked.
"Oh, well, umm..." Ed wasn't sure how to reply.
Steve looked to Maren who shrugged.
"Yes, he is," Steve answered, squeezing Ed's hand.
"Great. Can I have a snack, Uncle Ed?" Annie requested.
Ed chuckled.
"As it happens... I believe Ant was just taking some biscuits out
of the oven. They looked very yummy. Should we go
inside?"
"Yes!"
Annie tore ahead with the others following.
As Ed walked back to the house, he felt Maren's eyes boring into
him. However, he was seemingly forgotten once they were
inside and the group descended on their guests, fussing over them.
Ed drew in a deep breath and slowly let it out, hoping he could
impress Steve's best friend.
*~*~*
Monday, December 23rd, 2019
Ed awoke at a
little after 5:00 and struggled to get back to sleep.
After fifteen minutes, he gave up, pulled on his robe, and
ambled down the stairs to start coffee. He startled when
he saw movement on the patio. Then he realized it was
Maren. She'd set up an easel and was painting. She
turned around then and saw him.
Ed waved and, when she smiled, stepped onto the patio.
"Another early bird! Even earlier than Steve."
"Yeah. Usually sleep for another hour at least but...
wasn't happening this morning. That's beautiful." Ed
motioned to the canvas.
"Thank you. I love sunrises. Steve tells me you
draw?"
"Oh yeah... Nothing nearly so impressive as that.
Doodles."
Maren scoffed.
"Modest. So unlike..." She shook her head. "He
showed me some of your drawings. I think they're more than
doodles, Ed. Anyway... would you mind if I painted
you? Always nice to have someone new to paint."
"Oh, umm, yeah. Sure."
Maren waved to a chair and Ed obediently sat. She switched
to a blank canvas.
"You're very handsome... Beautiful but in masculine way."
"Oh... thank you. 'Ppreciate that."
"Just the truth. So how long have you and Steve been
together now?"
"Nine months."
"And how's everything going?"
"Good. Really good. I... love him very much."
Maren smiled.
"I know."
"You... you do?"
"I have spies here."
Ed wondered who they were but Maren offered no further
explanation. Maybe Ollie, Jess, or Lucky. Possibly
all three.
"Look, I know it's weird," Maren continued. "He's my
ex-husband. I shouldn't be involved in his love
life. But... he's also my best friend. And
after... You know about Jason?"
Ed frowned and nodded.
"Well, then you understand. I don't ever want to see Steve
like that again. Never. God, he was skin and bones
when Ollie dropped him off to me. But... he looks healthy
now. Really healthy."
Ed smiled.
"Who knew dating a demon could work wonders?"
Ed froze.
"You... know..."
"Spies, like I said." Maren grinned. "Look, I'm not
gonna pretend that I didn't wanna come over here the minute I
heard and boot you back to Hell. But... I was assured that
things were under control. I even heard about the
possession. Sounds like that was worse for you than it was
for Steve."
Ed shuddered.
"Anyway, I figured that if you were willing to risk getting
locked up eternally just to be with Steve... you were worth
giving a chance. I do find the whole thing highly ironic
given our religious upbringing. Most of the kids we grew
up with who got married in the church are divorced now.
And some of those marriages blew up in pretty spectacular ways."
"No cute divorce ceremonies at the courthouse?" Ed asked with a
smile.
Maren laughed.
"You've seen the photo?"
"I have. I love looking through Steve's old photos."
"I'm glad. It's good that he has someone here to talk
about the past with. Because it wasn't all bad. But,
anyway... I just think it's funny that those marriages imploded
but I married an atheist and did just fine. Well, former
atheist... now agnostic. Dan had to do a little rethinking
once I told him about you. And now you and Steve...
This is definitely the healthiest relationship he's ever been
in."
Ed's face flushed with happiness.
"I mean... I think I was a good wife. No... I know I was a
good wife," Maren continued. "But no marriage can be
healthy when someone's hiding a secret... especially when he's
hiding it from himself."
"He loved you so much, he's told me that. And still does,
of course."
"I know. I've sometimes wondered if he might have come out
sooner if he didn't love me so much, though. But...
Can't change the past." Maren shrugged. "He was a
good husband, though. Never forgot an anniversary.
Always made me feel special. So you've got that going for
you."
"He bought us couple Halloween costumes two weeks after we met,"
Ed shared with a chuckle.
Maren howled with laughter.
"That is the most Steve thing I've ever heard. The pirate
costumes?"
Ed nodded.
"He sent me a photo. You both made for very handsome
pirates."
"Thank you much."
The screen porch squeaked and Steve stepped out.
"Uh oh... This looks like trouble. Ex-wife...
current boyfriend," he jested. His face softened when he
saw Maren's canvas. "Oh Maren... I can already tell you're
going to capture Ed perfectly."
"Thank you!"
Steve settled an arm around Ed's shoulders as he sat down beside
him.
"Has she said anything to scare you off?"
"Not possible."
Steve smiled and kissed Ed's cheek.
"Steve, would you please be a dear and get me some coffee?"
Maren requested.
"I can do it." Ed moved to stand up but Steve pushed him
down.
"No, no. You're posing. I'll get us all coffee,"
Steve insisted.
Once he was back inside, Maren spoke again.
"I just... I need to know that you're doing everything you can
to keep yourself safe. Because if he loses you..."
"I am," Ed promised. "I really am, Maren. And...
and... if Joshua ever comes looking for me again... this time
I'll beg for his forgiveness..."
"Joshua?"
"Jesus."
"So... he's real?"
Ed nodded.
Maren let out a sigh.
"And... what's he like?"
Ed's eyes filled.
"Like everything you would hope for him to be."
Maren blinked back tears.
"I... I'm glad. Steve used to love him so... I mean
I did, too. But... it was harder for Steve."
"I know. I promise I'll do everything I can to make things
right."
Maren smiled after she wiped at her eyes.
"Good."
When Steve returned with the coffees, conversation turned to the
children and Maren's latest commissions.
Ed felt great warmth for the painter and gratitude to her for
being there for Steve when he'd needed her.
*~*~*
Later that morning, the entire crew plus Maren and her family
went to the zoo. The children insisted on seeing
everything and the adults tried their best to keep up.
As they were headed up a hill, Ed noticed that Steve was
struggling.
"Steve... maybe we'd better rest. You're looking a
little piqued. And I think maybe you should use your
inhaler," Ed counseled.
Overhearing, Maren, who had been walking ahead with the kids and
Dan, dropped back.
"Yeah... yeah probably should." Steve reached for his
pocket then grimaced. "Damn... I think I forgot it."
"No worries, mate. I brought the extra one." Ed
pulled an inhaler from the pocket of his cargo pants and handed
it to Steve.
"Oh... thank you, darling."
Ed steered Steve to a bench and gently patted his back as he
used the inhaler.
"Is he all right, Maren?" Dan asked as he approached his wife.
Maren let out a shaky sigh and nodded.
"Yeah... Yeah, he is. I... I think I can step back
now, Dan. I think... Ed's the one."
Dan pressed a kiss to his wife's hair, recognizing it was a
bittersweet moment for her.
Maren gave him a trembling smile then embraced her husband.
"You all right?" Dan checked.
"Yeah. I... I'm great, actually," Maren assured. She
let out another deep breath then squeezed Dan's hand and hurried
forward to rejoin their children.
*~*~*
Tuesday, December 24th, 2019
On Christmas Eve, Maren persuaded everyone to go caroling,
ensuring Steve and Ed had a couple of hours to themselves.
The two sat curled up together in front of the fireplace in the
library, half drunk mugs of cider on the coffee table.
"Should we do presents now?" Steve asked, his lips grazing Ed's
hair.
"Sounds good."
The two went to their rooms then returned, each carrying a bag
which they proudly handed off.
"Should we open them at the same time?" Ed suggested.
"Yes, let's do."
Eagerly, the two tore into their packages.
Steve clapped excitedly when he opened his first gift.
"Marmalade! Four different kinds!"
"I know you love it. I thought it might be good to branch
out beyond orange. Though there's some of that, too."
"I can't wait to try it! Thank you!"
"Course." Ed laughed with delight when he
opened a tin that contained over a dozen types of sprinkles
and colored sugar.
"So you can really go crazy with your fairy toast," Steve
explained.
"That'll be so much fun!"
"I hope so. Now... onto the next?"
"Onto the next," Ed assented.
"Oh, Ed..." Steve admired the hand-drawn greeting cards
he'd pulled from his bag. Each one bore the image of a
different shade of camelia, some with moths resting on
them. "I won't want to send any of these... they're so
beautiful."
"I figured. So I made two of each design. Keep one,
send one."
Steve grinned.
"You know me so well, darling."
"I do," Ed averred, returning Steve's smile. "And... how
appropriate. Look at all those colors!" He showed
off the array of colored pencils Steve had bought for him.
"I hope they work well. Maren told me they were the best."
"Then I'm sure they are. I'm excited to try them out,
love. Now... last one?"
"Last one."
When Ed opened his final package, he stared down at it in awe.
"Steve..."
Ed picked up a set of red silk pajamas and rubbed it against
his cheek. "And a matching robe..."
Steve beamed, glad that Ed was so happy.
"Bit of a selfish gift, though," he confessed. "I know
you'll look especially gorgeous in that shade."
"They're so nice, Steve... So soft and smooth," Ed
murmured, still caressing the fabric.
Steve reached over and patted Ed's knee.
"You deserve to have nice things, darling."
Ed smiled softly at his boyfriend.
"Thank you."
"You're most welcome and now... feels like a book..."
Steve unwrapped his final gift then let out a squeal of
surprise. "How... how did you..."
Ed beamed.
"Took a bit. Lucky had to help me on the
computer. Found it on the web site of a seller in
London. Quirky fellow. Is it the same edition?"
"The very same... Oh, Ed..." Steve proudly held
up an old but beautiful copy of Charles Dickens' A
Christmas Carol. "Even the wear and tear is so
similar to my gran's copy. I mean... I know it's not
the same, of course, but... it might as well be."
Ed smiled sadly, recalling a story Steve had told him about
how his gran read A Christmas Carol every year from
her ancient copy... until the hateful twins next door had
once stolen it from Steve and thrown it into a mucky pond.
"Darling..." Steve plopped down beside Ed and squeezed
him tightly. "This means so much to me. So
much. Oh... I love you so."
"Love you, too. Steve... love..." Ed buried his
face in Steve's hair. His feelings were too big for
words.
*~*~*
Echoes of the Past
Friday, January 31st, 2020
After an exhausting but rewarding day at work... five pets
adopted out... Ed had returned home and collapsed on the
couch. It hadn't taken long for Steve to appear, cup
of tea in hand. Soon after, Steve sat on the couch
with Ed's pillowed head in his lap. They were
watching a nature documentary about the Amazon.
Ed tried to focus on the show. It seemed
interesting. But it wasn't keeping his
attention. He'd been in a contemplative mood of
late. He'd been wondering a lot lately about the
nature of his relationship with Steve. He never
doubted it. He couldn't. But the why of it was
a mystery to him. Why was he feeling these
things? What exactly was he feeling? Was this
"in love" or just love played up to the nth degree?
Why did it feel so different from what he felt for Jess,
Ollie, and the guys? So different, even, than what
he'd felt for his people? What about romantic love
made him feel so... clingy? It made sense with
humans who had drives and hormones. But he had
neither. And yet... He was happy at the
shelter... but several times he'd wished Steve was nearby
for a quick hug or peck on the cheek.
And was any of it really that new? Or just a form of
something he'd felt long, long ago?
He remembered celebrating unions and blessing
babies. His work had made him so happy and yet...
when the ceremonies and celebrations ended and everyone
else went back to their homes together... paired up... in
families... he'd felt something. A twinge in his
chest. He was loved by everyone. He'd loved
everyone. And yet... he'd been alone. And he'd
felt it sometimes, particularly in the middle of the night
when all was quiet. If he had a nightmare, there was
no one to tell it to. Nor was there anyone to share
a private joke with. God, of course. But She
wasn't there beside him. Not physically.
Longing. He'd felt longing. And now he
felt... Happy. Contented.
Comfortable. Encouraged. Loved. Whole.
And deeply, deeply worried. Because now he couldn't
imagine not feeling those things. He wouldn't be
able to cope.
"Ed... Ed, what's..."
Steve gripped Ed's shoulder and pushed so he was laying on
his back, peering up at him.
"Ed... you're crying. What's..."
Ed sat up and wrapped his arms around the other man.
"Don't... don't lea-leave me. Never, ever," he
begged. "Everyone here at our house... Fitz and
Ihsan a-and the animals... a-and you... you most of all...
you... you're my whole world, Steve, a-and if..."
Steve kissed his hair.
"I haven't the slightest intention of leaving you,
Ed. Never, ever," he vowed.
A fresh sob escaped Ed.
Steve wouldn't always have a choice. His people
hadn't had a choice. And he was left alone.
All by himself. And then he'd lost himself, too.
Ed clung to Steve like a drowning man.
*~*~*
Thursday, March 26th, 2020
The house was unusually quiet.
Ed and Steve stood in the kitchen, sipping tea and staring
out the window. They startled when Lucky approached
and set a hand on their shoulders.
"You might want to come into the living room now.
Jacinda's speaking."
Steve squeezed Ed's hand.
"I'd like to listen. Would you like to stay here,
darling, or..."
Ed squeezed his hand back.
"Let's go."
Everyone was gathered together in the TV room. Kiri
and Ihaka were snuggled in the arms of Rocky and Baptiste.
As the prime minister spoke, Steve noticed Ed's face begin
to crumple. Then the color started to drain from it.
Ed began to hyperventilate.
"Ed... Ed, darling, let's step out of the room."
Ed rocked forward, falling off the couch. Once on
the floor, he curled into himself.
"Is... is he sick?" Lars cried in a panic.
"No. He's having a panic attack. He'll be
fine," Steve assured as he knelt beside his
boyfriend. "It's happened at least once
before. Ed, it's going to be okay. Remember
what we did last time? Tell me five things you can
see."
Ed only shook his head, blind panic in his eyes.
"C'mon, darling... Five... five things..."
"Turn off the TV!" Jess shouted. "And stop crowding
him!"
"I think we should try to move him to his room. Get
him where he feels most comfortable," Ollie advised.
"Yes. Yes, let's do that," Steve agreed. His
own mind was filling with images... hand-drawn on cave
walls, names lovingly written beneath.
Ollie wrapped Ed's left arm around his shoulders while
Steve took his right. Together, they got him off the
floor.
Lucky hurried ahead, throwing open Ed's door and turning
down the bed. Then he ran into the bathroom, grabbed
a fresh bar of soap, and settled it beneath Ed's pillow.
Ed let out a pitiful whine as Ollie and Steve wrestled him
into bed.
Steve untied his shoes and then stood beside the bed,
rubbing circles into Ed's hand.
"Don't just stand there!" Lucky cried. "Lay down
with him, Steve!"
"Sh-should I?"
"Yes! Just... hold him."
"All right."
Steve crawled into bed beside Ed and wrapped his arms
around him.
"Deep breaths, darling... Deep breaths. Like
me. In... Out..."
Ed managed to suck a deep breath in then slowly let it
out.
"There you go... Good job, Ed. In...
Out..."
Gradually, Ed's body untensed.
Ollie and Lucky quietly showed themselves out and shut the
door.
Steve loosened his hold enough so he and Ed could lay on
their sides and face each other.
Though his hand was still shaking, Ed reached up and
cupped Steve's cheek.
"Sorry..."
"You have nothing to feel sorry about. All of
this... It's terrifying. A-and I imagine...
especially for you."
Tears slid down Ed's cheeks.
"Can't... can't watch another family die, Steve.
Just... can't."
"I know, darling. We'll all be as careful as we
can. I promise. We'll get through this, Ed."
Ed shifted, resting his ear against Steve's chest.
He listened to the thump-thump-thump and felt the gentle
rise and fall of his breath.
Steve ran his hands up and down his beloved's back and
through his hair.
"We'll get through this," he repeated, praying he was
right.
*~*~*
Tuesday, April 21st, 2020
Eventually, Ed found solace in activity. As part of
lockdown, Ihsan and Fitz had told him to stay home.
So he focused his efforts there. He sewed
masks. He canned fruits. He cleaned and
sanitized. He baked bread. He ensured everyone
had a stock of their medications. He ordered a
couple of extra inhalers.
If anyone ordered soap... and there were a lot of people
ordering soap... Ed met them at the end of the drive,
masked and wearing gloves to exchange the goods for
money.
Since he alone hadn't gotten sick before, he assumed he
wouldn't get sick this time. So he did all of the
grocery shopping.
After a month, Steve staged an intervention.
"Just because you can't get coronavirus, that doesn't mean
you can't get sick, Ed. You need to slow down," he
insisted.
"Steve's right," Karl agreed. "No offense but yer
clothes are hangin' off ye."
Ed frowned. He had started needing a belt whereas
before most of his pants had stayed snug around his waist
without one.
"Also... not to be that guy but... you're looking a little
more salt than pepper lately so..." Lucky winced.
"Lucky!" Steve hissed.
Ed chuckled.
"Leave him alone, Steve. It's true. And... I
spose you're all right. But... I'm the least
susceptible."
"Right... But I'm going to assume that every other
household in Aotearoa
is managing without sending a demon out to run their
errands," Jess pointed out. "I mean how many demons
have you seen in the cereal aisle?"
"None..." Ed admitted.
"Exactly. So Jess and I can start taking
turns. We'll mask up. Do the whole thing,"
Ollie assured. "Because we'd have to do it anyway if
you ended up having a nervous breakdown."
Steve patted Ed's back.
"They'll be very careful, Ed. I trust them."
Ed nodded.
"All right."
Steve hugged him.
"Good. Thank you."
"You're welcome but Steve..."
"Hmm?"
"You stay away from the stores. You can't take any
risks, especially with your asthma," Ed stressed.
"100% second that," Ollie agreed.
"I know... I know," Steve assured. "But now... let's
all calm down and try to have a little fun. Who's up
for Charades?"
While there was some grumbling, everyone ultimately agreed
and formed teams, ready to put the cares of the world
aside for an hour or two.
*~*~*
Saturday, April 25th, 2020
Ed hummed softly to himself as he readied the
coffee. He had to admit he did feel better after
four days of not running himself ragged.
That was until he noticed the time. 8:02.
Steve should have appeared by now.
A sick feeling forming in his stomach, Ed made his way to
Steve's room and rapped lightly on the door.
"Steve... you all right, mate?"
"You can open the door but... stay where you are," Steve
called.
Ed obeyed. When he peered into the room, he found
Steve still in bed. His nose was red and he looked
flushed.
"I'm afraid I have the sniffles, darling. I'm sure
it's nothing but... out of an abundance of caution, I
think I should stay in my room."
Ed felt like he'd been stabbed.
"Ed... darling... No, no. Don't panic.
I'm sure it's just a cold. Really."
Ed rushed into the room and sat beside Steve on the bed.
"Ed... You shouldn't have come in," Steve gently
chastised.
Ed said nothing. He rested a hand against Steve's
forehead and cheeks. He felt warm. Too
warm. He began to cry.
"Shh... Oh, darling... Don't cry.
Shh..." Steve brushed his hands through Ed's
hair. "It's nothing, I'm sure."
"Steve... How..."
Steve's face flushed deeper.
"I... I wore my mask. I swear I did."
Ed's eyes went wide.
"Steve... where did you go?" he demanded.
"No where! It was only... Someone showed up
for soap a couple of days ago. You were napping
a-and Ollie and Jess were at the store and the guys were
watching a movie and so I... I met them at the curb.
We chatted for a bit. Their mask did slip for a
moment but... but only a moment and we were outside so..."
"No... no... no..."
"Ed... I'll be fine." Steve pressed a kiss to his
boyfriend's forehead. "Now... Go take a
shower. Change clothes. Just because you can't
get sick... I suppose you could still carry this nasty
cold bug. Then I need you to keep the men
calm. Okay? Can you do that, darling?
I'll rest so much easier if I know they're okay.
Then I'll be good as new!"
Ed nodded.
"Yeah... yeah. Okay, love."
"Good. And if you could just set a tray out in the
hall at meal times, I'd appreciate it. No one is to
come in here, okay?"
"Yeah... okay..."
Steve squeezed Ed's hands.
"It'll be okay, darling. It really will. We
should plan something to look forward to. Maybe we
could make s'mores in the yard next week? Everyone
enjoyed that. Hmm?"
Ed managed a smile and nodded.
"Sounds good."
"Good! Now go wash up and then if you could bring me
some coffee? Just to the door, remember."
"Yeah, sure."
"Thank you. This will give me a chance to catch up
on my reading!" Steve smiled brightly then patted
Ed's hand again. "Thank you, darling."
"Welcome, love."
Ed kissed Steve's brow then left the room.
Once he was in the shower, he broke down in sobs.
*~*~*
Monday, April 27th, 2020
Lucky
froze when he stepped into the hallway and, in the dim
light, saw Ed curled against the door frame of Steve's
room.
"Ed..."
Lucky sat down beside him.
Wild-eyed, Ed looked to Lucky.
"He... he's been coughing a lot. I... I don't think
it's just a cold."
Lucky let out a shaky breath and patted Ed's hand.
"We should call 111. It'll make him angry but...
better safe than sorry. You can still turn
invisible, can't you?"
Ed nodded.
"Great. So you should go with him. Keep him
company. We'll manage here."
"Yeah?"
"Yeah. Actually... I'm going to wake Ollie and
Jess. Loop them into this."
"Okay."
Ed watched as Lucky knocked on the couple's door.
They appeared quickly... as if they'd half-expected to be
roused in the middle of the night.
Ollie and Jess hurried over to Ed.
"All right. Here's what we do... Jess, go call
111. Lucky, go turn on the porch light and stand out
front so the ambulance sees you. Ed, pack a bag for
Steve. But first..." Ollie hugged Ed
tightly. Jess and Lucky followed suit.
Ed wept, knowing it could be a while before he'd be with
them again.
"A-and you give Steve hugs for us. When you
can. Please," Lucky requested.
Ed nodded.
"Th-thank y-you," he choked out before hurrying into
Steve's room.
"Ed... Ed, what... are... you..."
Ed winced. It sounded as if every word was a
struggle. He went to Steve and squeezed his hand.
"I'm packing you a bag, love. It's time to go to the
hospital."
"No..." Steve whined. "I... I want to stay...
here. With you."
"I'm going with you, Steve. I won't leave you.
I promise."
"The... men..."
"Ollie and Jess will take care of them. And then
you'll be back. But we need to get you well."
Ed rested a hand on Steve's forehead. He was burning
up. Ed began to panic but pushed it down. He
needed to focus. "I'm going to get your things now,
love. But I'll be right back. We'll ride in
the ambulance together, okay?"
"Won't... let... you..."
Ed grinned.
"How are they gonna kick an invisible man off, love?"
Steve responded with a gravelly chuckle.
Ed kissed his hair then stepped away to pack.
When the emergency workers entered Steve's room, they saw
only a very sick man and a backpack resting at the foot of
his bed.
"Ed..." Steve called as he was loaded onto a stretcher.
"I'm here, love... I'm not going any where," Ed
assured.
Just before the ambulance doors closed, Ed saw all the
housemates clustered together... holding onto each other
and weeping.
*~*~*
Monday, May 4th, 2020
"Now for some good news... Aotearoa New Zealand has now
moved down to Alert Level 3 and no new cases of COVID-19
have been reported," the newscaster shared.
Ed closed his eyes and let out a sigh. He was
relieved... but also pained. Things were
improving... but not for Steve. He'd been intubated
two nights previously.
Ed rose from his chair and approached Steve's bed.
He lightly stroked his arm.
"Did you hear that, love? No new cases. And I
overheard one of your nurses speaking to Ollie.
Everyone's fine back at the house. No... no one else
got sick."
Steve's eyes fluttered open.
Ed smiled at him and stroked his hair.
"There you are, love..."
Ed bent down to press a kiss to Steve's forehead.
"I love you, Steve," he murmured. "So much..."
Ed began to softly hum.
Tears trailed down Steve's cheeks as he said the words in
his head.
"'Chaaaaainnnn... keep us together...'"
*~*~*
Wednesday, May 6th, 2020
Ed
awoke from a fitful sleep to the sound of a
monitor screeching. Suddenly, doctors and
nurses ran into Steve's room.
Sobbing, Ed stationed himself near Steve's feet
and gently rubbed his calves.
"No! Steve... Love...
No! Stay with me, love. I'm here,
Steve. Stay..."
Ed felt a gentle hand settle on his
shoulder. Surprised, he whirled around and
came face to face with Azrael. A warm,
golden light shone around him.
Ed shook his head wildly.
"No... No... You can't... He's
not... No!" he screamed.
"Edgar..."
"No! Go away! He's not going with
you! You can't take him!"
"Edgar... Neither of us can make that
choice," Azrael reminded, his voice soft and
soothing.
Ed fell to his knees and grabbed the angel of
death's right hand.
Azrael tried to pull the demon up but Ed didn't
cooperate.
"Don't... don't take him, Azrael.
Pl-please, please... n-no. He has... has
so much he want-wanted to-to do. Take...
you can take me! Drag me... right... right
back in-into Hell. Or... or... banish me
into... into oblivion.
Any-anything... Just don't... Not
him... Please, God, no..."
"Edgar... That's not how God works.
You know that. He doesn't trade one life
for..."
"I love him!"
"I know that. God knows that.
But..."
Ed was overtaken by a memory... him raging at
the arms dealer, telling him he hoped his
descendants died rasping, struggling to breathe
just as his loved ones had. What if,
unknowingly, he had damned his own beloved?
"I... I didn't mean it! God, I didn't mean
it!" Ed bellowed. "Didn't know...
Sorry... 'm sorry... Take
me... I... I did this...
Steve... sorry, love. Oh, love... 'm
so sorry..."
"Edgar... Edgar, stop that! That's
nonsense! That's not true! Don't..."
Azrael grabbed Edgar's hands as he started
tearing at his hair.
"Steve... Steve... I love... I love...
you," Ed bleated as Azrael held him tightly, his
arms pinned at his sides.
Azrael gently rocked.
"Love..." Ed moaned. "Come back..."
He saw Azrael peer upwards. An odd look
crossed his face.
"What... what are you..."
"I've got a pulse!" a doctor shouted.
Ed felt a tight squeeze.
Then the light evaporated and Ed was free to
move. He rushed back to the foot of the
bed.
"Steve..."
The medical staff continued their work but the
heart monitor beeped normally.
"Love... Oh, Steve... Thank
you. God... thank... thank you.
Steve, love... I'm here. I'm
here..." Ed resumed stroking Steve's legs
until the doctors and nurses eventually
left. When they did, Ed moved to the head
of Steve's bed and kissed his forehead.
"I love you," he rasped, his voice hoarse but
tender.
Ed settled into a chair, rested his head near
Steve's hand, and wept quietly.
*~*~*
Thursday, May 7th, 2020
Steve
didn't regain consciousness. Ed knew the
doctors were concerned about brain
function. But he wouldn't allow himself to
fixate on that.
He remained at Steve's side, telling him
stories... stories of his life before. He
pointed at the multitude of stars on his arms
and told Steve what each one meant, what
milestones in the life of his people had
prompted him to add another. And he told
Steve their own story... how he'd felt when
Steve had approached him at the bar... how that
first kiss had sent him reeling. He told
Steve about every skip of his heart.
That night, it occurred to Ed for the first time
that if he snuck Steve's cell phone into the
bathroom at night, he could use it to call the
guys. There would be no nurse seeing a
phantom cell phone floating through Steve's
room.
Once it was dark, Ed kissed Steve.
"Just stepping into the bathroom for a bit,
love. Won't be long. Just want to
talk to Ollie. Hoping to arrange a
surprise for tomorrow!"
Ed smiled and patted Steve's hand then grabbed
the phone and plopped down onto the tile floor.
It occurred to Ed that if he just called, Ollie
might think Steve had awoken. Ed couldn't
bear to hear the disappointment that would cause
so, before calling, he sent Ollie a text.
It's
Ed. No change. Want to talk.
Calling now.
There was only one ring before Ollie answered.
"Ed?"
"Yeah."
"No change, huh?"
"Fraid not. I think his color is a bit
better today, though."
"That's good and... wow. It's good to hear
from you, man. How are you holding up?"
Ed choked back a sob.
"I'm sorry... I wish one of us could be
with you. I hate that you're going through
this alone."
"Miss you all. So much. B-but mostly
miss..."
"Steve... I know, Ed. I'm glad you
figured out a way to call, though."
"Hiding in the bathroom. So they don't see
a floating phone on the camera."
Ollie chuckled.
"Good thought. We wouldn't want them
calling in an exorcist or anything."
"Ouch." Ed laughed... the first laugh in a
long while. "I'm glad I thought of this,
too. But I think I have an even better
idea."
"Oh?"
"Do you think you could call the nurses' desk
tomorrow and ask them to prop up Steve's
laptop. I packed it for him. Not...
not realizing how... how bad... Thought
he'd be able to use it, ya know?"
"Yeah..."
"I was thinking you could use it to do those
video calls. You could tell them you were
going to... What's the word? The
tech guy did it the one time when your laptop
was dodgy. Looked like a ghost was
controlling it."
"Remote in?"
"Yeah! You could tell her you're going to
remote in to work everything. But really I
could do it."
"That's actually... That's a really genius
idea, Ed! Good thinking!"
Ed smiled.
"Thank you. But I... I do want to ask
you..." He let out a shaky breath.
"He... he looks better. He really
does. But he's still got the tube down his
throat and... and he... he doesn't look like
himself. So... do you want me to turn his
camera off or..."
Ed could hear Ollie speaking to someone,
probably Jess.
"Leave it on, Ed. I think it would help
everyone to see him. Just... just in
case..."
"Yeah... yeah. I... I think so,
too." Ed peered out into Steve's
room. "Helps to see him."
"I'll call the desk first thing in the
morning. Thanks, Ed. You... you're
doing a great job. Is there anything else
I can do for you or Steve?"
"Just... pray."
"Already on it, man. Now you try to get
some rest, okay?"
"Yeah, okay. Night, night."
"Good night, Ed."
Ed ended the call then returned to Steve's
bedside.
"Got it arranged, Steve. You'll get to
hear from the guys tomorrow, love.
Everyone misses you so much."
Ed brushed some hair from his boyfriend's
forehead and kissed him. Then he reclaimed
his spot at Steve's side and prayed.
*~*~*
Friday, May 8th,
2020
True to his word, Ollie connected with a nurse
who happily arranged Steve's laptop on a tray in
front of him.
Ed opened up Steve's Facebook page and waited
for the calls to come in. He tried not to
be too upset by the shock on people's faces when
they first saw Steve. Thankfully, to a
one, they quickly moved past that and began
talking. Each of them shared their
favorite memories of Steve, many of which
included Ed. For the first time, they
learned about an awkward conversation concerning
chocolate-covered strawberries among other
things.
In addition, Karl gave Steve a report on all of
the birds he'd seen coming and going and the
assorted houses and feeders he and the men had
made.
Lucky supplied a wealth of gossip he'd obtained
from the neighborhood's Facebook page while
Rocky added his own color commentary.
Demi-John and Baptiste played "Amazing Grace"
for Steve on the piano and guitar, respectively.
Ant listed off all the amazing treats and meals
he was going to make for Steve and Ed as soon as
they were both home.
Ihsan and Fitz popped on, encouraged by Ollie to
show off the shelter animals, not realizing it
was actually for Ed's benefit.
Not to be outdone, Kiri and Ihaka made
appearances, wishing their Daddy Steve well...
and sounding amazingly like Lucky and Demi-John.
Ollie and Jess showed off cards Steve had
received from the men he'd helped in the
past. They assured him all was well at the
house but that he was needed and missed greatly.
In the evening, Maren called. She showed
Steve some artwork the children had made for
him... and her finished portrait of Ed.
"You've just gotta wake up, Steve. We need
you! And the best part of your life...
it's just beginning. You've got Ed
now. And you've got your whole lives
together ahead of you. So you... just do
what you need to do but tell Jesus he can wait
and you come back to us, okay?" she pleaded,
tears in her eyes. "I... I love you,
Steve. And I'll see you soon."
With tears in his own eyes, Ed sent Maren a
heart emoji.
In the last call of the day, Baptiste softly
played his guitar as Lars smiled at the camera.
"For you, Steve... and for Ed."
Ed let the tears cascade down his cheeks as he
softly stroked Steve's arm and listened.
"I had a thought, dear
However scary
About that night
The bugs and the dirt
Why were you digging?
What did you bury
Before those hands
pulled me
From the earth?
I will not ask you
where you came from
I will not ask you,
neither should you
Honey, just put your
sweet lips on my lips
We should just kiss
like real people do."
Ed leaned down and kissed Steve's forehead.
Once Lars had finished and the call had ended,
Ed sat in silence for a few moments. He
had hoped hearing from their loved ones might
give Steve the strength he needed to keep
fighting... but it also occurred to Ed that it
might have given Steve the closure he needed
before letting go. Fearing the latter, Ed
knew there were some things he had to say.
"Love... I... I would give anything to
keep you here with me. Anything.
But... but if that's not possible... if... if
you just can't... I... I don't want you to
be scared. God loves you, Steve. He
really, really does. Think... think of how
much I love you. Now... multiply that by
the highest number you can think of, love.
That's how God feels about you. God the
Mother... God the Spirit and... and the Son,
too, Steve. No matter what anyone else
told you... I need you to know that Joshua
loves you, Steve. So much. He... he
wouldn't want you to be scared of him.
Never, ever. I just... I need you to know
that. And... and if you decide to... to go
to Them... I... I'll do everything I can to find
my way back to you, love. I promise.
Anything and everything. I... I love you
so."
Exhausted, Ed kissed Steve's hand then rested
his head on the edge of his mattress and fell
asleep.
*~*~*
When he awoke, he could barely move. But
he could tilt his head just enough to see the
gorgeous mop of black and gray hair spread out
over the blanket.
With all the strength he could muster, he slid
his hand, gliding it over the silken tresses.
Suddenly, Ed's head jerked up. His warm,
brown eyes widened.
"Steve..."
Steve couldn't speak but he peered into those
beautiful eyes and hoped they could see the love
shining in his own.
*~*~*
Saturday,
April 2nd, 2022
Steve patted Ed's
hand as he paused in their story and wiped at his eyes.
"That... that was you two?" JenniAnn blurted out as she dabbed
at her own eyes.
"Whadya mean?" Ed questioned.
JenniAnn shook her head and rubbed at her temples.
"Azrael... I know Azrael. I have this sort of
program where angels come to my place and we do crafts and
just talk. Last year, we did a special session where a
bunch of em just talked through how they felt about various
COVID-related assignments. And Azrael... he was so
emotional. He didn't name names, of course. Not
even the continent. But he told us he'd been sent on a
tentative assignment with a man who was romantically involved
with a demon. And just the way the demon acted...
The... the desperation and the devotion and the love... it
really got to him. This woulda been nearly a year later
and he still... he shook when he told us about it. That
had to have been you two!"
"I imagine so." Steve smiled at JenniAnn then settled an
arm around Ed's shoulders. "I was in the hospital for
another month after that. Darn virus laid waste to my
lungs. But Ed... You were wonderful, darling. He
never left my side. And that held true even once I came
home."
*~*~*
Home
Wednesday, June 10th,
2020
"Oh... look at all the decorations..." Steve murmured.
Ed beamed at him and kissed his hair.
"You deserve it all, of course! Now... let's get you out
of here, mate."
With Ollie's help, Ed got Steve out of the backseat of the car
and onto his feet.
Ed hovered near as Steve walked a few paces. Then he
noticed him panting.
"Just need a moment to rest, darling..." Steve assured.
"All right. But... if you'd prefer I be all
romantic-like... I could carry you," Ed offered with an eager
smile.
"Oh... well... Now that does sound rather nice.
Yes, let's do that then," Steve agreed with a grin.
Beaming, Ed lifted Steve into a bridal carry and moved into
the house where they were enthusiastically greeted.
Though reluctant to let him go, Ed settled Steve onto a couch
in the TV room.
"Can I hug you? Can I hug you?" Lucky asked as he
plopped down beside Steve.
"Oh yes... I would love that."
"Gentle," Baptiste cautioned.
"Of course!"
Lucky embraced Steve, mindful of how fragile he was.
Ed was glad they hadn't seen Steve in person in the days after
he'd first awoken. He'd been even more thin and frail
then.
Everyone took turns hugging Steve and fussing over him.
Then Ant appeared with trays upon trays of treats.
They all ate happily and attempted to fill Steve in on all
that he'd missed. When he occasionally dozed off, they
quieted but remained close, sometimes just staring at him in
awe.
Knowing that Steve was well taken care of, Ed stepped away and
surveyed the house. He frowned when he saw it didn't
meet Steve's standards of tidiness. He understood how
distressing the past weeks had been and how it must have been
hard for everyone to focus on chores. But, for Steve's
sake, he would see to it that things were put back in
order. He didn't want anything distracting him from
continuing to get healthier and stronger.
Finally, Ed made his way to his bedroom. It seemed
foreign after so many long days and nights at the hospital.
"Are you looking for your stuff?"
Ed turned around to find Jess standing in the doorway.
"My stuff? It's missing?"
"No. And we didn't move everything but... Ollie and I
took it upon ourselves to move some necessities to Steve's
room. We just figured... I mean... if I'd watched
Ollie code in front of me then, well, I think I might want to
watch him like a hawk for a good, long while. Day... and
night. So I think you should do that. If you
want."
Ed gave Jess a tearful smile and nodded.
"Yeah... Yeah I do want that. Thank you. So... can
I hug you or..."
Jess smiled.
"Yeah okay. But just this one time."
Ed chuckled and pulled them into his embrace.
"Thank you."
"Yeah, sure."
Ed stepped back and the two smiled at each other before
returning to the TV room.
*~*~*
After dinner, Ed carried Steve to his bedroom.
"As much as I enjoy this... I hope my energy returns soon,"
Steve admitted with a frown.
"It will, love. Ollie and I met with a nurse and went
through your rehabilitation plan. You'll get
there! But... baby steps."
"When did you talk to a nurse? You were invisible."
"Oh, yeah. Not then. It was yesterday while you
were napping. We had a socially distanced meeting in the
hospital garden. Went through all the breathing
exercises... exercise exercises." Ed stared down at his
and Steve's intertwined hands. "She said you were the
most severe case they had who... who didn't die."
Steve pressed a kiss to Ed's temple.
"I'm very glad I'm still here with you, darling."
Ed nodded and gave him a tearful smile.
"Nurse Elizabeth gave me a good talking to," Steve
reported. "She told me I'd have to accept getting help
with, well, just about everything for a while.
So..." He blushed.
"Whadya need? Anything, Steve. I mean just
consider that a principality is really nothing more than a
glorified carer. I've seen it all so..."
"I would love a bath."
"Absolutely." Ed squeezed his hands. "I'll go get
that started then I'll help you."
Steve looked on fondly as Ed fussed around the bathroom,
pouring various concoctions into the water until it was bubbly
and smelled like a field of flowers.
Once he was satisfied, Ed returned to Steve's side. He
helped get him into the bathroom and undressed. Steve's
face flushed.
"Relax," Ed counseled. "Not to be presumptuous but... if
I wasn't what I am, I think we woulda seen each other in the
altogether a while back, hmm? I can strip down, too, if
it'd make ya feel better?"
Steve laughed and spluttered.
"Tempting... but best not. I'm light-headed enough as is
and that just may do me in, darling. But thank you for
the offer."
Ed smiled and helped Steve into the tub.
"This... is... sublime..." Steve exclaimed as he soaked.
"I'm glad. Let me know if you'd like your hair washed."
"That would be lovely, actually. Need to get it trimmed
at some point. It's gotten so shaggy."
Ed carefully poured some water onto Steve's head then began to
lather it up.
"I like it shaggy."
"Mmm..."
Ed handed Steve a dry washcloth.
"Can you hold this over your eyes, love, while I rinse the
shampoo out?"
"Yes. Thank you."
Ed hummed softly as he worked.
"I recognize that... What is it?"
"'Like Real People Do' by Hozier. Lars sang it for us...
over the computer... the day after... after you coded."
Steve grabbed one of Ed's hands and brought it to his lips.
"I can't imagine what this has been like for you, Ed.
What it must have brought up for you..."
Ed squeezed Steve's shoulders.
"The important thing is we made it through.
Together. We can talk about the rest some other
time. Right now... I just want to focus on you."
"All right..." Steve sighed. "I've found myself
wondering..."
"Hmm?"
"It's... odd, isn't it? One wouldn't think having a
demon sent to possess you would ever be a good thing.
But... had you not been... who would be taking care of me
now?"
"You know Ollie and Jess and all the others woulda stepped
up. Maren would probably be here, too."
"Hmm... yes. But... I would have been alone at the
hospital."
Ed nodded. He had no counterpoint to that.
"Perhaps I should write Iggy a thank you note."
Ed laughed.
"That would absolutely destroy him."
Steve grinned.
"Something I've been wondering..." Ed began.
"Yes, darling?"
"What made you come over and talk to me? That first
night, I mean. In the bar."
Steve smiled at the memory.
"Well, for one, you looked fabulous. Easily the best
looking guy in the bar."
After a chuckle, Ed puffed up and twirled his hair.
"Well, thank you..."
"You're welcome. And I mean it but... that wasn't
really why. Normally, that would have made me unlikely
to approach you. I mean... you could have had your
pick. Why me? So no. It was your
eyes. I saw... gentleness in them. But anxiety,
too. Like you didn't think you belonged there.
And I've felt that all my life. So I thought... just
maybe... you were a kindred spirit. And... you
were. Are. More than I could have imagined that
night."
Tears pricked at Ed's eyes then pooled out.
"I love you, Steve," he murmured into his wet hair.
Steve stroked his arm.
"I love you, too, darling. Now... I'm feeling much
more like my old self. Could you help me out and
then... could you... stay with me?"
Ed nodded and smiled.
"Of course, love."
Working together, the two got Steve out of the tub, dried
off, dressed, and ready for bed.
Steve watched curiously as Ed opened one of his drawers and
pulled out his pajamas.
"How'd those get in here?"
"Apparently Jess and Ollie were one step ahead of you.
Moved some of my things in here. Just gonna go change
and wash up then I'll be back in a jif."
"Sounds good." Steve smiled, touched at his friends'
compassion. His breath caught in his throat for a
moment when Ed reappeared, clad in his red silk pajamas and
robe. He'd forgotten how beautiful he looked in them.
"Just gotta comb my hair, love. Then I'll be right
there."
"Okay."
Steve studied Ed as he paced around the room, combing his
hair. Sometimes he could scarcely believe someone so
enchanting had chosen him.
"All right then." Ed set his comb down, dropped his
robe at the foot of the bed, and then carefully settled
beside Steve. He curled around him protectively.
"This okay?"
"It's wonderful," Steve replied sleepily.
Ed kissed his shoulder.
"Good. Night, night, love."
"Good night, darling. I love you."
"Love you, too."
Steve smiled as Ed gave him a gentle squeeze.
Then they drifted off to sleep together.
*~*~*
Sunday, June 14th, 2020
Once
they'd heard that Steve was coming home, the men had
installed a sturdy hammock in the backyard so he could
rest in the fresh air. A heater was placed nearby to
ward off chill. It was perfect... except for when
the twins were also outside. Ed cursed the fact that
the pandemic had kept them from leaving for the U.K.
More than once he'd heard them scoff at him and Steve,
even using a few slurs.
But that day they were either gone or staying in their
house.
Steve and Ed were spooning in the hammock when the former
twisted around to face his boyfriend.
"Ed?"
Ed, who had been dozing, opened his eyes.
"Hmm, love?"
"What happened... the day I almost died? I... I
remember seeing a beautiful, golden light but then...
nothing."
Ed blinked back tears.
"Did He... not want me?" Steve asked.
"Oh, love... That... that wasn't it. At
all. It just... it wasn't your time, Steve. An
angel of death was there... Azrael. They come
whenever there's a chance of someone passing on.
He... he was glowing. Such a beautiful light.
I know he would have taken you to Heaven if... if things
had gone the other way. I... I begged him not
to. That's not why you didn't go. I don't have
that kind of power, of course. Neither does
Azrael. Only God. And... you."
Steve closed his eyes, trying to remember.
"I... heard you. You... called for me to come back."
Ed nodded, his tears falling freely.
"So... I did."
"Yeah... you did. Thank God."
Steve pressed a kiss to Ed's forehead.
"Yes. I couldn't leave you. I... I couldn't go
to Heaven without you, darling."
Ed gently snuggled into Steve's chest.
Steve sighed and stroked his back.
"I'm so sorry you went through that, Ed. This whole
thing... with your past..."
"But you came back," Ed murmured.
"Yes. And I'll try my best to never, ever leave you
again."
"Thank you, love."
"But... I think we need to make a concerted effort to make
things right between you and God. Just in case..."
"Yeah."
Steve gave Ed a squeeze.
"We'll figure it out, darling."
Ed moved so he could look into Steve's face and smiled.
"Yeah, yeah, we will."
*~*~*
Tuesday,
November 17th, 2020
Ed glanced out the kitchen window and beamed at Steve as
he did some light gardening. Though he'd been
diagnosed with Long COVID and still struggled, he was
improving day by day. He was reclaiming more and
more of the activities he enjoyed. Ed was thrilled.
He grabbed two glasses of iced tea and headed out to join
Steve.
Before he reached him, he heard that voice.
"Well, look at you, Thomas! You've come a long
way... from drowned sewer rat to looking a bit plump."
Rage swelled in Ed's chest.
"Oh, well, yes... I suppose I have been enjoying all
the delectable things Ant prepares for us. I should
probably..."
Ed set the glasses down and tromped over to the fence
line.
"Can I help you?"
The twin... Chad, he thought... Chad had thinner hair...
rolled his eyes.
"Oh, no. Mommy's here."
"Why are you such an ass?" Ed demanded.
The other twin, Niles, stepped outside.
"Problems?" he called.
Chad glanced back at him then sneered at Ed.
"No. Just being sassed by Thomas' nursemaid."
Steve struggled to his feet and stood by Ed.
"He is not my nursemaid. He's my boyfriend. At
least I have someone who likes to be around me who isn't a
womb mate," he sniped.
Niles laughed.
"Oooh... Look at that... Widdle baby Thomas
standing up for his playth..."
The next thing Ed knew, Chad was on the ground and Steve
was rubbing his fist.
"Ow..."
"What the hell, Thomas!" Niles screeched as he crouched
over his twin who was rubbing his right eye socket.
Ed peered at Steve, impressed.
"You socked him right in the eye, mate!"
"Long time coming." Steve cleared his throat.
"Now if you'll excuse me... gentlemen... my boyfriend and
I are going to... to go inside and... and snog!"
Ed stifled his laughter.
"Come along, Ed."
"Happily."
Ed took Steve's hand and walked with him back into the
house.
Once they were safely in, Steve crumpled against Ed.
"They're going to retaliate... I just know it.
I... I shouldn't have but I'm just so sick of them, Ed!"
Ed stroked Steve's back.
"I know... I understand. And thank you.
For defending me."
"You were defending me first."
"Well... that's what people do when they're
together. We'll figure it out."
"All right..." Steve sighed then hugged Ed.
"Well, let's go to our room for a bit."
"Okay. Why?"
"Well... I said we were going to snog. I mean if you
don't want to..."
Ed laughed and shook his head.
"Oh... I very much do."
Giggling, the two headed back to their room to ensure
Steve was not made a liar.
*~*~*
Thursday,
November 19th, 2020
The loud music had started the night of the dust-up
with the twins. It had played well after
midnight, much to the chagrin of everyone in the
household.
Despite the lack of sleep, Ed awoke at 5:30 on
Thursday morning. He desperately needed
coffee. He set a gentle kiss on Steve's cheek
then got out of bed and headed to the kitchen.
When he looked outside the window, he saw Karl slumped
in a chair. Alarmed, Ed hurried out to him.
"Karl... what's wrong?"
"No birds... Tawera says they don't want to come
'round any more tween the music and the beeping."
"Beeping?"
Karl nodded.
"Idjits next door installed one of those pest control
beepin' thingies. Birds can 'ear it."
Ed frowned.
"I'm sorry, mate. We'll figure something out,
eh?"
"Hope so..."
Ed patted his shoulder.
"We will," he promised. "How about some coffee?"
"I spose."
Ed steered the dejected man inside and served him some
coffee. They were each on their second cups when
Steve appeared.
"You're up early! I feel like I could have done
with a couple more hours..."
Ed rose and prepared Steve's coffee for him.
"Birds are gone," Karl reported.
"What? How?"
Karl explained.
"Oh, Karl... I'm so sorry," Steve
apologized. "I shouldn't have antagonized them."
"They started it," Ed reminded. He handed Steve
his coffee.
"Thank you, darling. And, yes, they did.
But I ought not to have punched Chad."
Karl laughed.
"I saw 'im yesterday. Looks a sight. All
purple an' green 'bout the eye."
Steve grimaced.
"Well, one should never embrace violence but..."
"No need to use any more violence," Ed interrupted, a
sudden thought occurring to him. "I could take
care of them."
"Ed..."
"I could go invisible... sneak into their house..."
"Ed..." Steve repeated. "I... I know what that
did to you last time."
Ed shook his head.
"No, no. Not like that. I won't get into
their heads at all. Just... move some things
around. Make them think the place is
haunted. Maybe they'd leave. I mean... not
like they'd be homeless. They have another
house. Maybe more."
Karl cackled.
"I love it! Let 'im do it, cap'ain!"
"I don't know..." Steve eyed Ed.
"I won't harm them," Ed stressed. "But if their
keys end up in the freezer... Serves them
right."
Karl continued to laugh.
Steve sighed.
"Well, yes... it would. If you're sure it won't
make things difficult for you..."
Ed grinned.
"Won't. Sounds like fun, actually. I
mean... really... what's the point of having a demon
for a boyfriend if you can't profit from a haunting
now and again?"
Steve chuckled.
"Well, I can think of several points but...
okay. Let's do it."
*~*~*
Thursday,
November 26th, 2020
Ed had started with the keys in the freezer.
Then he had stashed a cell phone in the
dishwasher. One night, he turned every shirt in
Niles' closet inside out. The following night,
all of Chad's trousers received the same
treatment. He spelled out "HELLO" with sugar on
the kitchen counter. On Tuesday night he'd
picked up a globe and bobbed it around in the
air. Chad and Niles had run screaming from the
house and jetted off into the night.
They didn't return on Wednesday.
On Thursday morning, Demi-John came tearing onto the
patio where Ed and Steve were enjoying their coffee.
"A moving truck pulled up next door!"
Ed and Steve exchanged smiles.
"They're loading things up!"
"How lovely..." Steve murmured.
Ed could only laugh.
*~*~*
Saturday,
February 6th, 2021
"Oh... A moving truck. Looks like we're
getting new neighbors," Steve observed.
"I hope they're better than the last ones," Rocky
muttered.
"How could they not be?" Lucky replied.
Ed approached the front window and peered out.
Two men hopped out of the truck and made a beeline to
a flag pole. The Union Jack that Niles and Chad
had left behind came down.
Ed and Steve watched with great interest as another
flag went up.
As the flag reached the top of the pole, their new
neighbors tied it in place then embraced and peered up
at the rainbow fluttering above them.
Ed and Steve dissolved into laughter.
Curious, Lucky leaped up from the couch and joined
them at the window.
"Oh... and they're cute, too!"
That was enough to pique Rocky's interest and he
hurried over.
"We should talk to Ant. Ask him about making a
welcome basket of goodies for them," Steve suggested.
"Definitely," Ed agreed.
He and Steve beamed at each other, confident that all
would be well on their little block.
*~*~*
Like Real People Do
Monday,
March 22nd, 2021
Since Steve was still being exceptionally careful
about when he went out and where, the decision had
been made to celebrate his and Ed's second anniversary
with a barbecue in the backyard. Patrick and
Craig and Ihsan and Fitz were
in attendance along with Paulie and Jake, their new
neighbors and fast friends. Maren and her family
had also made the trek to celebrate.
Steve was admiring Ed working behind the grill in his
cute, floral apron when Maren plopped down into the
chair beside his.
"It's so hard for me to believe it's only been two
years! You and Ed... you just fit. Seems
like you've been together for years and years."
Steve beamed.
"Thank you. When we invited Paulie and Jake,
they thought we meant we'd been married for two years
but together for much longer."
"He loves you so much, Steve. I'm so happy for
you." Maren kissed his cheek.
"Thank you. And... it's definitely mutual."
"Oh, honey... I can tell," Maren assured with a smile.
They sat together in companionable silence for several
moments before Steve looked over and noticed that
Maren was chewing her bottom lip.
"Something on your mind?"
"A bit, yeah..."
"Is everything all right with you, Dan, and the
kids?" Steve looked to where Annie and Lance
were playing with Kiri.
"Oh yeah. Everything's great. It's just...
when I ran to the dairy on Saturday to grab some
snacks for the car trip... I saw your mom. I was
hoping she wouldn't recognize me with my mask but
well..."
"Oh..." Steve bowed his head. He hadn't
heard a single word from his parents since he'd been
sick. And he knew Ollie had notified them.
"She... well, she asked how you were doing. And
just the way she asked... Like you were my
second cousin who twisted his ankle! I told her
you were fine. But something just broke in me
and I started screaming at her. I told her that
you'd coded and it was a miracle you were even alive
and that if she was so curious she coulda picked up
the damn phone and spoken to her only child.
Also told her that your boyfriend was smoking hot and
that I hoped you had mind-blowing sex every night."
"Oh my..."
"I know... I know. I shouldn't have said that
last bit but she just made me so bloody angry. I
wanted to see her squirm." Maren looked with
tenderness at Annie and Lance. "I just can't
understand a mother being so... so cruel. I'm
sorry, Steve... for her. But also if I caused
any trouble."
Steve squeezed her hand.
"I don't care if you did cause trouble, Maren.
It... it just feels good to know that someone's mom
stood up for me."
Maren squeezed his hand back.
"I'm always here for you. And so's he."
She waved to Ed.
Ed smiled, handed the barbecue tongs to Ant, and
joined them.
"What's this then?" he asked.
Steve smiled.
"Oh... Maren was just telling me a delightful story
about her going off on my homophobic mother in the
dairy. She told her I have a smoking hot
boyfriend."
"Do you..." Ed settled on the arm of Steve's
chair and stretched his legs across his lap.
Steve patted Ed's knees affectionately.
"She also told her she hoped we had mind-blowing
sex. Exact words."
Ed howled with laughter.
"Good God, woman! Were you trying to murder
her?"
Maren grinned.
"Maybe a bit."
"Well... it wasn't quite true. But the whole
thing's been rather mind-blowing in the best of
ways." Steve beamed at Ed who bent down to kiss
his brow.
"That it has been, love," Ed agreed. He sat up
and grinned at Maren. "Just don't ever let me
piss her off. Might murder me."
"Don't give me reason to and I won't," Maren teased
before taking out her cell and snapping a photo of the
couple. "Hmm... May have to paint that
later."
Ed rested his chin on Steve's hair and smiled as Maren
showed off the photo.
"Text it to me, will you?" Steve requested. "I'd
love it for our scrapbook."
"Happily."
"You're working on a scrapbook for us?" Ed asked.
"Mmm hmm. Since someone had the bright idea of
introducing a chore wheel..." Steve shot a sly glance
at his boyfriend. "And I've got some extra time
on my hands, I thought I would."
"Aww... Love that."
Steve gave Ed a squeeze then looked around happily at
their little party and sighed with contentment.
*~*~*
Naturally, Ed and Steve had to dance to "The Chain" as
the celebration continued into the night. But as
the song ended, Lars and Baptiste settled into chairs
facing the happy couple. Baptiste began to pluck
at his guitar.
"Oh..." Tears filled Ed's eyes. "They sang
this song to you when you were sleeping," he whispered
to Steve. "I... I wished I could have danced
with you to it."
Steve smiled gratefully at Lars and Baptiste then
cradled Ed's face in his hands.
"No time like the present, darling."
Arms around each other, the two danced in the
moonlight as their loved ones looked on with
friendship and love.
"I will not ask
you where you came from
I will not ask
you, neither should you
Honey, just put
your sweet lips on my lips
We should just
kiss like real people do."
As the last few notes played, the
two kissed while their friends
cheered for them.
*~*~*
Monday,
January 10th, 2022
Ed awoke to the sensation of Steve
gently carding his fingers through
his hair. He let out a soft
sigh then kissed Steve's neck and
nuzzled closer.
"Big day," Steve murmured.
"But you don't have to if you
don't want..."
Ed sat up, kissed his boyfriend,
then shook his head.
"No, no. I do. I've
missed Fitz and Ihsan and all the
animals. Time to get back to
work. But..." He
kissed Steve again. "I'll
miss you."
"And I'll miss you,
darling... But I'll be there
for morning tea."
"Steve..."
"It'll be good for me to get a
little exercise! And... I am
going a bit stir crazy. I
would love to get out. We
can drink it outside. I'll
wear a mask the whole time.
Well, obviously not when we're
sipping tea. But I'll only
be with you then."
Ed bit his lip and
considered. Then he looked
down at Steve's pleading gaze and
laughed. Like he'd be able
to deny him.
"All right... Then I'll look
forward to it."
Ed groaned slightly as he got
up. Sometimes he wished he'd
been created in a younger body...
maybe something like 32. But
then Steve moved behind him,
pushed his hair away from the back
of his neck, and planted soft
kisses there. Ed smiled as
he leaned back.
No... he was perfectly happy with
the body he had.
*~*~*
Monday,
February 7th, 2022
"And Ant's just been absolutely
abuzz all morning," Steve reported
between sips of tea. He and
Ed were seated together on a bench
behind Fangs, Fins, and Friends,
watching some of the dogs run
about in the yard.
"Hmm, why?"
"That cousin, you know? The
one who got cast in a production
of Jesus Christ Superstar...
Loreena, isn't it?"
Ed nodded.
"She got invited to brunch with
the director and his wife
yesterday. And the fellow
playing Jesus was there. So
she was thrilled and, of course,
Ant was thrilled for her.
They've both landed on their feet
since being rejected by their
family."
"Glad for our Ant, of
course. But also the
girl. Must mean a lot.
The Christians, by and large,
haven't exactly been accepting of
gender diverse people." Ed
frowned. "We ran into
that... when the Europeans
came. So much of their
religion grabbed the people's
imaginations. But they
didn't know what to do with the
whakawahine and whakatane.
Got ugly sometimes."
Steve gently stroked Ed's back.
"Glad Loreena found a good group."
"Me too." Steve
chuckled. "Needless to
say... Jesus Christ
Superstar has been blasting
through the house nearly since you
left which is very interesting for
me. My parents thought it
was sent straight from the Devil."
Ed laughed.
"Trust me. He wouldn't
trouble himself with something
like that."
"No, I see now that he
wouldn't. I've seen the show
performed since. Quite
sympathetic. And... it has
some bangers, as the kids say."
Still laughing, Ed kissed Steve's
hair.
"Bangers... God, I love you,
Steve."
"I love you, too, darling."
Steve slid closer and rested his
head on Ed's shoulder.
Ed gave a contented sigh before
making a strangled noise and
jumping up.
"Oi! Chester, move away!" he
shouted at a dog. "Cassie's
not into you. Consent is
important, mate. Don't make
me come in there, young man!"
Steve giggled.
"It is important," he
agreed. "So glad you impress
that upon the dogs."
Ed grinned then reclaimed his seat
beside Steve.
"May I kiss you?"
"Absolutely."
So they did.
*~*~*
The
Plot
Saturday,
February 19th, 2022
Steve was preparing coffee... and
sneaking peeks at Ed as he enjoyed
some shirtless sunbathing in the
backyard... when he heard someone
thundering down the stairs.
Ant hurried into the kitchen, a
wide grin on his face.
"Look at the photo my cousin sent
me!"
Steve accepted the phone that Ant
thrust towards him.
"Oh, Ant... That's
lovely! She looks absolutely
radiant. And they've got a
very good Jesus. I like
him. He looks gentle but
strong. Accurate looking,
too."
The screen door opened and Ed
stepped inside.
"Whacha looking at?"
"My cousin sent a photo of herself
and the man playing Jesus."
Ed grunted.
"Let me guess. White boy
with blonde hair? No
offense," he added when Steve cast
him a look.
Steve chuckled.
"None taken. I'm very aware
I don't look like a Middle-Eastern
Jewish man. But no.
This fellow is actually..."
Ant handed Ed his phone.
Ed peered at the image then
stumbled back into the door.
His head shook wildly.
"Ed... Ed... What's
wrong, darling?"
Ant grabbed his phone before Ed
had a chance to drop it.
Steve wrapped an arm around Ed's
shoulders.
"That's... him."
"Who?"
"That... not an actor. Him,"
Ed choked out.
Steve blinked.
"Ed, surely not..."
"That's Joshua!" Ed cried,
pointing towards Ant's phone.
Ant's eyes went wide.
"Darling, are you sure?
Possibly he just looks a great
deal like..."
"With the same bloody birthmark!?"
"Birthmark?"
Ant looked at the photo.
"Oh, yeah. I see a
birthmark. There." He
held the phone out for Steve's
inspection.
"Ed... Why would he..."
"I... I don't know! He's
always had crazy schemes
going! I mean... good
schemes," Ed clarified. "But
this..."
"I should tell my cousin!"
"No!" Ed bellowed. "If she
doesn't know... he doesn't mean
for her to know. At least
not yet."
Ant shrugged.
"Okay. But... this is good,
right? You know where Jes...
Joshua is. I mean..."
He scrolled through some text
messages. "The show runs up
til Easter. That gives you
time. You could get to New
York City by then, couldn't you?"
"It's so expensive..." Ed
murmured.
Steve gripped him by the
shoulders.
"Ant is absolutely right. I
don't care if we have to drain my
savings. We're going.
We're going there and we're going
to speak to him."
"Steve, I..."
"Ed... When will we have
another chance like this?
And you said he schemes... maybe
this is one! What are the
odds? One of the cast
members has a cousin halfway
around the world who just happens
to live with us!"
Ant smiled and waved when Steve
gestured towards him.
"Yeah... that's something," Ed
admitted. Tears welled in
his eyes.
Steve patted his cheek.
"It'll be all right,
darling. It really
will!" He hugged him tightly
then embraced Ant. "Ant...
thank you! This... this is
huge!"
"Didn't do anything but brag about
my cousin but... you're welcome."
Steve smiled at him then turned
back to Ed.
"Once Jess is up, I'll speak to
them. See what we can figure
out money-wise. But we will
figure it out."
"I could do a bake sale," Ant
offered.
Ed gave him an appreciative, teary
smile.
"Thanks, mate. We... we'll
see. But thanks."
Steve embraced him again and
pressed a kiss into his hair.
"Now... Let's have some
coffee. Get our heads on
straight... and figure this out!"
Buoyed by Steve's confidence, Ed
nodded.
"O-okay..."
Steve beamed then went to fetch
his laptop so they could start
pricing things out.
*~*~*
Sunday,
February 20th,
2022
Steve slept restlessly.
How was one supposed to sleep
peacefully when they'd just
learned Jesus Christ was back on
Earth...
And Steve's future... and more
importantly Ed's... rested on
their ability to make peace with
him.
A demon and a gay man...
confronting the Son of God.
Ed's absence from their bed
suggested he, too, was battling
insomnia.
Steve's throat felt scratchy...
probably from crying himself to
sleep. Ed had been weepy
and it'd been catching. He
got up and headed to the kitchen
in search of something to
drink. Or maybe an ice
block. As Steve neared the
kitchen, he heard
clicking. He wasn't
entirely surprised to find Ed
sitting at the table, open
laptop in front of him.
"Hey," he greeted.
"Hey."
Steve approached and squeezed
Ed's shoulder.
"What are you..."
Steve stopped when he saw Ed was
on Facebook, clicking through a
photo album.
"They have a page. The
theatre, I mean. Look..."
Ed pointed to a photo of
Jesus... Joshua... in a
chair. A blonde woman was
crouching behind him, her arms
around his shoulders.
Steve's eyes went wide.
"Oh God... he doesn't... he's
not got a girlfriend, does he?"
Ed began to choke on the tea
he'd been sipping.
"No!" He scrunched his
nose is disgust.
"Gross... No, that's his
make-up artist. JenniAnn,
it says. And if I'm
remembering correctly..."
He navigated to another photo
and pointed. "Look.
A note in the program from the
director from a previous
production."
Steve sat down and read where Ed
was pointing.
"'JenniAnn, I love you more
every day. Thank you for
being part of this with
me.' Ah. So she's
the director's girlfriend...
wife. Something."
"Something. And the
director..." Ed opened
another photo. "Is
Andrew. The
Andrew. An angel of
death. The one..."
He tapped the floor. "Is
afraid of. And those
two... they've spent years
working with Him on this.
He's put a lot of trust in
them. So... When we
get there, we go through
her. JenniAnn."
Steve blinked at the photograph
of Jesus and the woman that Ed
had re-opened.
"We can't just... go to him
directly?"
"Do you feel comfortable with
that? Because I
don't. I'm a demon,
Steve! I rejected
him! But her... she's
probably like some sort of
modern day apostle or
something."
"So he'd be more apt to listen
to her?"
"I would think so. This
Andrew guy, too."
Steve tilted his head.
"She has kind eyes."
"Yeah. She does."
"And so... so she's in a
relationship with an
angel. So she might...
understand us, take pity on us,"
Steve continued.
"Might... Probably would,"
Ed corrected when he felt Steve
tense.
"We have to try."
Ed brought Steve's hand to his
lips.
"We do, love."
Steve sat down.
"Can you show me the
photos? I think it might
calm my nerves to see who these
people are."
"Sure. There are clips,
too. I've looked at
everything. You go
ahead. I'll get you
something to drink. Your
throat sounds scratchy."
Ed put his hand on Steve's
forehead. "No fever at
least."
"I'm fine, darling. But
thank you. That would be
nice."
Ed moved away to make some tea
with honey. The ritual of
it helped calm him.
"And how are we going to make
contact with her?" Steve called.
"Still working on that."
"Hmm. They look like they
have fun."
"They do."
"He also... Jes... Joshua... he
looks kind, too."
Ed swallowed a lump in his
throat.
"He... he is."
Steve met Ed's teary gaze for a
moment. Right then, he
vowed to himself that he would
put his worries aside.
They would try this.
Because Ed had to be safe.
He couldn't return to
Hell. Ever.
After a few moments, Ed returned
with the tea.
"Mmm... Wonderful, thank
you," Steve praised after a
sip.
"Welcome."
Ed let his head loll onto
Steve's shoulder as they watched
a clip of "Hosanna" together.
*~*~*
Jess frowned as they typed on
their laptop.
"So... between airfare and
hotel... we're looking at around
$7,000 for you both to go," they
reported. "It's... a
lot. But you do have it in
your retirement account, Steve."
"Then I want to take it
out. I don't care if
there's a penalty!"
"Maybe just take enough out to
pay for the tickets?" Ed
suggested. "Those are the
most pressing. We have a
little over a month. I'll
take on extra shifts at the
shelter, if I can. To
cover the hotel and
incidentals."
"No," Jess replied.
"No?" Steve repeated, aghast.
"I mean, sure, take on extra
shifts if you want, Ed.
For spending money maybe.
But... no one wants you
exhausting yourself.
You've both put a lot into this
house. We all need to give
back now. I've spoken to
Ollie and we'll cover $2,000."
"Absolutely not!"
"No way. This is our
choice and we should pay for..."
"It's too late," Jess cut them
both off. "We already
transferred it into your savings
account, Steve."
"Jess..." Tears welled in
Steve's eyes.
Ed sniffled.
"And Ollie's talked to the
guys. Ant already
mentioned a bake sale.
Everyone else has agreed to put
in extra time making soap.
Whatever we get above the usual
amount needed to fund the
house... you'll take," Jess
informed. "I'll take only
enough out of Steve's account to
cover the airfare, like Ed
said. I think we can get
the rest covered. We've
sent word to some of the old
guys, too. They want to
help."
"Jess..." Steve repeated.
"I... I don't know what to say."
"You reap what you sow,
captain. Seven years ago
you took a chance on a couple of
disheveled weirdos who wandering
out of a hostel and applied for
jobs they definitely didn't have
proper qualifications for.
You gave us a home. And
you did it again and again with
all the others. Now we
want to help you. And
you..." Jess shifted their
focus to Ed whose head was bowed
as he softly cried. "When
you first told us your story...
Ollie and I agreed that we'd do
what we could to free you.
We love it here, Ed.
Aotearoa is our home. It's
where we were truly
welcomed. We owe it to
your people to get them their
angel back. And, like I've
said before, I don't want to
deal with an Ed-less Steve."
Steve and Ed both laughed
through their tears.
"Now..." Jess stood and
held their arms aloft.
"This isn't really my thing
but... bring it in."
The three shared a group hug
with Ed and Steve continuing to
murmur thank yous.
*~*~*
Saturday,
March 5th, 2022
True to their word, the men had
put their all into making soap
over the next two weeks.
Additionally, Ant had devoted
several hours a day to baking
and making candies. All
hands were on deck as they
manned two tables at a farmer's
market.
Despite the nerves he'd been
feeling as their departure date
approached, Ed was happy as he
buzzed about from table to
table, lending a hand where it
was needed.
And then he saw him.
Iggy.
"Ed... what's wrong?" Steve
asked when he noticed his
boyfriend was staring across the
street, his jaw set in a stony
grimace.
"Iggy... I see him over
there. Staring at us."
"Oh Ed..."
"We... we're so close.
I... I'm not letting him..."
"Darling!" Steve cried out as Ed
tore across the street.
He was halfway there when he
realized Iggy no longer seemed
to be staring at him... but
through him.
Nonetheless, Ed continued
walking until he was standing
directly in front of the demon.
"What are you doing here?" Ed
hissed.
"Damn it, Edgar... Where
the hell did you go?" Iggy
asked, irritation evident in his
voice as he continued to stare
across the street.
Ed stepped back in surprise.
"Damn it all!" Iggy shouted,
still ignoring Ed.
Then he was gone.
Shaken, Ed made his way back to
an anxious Steve.
"What happened?"
Ed shook his head, trying to
make sense of it.
"Nothing... He... It
was like he couldn't see
me. Couldn't sense
me. Then he cursed... and
disappeared. It... makes
no sense."
Steve gently stroked Ed's back.
"That is... odd. But it's
good isn't it?"
"I... I think so?"
"Everything all right over
here?" Ollie asked as he
approached with Jess at his
side.
"You look like you've seen a
ghost, Ed," Jess added.
"I... feel like I am a
ghost. Sort of."
Steve gave him an affectionate
squeeze.
"He saw Iggy... but Iggy seemed
unable to see or sense him."
Ollie blinked in surprise but
then he smiled.
"It's like from Psalm 27.
'For in the day of trouble he
will keep me safe in his
dwelling; he will hide me in the
shelter of his sacred tent and
set me high upon a rock.'
You were hidden, Ed. By
God, I assume. Maybe have
been since the last time we had
run-ins with them."
"There you go! Makes sense
to me!" Jess affirmed.
"You think?" Ed asked,
wide-eyed.
Steve gave him a wide smile and
nodded.
"I think that makes perfect
sense. And that used to be
one of my favorite verses."
Ed smiled, touched by the
idea. It gave him more
hope that all of this was God's
plan... that he and Steve were
meant to go meet Joshua.
"Thank you. I feel
better. I... yes, I think
that may be it, Ollie.
Thank you."
Ollie patted Ed on the back.
"Good. Now... We
just sold a case of soap to a
lady. Wanna help me haul
it to her car?"
Ed smiled and nodded.
"Yeah, sure. Sounds good."
Steve smiled after them as they
walked away.
"It would be so wonderful if he
didn't have to worry about that
Iggy fellow any more," he mused
aloud to Jess.
"I hope he doesn't come around
any more. But if he
does... I got a knife waiting
for him."
Steve's eyes grew wide but Jess
only smiled confidently and
walked away.
*~*~*
Saturday,
March 26th, 2022
"Darling... are you still up?"
"Mmm hmm."
Steve snuggled up against Ed,
spooning him.
"Are you worried about
tomorrow?"
"Less about tomorrow. More
about when we actually talk to
her. To JenniAnn."
"Well... we'll have a few days
to observe. Maybe even
figure out a different
plan. But if it is her...
I think it's a mark in our favor
that she seems to enjoy the
company of well-built,
long-haired men of a
supernatural bend."
Ed chuckled and twisted around
to face Steve.
"Not trying to seduce her,
mate."
Steve smiled and brushed some
hair from Ed's face.
"Of course not. I'd be
quite jealous if you did.
But people tend to be more
sympathetic of people who remind
them of themselves or loved
ones."
"That's true."
"And if she absolutely won't
help us... Well... there's
always the option of going right
up to Joshua a-and pleading our
cases ourselves. I know
it's not what you'd prefer...
but it is an option."
"Spose."
"All I'm saying is that whatever
happens... it'll be you and
me. Together. We've
overcome so much, darling.
We'll get through this,
too. Although..."
"Although?"
"I am very much starting to
regret our decision to get a
room with two twin beds..."
Ed squeezed Steve's hand when it
rested over his heart.
"Me too, love. But... I
just want to make the best
impression... if he should
happen to come over or
anything. Never exactly
knew what was allowed."
"I know. And... even if we
do have to... be a little
less... close, well, it'll be
hard. But worth it.
Just to know you'll be safe,"
Steve stressed. "But... I
won't stop hoping that's not
asked of us."
Ed buried his face in Steve's
hair and nodded.
"I won't either."
Steve gently tugged a strand of
Ed's hair.
"Now try to get some sleep,
please, darling. We've got
a very early morning."
"Yeah. Okay. Love
you, Steve."
"I love you, too.
G'night."
"Night, night."
In the moments before he drifted
off, Steve prayed that the week
ahead would go well and that his
words to Ed would be true.
They had to be allowed to stay
together. Anything else
was unimaginable.
*~*~*
Sunday,
March 27th,
2022
Steve so badly wanted to pull Ed
into his arms and tuck him
safely away. He was so
nervous as they waited in the
security line. Of course,
part of that may have been that
Ed had confessed during the car
ride there that he'd never flown
in an airplane. But Steve
knew that most of it was because
of what... or rather Who... was
waiting at the end of the
flight.
Ed was waved through the body
scanner.
Well, that was one source of his
anxiety over with, thank God.
Once Steve was also through, he
hurried over to Ed who looked
anxiously around as travelers
went to and fro.
"And so we're off! I meant
what I said back there.
You really ought to try to get
some sleep, dear," he encouraged
as he patted Ed's shoulder.
"Mmm. Yeah. Okay."
Steve saw a slight twitch of
Ed's right eye that gave him
pause. He hoped he wasn't
headed towards a panic attack.
"Let's get you sat down.
Our gate's over there."
Steve looped his arm around Ed's
waist and steered him to a
couple of chairs.
"Do you need anything? A
drink? A snack?" Steve
asked, hoping for something to
do to help his boyfriend.
Ed shook his head.
"Just need... you."
"Aww, Ed..." Steve looked
tenderly at his beloved and
hugged him tightly. He
smiled when Ed gave a contented
sigh.
"Just think... by this time on
Friday or Saturday or so...
everything could be
sorted. You could be free,
hmm?"
"Yeah."
Steve held out his phone,
showing Ed the photograph of
Joshua and Loreena. He was
encouraged when Ed smiled at
them.
"Maybe let's look through the
theatre's albums, hmm?
Might help settle us down?"
"Yeah. Sounds good, love."
Steve handed Ed the phone,
letting him scroll through and
gently stroking his back, trying
to ground him.
It worked until they were called
to board and Ed grew agitated
again.
"What if... if I can't
fly? What if I throw up?"
"Darling, you'd hardly be the
first person to vomit on a
plane. And, umm, not that
it's the same but... have you
never flown like... at
all? Like..." Steve
mimed wings flapping.
Ed gawked at him.
"You think I had wings?" he
whispered.
Steve had never really thought
about it... not until now.
"I mean... maybe?"
"Naw. Too young for that."
"Ah. So is it like... a
driver's license thing?
You get them at... I dunno...
3,000 years old?" Steve
whispered.
"Naw. Never will.
Not a Watcher."
"Hmm... Tell me about
these Watchers, will you?" Steve
asked with genuine interest...
but also eagerness to keep Ed
distracted and talking. If
someone overheard... oh
well. They'd just think he
was a theologian or mythological
author.
"They're the earliest
angels. Created
first. The only ones with
wings," Ed began to explain.
They came to their seats, stowed
their bags, and sat down.
"Metatron... He's the
oldest of all," Ed continued.
"Very interesting! And
what's he do?"
"He's a scribe. He writes
down everything that happens."
"Busy man! Err... well,
not man but... well, you know
what I mean."
Ed smiled and nodded.
"Next came his twin brother,
Sandalphon."
While Ed was telling Steve about
someone named Wahkan, the plane
took off. Ed squeezed his
hand tightly for a moment but
continued speaking.
Steve smiled.
They were off and, he hoped, all
would be well.
*~*~*
Monday,
March 28th,
2022
It was nearly 5:00 PM the
following day by the time Ed's
and Steve's shuttle dropped them
off at their hotel.
Exhausted, they trudged up to
their room.
As much as they wanted to
immediately crash and go to
sleep, they were both still
nervous about COVID and so Steve
rushed into the shower. By
the time he came out, he noticed
that Ed had made a significant
alteration to their room.
"Just thought... not like he's
gonna show up today, surely," he
reasoned.
"No, surely not," Steve agreed
as he looked at the two beds
that had been pushed together.
"You rest. Don't wait up
for me... but I'll be quick," Ed
promised before disappearing
into the bathroom.
"All right."
Steve collapsed onto the
bed. He knew he ought to
brush his hair out but he was
too tired.
In his last moments of
wakefulness, Steve felt Ed
settle onto the bed beside
him. He smiled as Ed's arm
curved around his waist.
*~*~*
They were both starving when
they woke up three hours
later. They'd snacked a
bit during the flight... but
that had been minimal since it
meant taking off their masks, a
prospect which frightened them
both.
"You stay here. I'll walk
a bit, bring us something back,
okay?"
"You're all right with that,
darling? Because I can go
with you if..."
"No sense both of us being
completely knackered.
Besides, I've got a second
wind. Any preferences?"
"Well, New York is known for its
pizza..."
Ed smiled.
"Then I'll look for a pizza
place." He stooped to kiss
Steve's cheek. "Be right
back then."
"Thank you!" Steve called after
Ed as he left.
"Welcome, love."
He smiled once more before
stepping into the hallway and
ensuring the door closed and
locked behind him.
At the front desk, Ed asked for
guidance then stepped outside
and began walking in the
direction the clerk had told
him. He was still a couple
of blocks away from the pizza
parlor when his gaze traveled to
a little cafe on a corner.
It had outside dining and looked
very cute. Maybe he could
take Steve there for lunch
tomorrow.
And then Ed saw him.
Crowley. The Serpent.
And then Crowley saw
him... Ed was sure he
had.
Ed turned and ran a block away,
back towards the hotel. He
dashed into an alley then
collapsed against a brick
wall. He could hear his
heart thumping wildly.
All he'd wanted to do was get
some dinner for himself and
Steve and now he'd likely been
spotted... by the Serpent no
less. And Crowley was
redeemed now... He had to
be. Only a few days
before, someone named Peter had
uploaded a photo of Joshua and
Crowley warmly embracing to the
theatre's Facebook.
Crowley might tip Joshua off and
ruin everything!
Unless... Joshua didn't know who
Crowley was.
Ed fought back tears as a chill
went through his entire
body. He needed to get
back to the hotel. And he
needed to see to get back.
He hurried back down the few
blocks he'd come, his heart only
settling down a bit once he
crossed the threshold of the
hotel. He rushed to his
and Steve's room and hurled
himself inside the moment he had
the door unlocked.
Steve startled when he saw him.
"Ed... Ed what happened?"
Ed couldn't speak. He only
shook his head and began to sob.
"Oh, darling..."
Ed rested his head on Steve's
shoulder, melting into his
embrace, and wept. He
could manage nothing else for
several minutes until, finally,
he'd pulled himself together
enough to explain his behavior
to a worried Steve.
"I... I was on my way to a pizza
parlor the desk clerk
recommended when... when I
passed a cafe. A-and
Crowley was there. The
Serpent. And I'm sure
he... he saw me."
"Did he speak to you?"
Ed shook his head.
"Too far off... B-but...
What if he tells Joshua?
Tells them all? A-and if
they're on the look-out for
me... we... we may not even get
into the theatre a-and..."
"Darling, I thought you said
that Crowley was one of your
only friends?"
Ed shrugged.
"He... Crowley visited me.
But friend? Not sure
anyone's really a friend in...
in Hell."
"All right, well... you had a
bond of some sort. And
since he was also a demon... and
a pretty significant one at
that... don't you think he'd
want to help bring another demon
back into the fold?"
"I dunno... Maybe.
But... there's something else
that occurred to me."
"What's that?"
"What if... if Joshua doesn't
remember me?"
"Ed... how could he not remember
you?"
"He didn't remember everything
during the Incarnation.
What if it's like that?"
Steve frowned. He hadn't
considered that.
"Then Crowley could... could
tell him who I am. What I
did... And that would be
all... all he'd know.
Or... or Crowley's still a demon
and Joshua doesn't even know and
he's here to... to drag me
back."
"I just... I'm not sure that
makes much sense. Any of
it, darling. Firstly, even
during the Incarnation, Joshua
knew when demons were
afoot. And I mean... the
Incarnation was about redeeming
humanity, making us right with
God. I don't think it's
something that needs to be
re-done. You said yourself
that Joshua used several
names. Has several
schemes. Maybe he just
pops in every once in a while
because he wants to... fully
knowing who he is, who everyone
else is."
"Yeah... Yeah, that makes
sense," Ed agreed, beginning to
relax.
"So... I think we should, one,
have something delivered... just
stay in tonight. Then,
two, we should go to the show on
Wednesday... just like we
planned. See how that
goes. And, three, if we're
still unsure of what's happening
with Joshua then you can do your
invisible thing, listen in, and
gather information. Okay?"
"Yeah... Yeah,
okay." Ed let out a shaky
breath then smiled and rested
his forehead against
Steve's. "Thank you.
I feel... better."
Steve smiled and cupped Ed's
chin before kissing him.
"Good... And we'll both
feel even better when we get
some food in us. I saw
some delivery menus on the desk
so..."
Steve rose and went to retrieve
them.
Welcoming the distraction, Ed
perused the offerings and let
Steve's excited chatter further
calm him.
*~*~*
Wednesday,
March 30th, 2022
Steve was no stranger to Passion
plays. And he'd seen Jesus
Christ Superstar
before. He'd been moved by
it. Mostly by outcast,
lovelorn Mary Magdalene.
And Loreena... she was
magnificent. Steve wished
Ant could be there to see how
wonderful his cousin was.
But Steve realized, too late,
that he should have given more
thought to the emotional toll of
watching Jesus... Joshua...
re-enact his own death.
And he definitely should have
thought more about how Ed would
react. He was genuinely
afraid that he was a few moments
away from a panic attack.
Thank God they had aisle seats!
Ed hunched forward, sobbing, as
Joshua asked his Father why he'd
been forsaken.
Steve squeezed his shaking hand
and whispered into his ear.
"Darling... oh, Ed... It's
just pretend... Well, this
time. It's all..."
"'It... is
fin-nished. Father...
into... your hands... I
commend... my... my spirit.'"
Ed howled, a ragged, guttural
noise that hurt Steve just to
hear.
When the lights dimmed, Ed
bolted from his seat and ran
down the aisle, into the
lobby. Steve hurried after
him.
"Need... need to go..."
"All right, darling. All
right." Steve pressed a
kiss to Ed's sweat-covered brow
then gripped his hand.
"Let's go."
Ed's sobs lessened as they made
the short walk back to the
hotel. But every time
Steve glanced over at him, he
still looked wild-eyed.
Once they were back in their
room, Ed had ceased crying and
was only making soft, hiccupy
noises.
"Let's, umm, let's draw you a
bath, hmm?" Steve
suggested. "Might help
with nerves?"
Ed nodded.
"All right. Good.
I'll go do that, darling.
You just... try to relax, okay?"
"Mmm hmm."
Seeing that he appeared to be a
little wobbly, Steve steered Ed
to a chair before heading into
the bathroom. Soon, he had
the tub filled. He was
grateful he'd thought to bring
some soap and bubble bath from
home. The scent of
lavender filled the room.
Steve returned to Ed's
side.
"Okay... Let's get you in
there."
As Ed was still shaking, Steve
helped him undress and get into
the tub.
"There now... That feels
good, hmm?"
Ed nodded. He hugged his
knees and rested his head
against them.
"'m sorry, I'm such a... a
mess."
"Oh darling... no... It...
it was more emotional than I'd
been prepared for, too."
"Sorry for him...
Hate... Hated seeing him
like... like that but... also
reminded me of... of you.
In... in the hospital.
Right before they... they
intubated you. A-and...
my... my iwi."
Steve's eyes went wide. It
hadn't even occurred to him that
Ed might make that
connection. Joshua had
been gasping an awful lot.
"Oh, Ed..."
Steve leaned over the side of
the tub and wrapped his arms
around his beloved Ed who had
begun to sob again.
"Oh, darling. My
darling..." Steve cooed as he
stroked Ed's hair. "I love
you so."
Steve knew there was really
nothing more he could say.
He could only be there.
*~*~*
Thursday,
March 31st
2022
By the
following
morning, Ed
was feeling
much
calmer.
Though it made
him a little
nervous, he
took Steve to
the cute
outdoor cafe
for a
breakfast of
scones, fruit,
and marmalade
with
tea.
After that
they visited
the Met where
Steve oohed
and aahed over
the art.
Then they made
their way to
Central Park
for a
stroll.
Steve had
insisted they
have hotdogs
from a cart
for lunch
because it was
a "New Yorky"
thing to do.
Then, a little
after 5:00, Ed
escorted Steve
back to their
hotel.
"I wish I
could go with
you," Steve
murmured as he
combed Ed's
windswept
hair.
"Wish you
could, too,
love.
But unless
you've
developed the
ability to
make yourself
invisible..."
Steve
chuckled.
"No. Not
yet, anyway."
Ed smiled.
Steve pulled a
few strands of
Ed's hair back
and put it
into a
ponytail then
secured the
star barrette.
"Just wanna
listen in for
a bit.
See if I can
figure out
Joshua's...
capacity?"
"Yes, good
idea."
Ed turned
around and
hugged Steve.
"I'll be all
right.
Last night was
just a
shock.
Being so close
to him a-and
watching that
and being
reminded of...
everything."
"I know,
darling."
Ed caressed
Steve's cheek
as he accepted
a kiss to the
forehead.
"I'll bring
dinner back
with me."
"I'll be
looking
forward to
it."
Steve flashed
Ed a smile.
Ed rose,
planted a kiss
amongst
Steve's curls,
and then
disappeared.
*~*~*
The evening
was
illuminating.
Joshua was
definitely
fully aware of
who he was and
who everyone
around him
was.
When JenniAnn
had playfully
grumbled about
Andrew leaving
his dirty
socks on the
floor, Joshua
had jested
that he could
temporarily
demote the
angel of death
to the "angel
in charge of
collecting the
unpaired
socks" for a
couple of
weeks.
JenniAnn had
declined the
offer.
And if that
hadn't clued
him in,
listening to a
twenty minute
conversation
between Joshua
and a young
girl named
Amala
had.
She'd quizzed
Joshua all
about the
fashion of his
day and he'd
answered every
question,
throwing in
references to
the Twelve and
others as he
did.
When Amala had
detoured into
questions
about Muslim
dress in the
Middle Ages,
Joshua had
answered those
with equal
certainty.
After an hour,
moving unseen
among the
close-knit
group, Ed had
started to
feel a bit
lonesome and
hid away in
the private
box he'd
discovered
upstairs.
That had been
nice until two
Native
Americans kids
had burst in
and started
making
out. Ed
had skedaddled
then...
wondering to
himself if his
senses were
deceiving
him. Was
the boy an
angel???
Ed continued
to roam the
theatre,
getting a
better sense
of the people
there.
He liked
JenniAnn.
He began to
feel more
hopeful on
that front.
As the theatre
began filling
up with
people... and
because he'd
seen Romeo and
Juliet sneak
back down from
the private
box... Ed
returned
there.
But during Act
II, his
solitude was
once again
interrupted.
By Yehuda.
Yehuda?!
Ed gaped at
him.
Then he
panicked when
he realized
Yehuda was
staring back
at him.
Without saying
a word, Yehuda
left.
Ed let out a
strangled cry.
He hurried out
of the box,
through the
lobby, and
onto the
sidewalk.
Remaining
invisible, he
ran back to
the hotel and
into his and
Steve's room.
"Ed!" Steve
cried as he
materialized.
"What's
wrong?"
"Some...
someone saw
me."
"Who?"
"Yehuda."
Steve looked
at Ed with
confusion.
"Judas," Ed
clarified.
"Judas?!"
Steve
exclaimed.
"Iscariot???"
Ed nodded.
"But... isn't
he in Hell?"
"He was.
But... I'd
heard
rumors..."
"About?"
"That he
left.
Got to
Heaven."
Steve gawked.
"Wow..."
Then he
grinned.
"But that
means...
Oh,
darling...
If Judas was
welcomed back
then... then
surely..."
Ed gave Steve
a half smile.
"Yeah...
hopefully.
But... but now
that he's seen
me...
Him and
Crowley
both...
If they all
think a demon
is skulking
about...
JenniAnn
might... might
turn against
us before we
even get a
word out."
Steve's
expression
faltered.
"Oh..."
Ed sucked in
then slowly
let out a deep
breath.
"We'll figure
it out,
love.
Just... may
need to alter
our plan a
bit.
If... if
they've scared
her then...
well, maybe we
need to lean
into that a
bit."
"Ed..."
Steve
grimaced.
"Not sure I
like the sound
of that."
*~*~*
Friday,
April 1st,
2022
"Hey...
hey, look at
this
guy.
Even looks a
bit like
me.
Looks scary."
Steve glanced
at the image
on the phone
Ed was holding
and frowned.
"He looks sad
and a little
crazy, Ed."
"I'm sad and a
little crazy
sometimes," Ed
replied with a
grin.
Steve wanted
to challenge
that... but
had to admit
it was true.
"Where'd you
find that,
anyway?"
"Was just
scrolling
through
Twitter.
Some guy from
a show called
Our Flag
Means Death.
Sounds weird."
"Isn't that
the pirate
show the guys
have been
watching?"
Ed shrugged.
"Dunno.
Caught my
eye.
Maybe I could
do something
like that with
my eyes.
Wouldn't be
hard."
"I'm just
still not
seeing why
scaring
JenniAnn is
going to help
our case."
"If... if
she's scared
then... then
she'll do as
we say?" Ed
replied.
"I don't like
it, either,
but... surely
they've told
her there's a
demon lurking
about."
"Yes...
I would think
so.
Seems like
pretty
important
information.
If you're
sure."
"I am.
She'll be on
the defense
now,
unfortunately.
Just... need
to pop into a
shop to get
some
make-up.
Then... I saw
an ice cream
parlor a few
blocks
away.
Might be
nice."
Steve smiled.
"That does
sound nice."
Ed squeezed
his hand.
"Be back in a
jif then we'll
go, love."
*~*~*
Steve was
thoroughly
enjoying the
sundae he and
Ed were
sharing when
Ed began to
sputter and
cough.
Alarmed, Steve
pounded on his
back.
"Careful
there,
Ed! Bit
of chocolate
go down the
wrong way?"
Ed shook his
head and met
Steve's
concerned
gaze, his own
eyes wide with
surprise.
"I... I coulda
swore... John
the Baptizer
just ran by
here."
Steve smiled
widely.
"John the
Baptist...
Well, isn't
that
something?
I suppose it's
not entirely
surprising
given...
everything.
Here, have a
sip of water."
Ed obediently
took a sip.
"Better?"
"Yeah."
"Wonderful!"
Ed chuckled
and reached
across the
table to
squeeze his
beloved's
hand.
*~*~*
After
finishing up
with their ice
cream, the two
returned to
Central Park
for a
stroll.
As it neared
time for Ed to
go back to the
theatre for
some last
minute intel,
he squeezed
Steve's hand.
"Let's sit
over there by
the pond for a
bit, love."
"Sounds
lovely."
The two
settled onto a
bank,
side-by-side.
They peered
out at the
serene scene,
welcoming the
break from the
busy city.
"Steve,
I..." Ed
struggled to
speak past the
lump in his
throat.
Steve circled
an arm around
his back,
encouraging
and
strengthening
him.
"I... I feel
hopeful about
tomorrow.
But... if it
should not go
our way...
there are some
things I need
to say."
"Ed, no..."
"Please..." Ed
rested a hand
on Steve's
cheek and set
his forehead
against
his.
"Just in
case."
"O-okay."
"You... are
wonderful,
love.
And you
deserve only
kindness a-and
support and...
and everything
good.
Don't ever,
ever let
anyone make
you think
differently.
I love you,
Steve, with...
with all I
am.
God...
I... I
just...
Words aren't
big
enough.
You are behind
every... every
good thing in
my life over
these past
three
years.
And even in
Hell... if it
comes to
that... I'll
be in
Heaven.
Because...
cause I'll
live in those
memories,
Steve.
I'll cherish
them. I
won't ever,
ever let them
go... won't
let you
go.
Every word...
every touch...
every
kiss..."
Ed brought one
of Steve's
hands to his
heart.
"Here...
It'll all be
here,
love.
Forever.
But..."
Ed peered up
at the
darkening
sky.
"God... if I
can
stay..."
He returned
his gaze to
Steve.
"I... I'll be
by your
side.
Forever.
I'll love you
forever,
Steve... no
matter
what. No
matter where
I... I
am. I...
will... love
you."
He kissed
Steve and let
out a little
sigh as he
melted against
him.
They broke
apart for a
moment only to
come back
together.
Finally, Steve
moved back
just enough to
peer into Ed's
teary gaze.
"I love you,
too, Ed.
More than...
than I've ever
loved
anyone.
More... than I
thought I... I
could
love.
A-and... I'll
never stop
fighting for
us. I
won't let you
go,
either.
Never, ever,
darling...
Never, ever."
The two clung
to each other
and prayed.
*~*~*
Steve peered
over at Ed...
asleep on the
other
bed.
Knowing they
had an early
morning ahead
of them,
they'd
separated the
beds before
turning
in.
While at the
theatre, Ed
had managed to
snag
JenniAnn's
phone after
she'd
distractedly
set it on the
ticket counter
while visiting
with a Superstar
fan. It
had been quite
the
boon.
Surely that
meant she'd
come back to
the theatre
early in the
morning.
Maybe even
alone.
Having
gathered from
overheard
conversations
that she was
an early bird,
Ed and Steve
had decided to
get to the
theatre no
later than
5:00 AM.
Ed would sneak
in invisibly,
disarm the
alarm, unlock
the door, let
him in... and
then they
would wait.
Steve rubbed
at his
forehead.
He wanted so
badly to
believe their
plan would
work
out. But
Ed was still
set on that
horrible
make-up.
And he'd also
brought news
back of
picketers.
Maybe JenniAnn
wasn't going
to be in the
most
understanding
and forgiving
of
moods...
And what if Ed
had been right
about
her? If
she really was
a modern-day
apostle...
wouldn't that
mean she could
expel
Ed?
Steve
shuddered.
He needed to
distract
himself.
He moved onto
the balcony of
their room and
peered up at
the sky.
The moon was
especially
beautiful.
Unbidden, a
passage from The
Chronicles of
Narnia,
much loved in
his childhood,
came to him.
“But
all night,
Aslan and the
Moon gazed
upon each
other with
joyful and
unblinking
eyes.”
A sudden gasp
from inside
the room
caused Steve
to tear his
gaze away from
the majestic
orb.
"Steve...
Steve..."
Steve hurried
over to the
bed furthest
from the
window.
"I'm here,
Ed. I'm
here,
darling," he
murmured,
sitting on the
edge of the
bed and
enfolding the
other man in
his
arms.
"Nightmare?"
Ed nodded
wordlessly
against his
shoulder.
"I'm so
sorry.
And you'd only
just fallen
asleep."
Steve planted
a kiss in Ed's
tangled mane.
"Was the show
harder to
watch
tonight?
Do you want to
talk about
it?"
"No... to
both.
Just... stay
with me?"
"Of course,
Ed."
Steve gave Ed
another
squeeze and
kept his arms
wrapped
tightly around
him.
He closed his
eyes and
prayed that
the following
day would
bring his
beloved peace.
"Steve?"
"Yes,
darling?"
"Shouldn't
have moved the
beds back."
Steve chuckled
and kissed the
top of Ed's
head.
"No. We
shouldn't
have.
But we'll make
due."
He released Ed
so he could
lay back
down.
Carefully,
they managed
to arrange
themselves so
they both fit
on the small
bed.
Maybe it
wasn't the
most
comfortable...
but on the
chance it was
their last
night, at
least they'd
spend it
together.
*~*~*
The
Trial of Ed
and Steve
Saturday,
April 2nd, 2022
JenniAnn
blinked twice.
"I... I
just..."
She shook her
head.
"My God..."
"Do... do you
think Joshua
will hear us
out?" Steve
questioned,
his eyes
filled with
hope.
"Will you help
us?"
Before
JenniAnn could
answer, the
curtains off
stage left
flew
open.
She and Steve
shrieked as
Andrew
barrelled
towards them
and pinned Ed
to the ground.
"Andrew!
Andrew, no!"
JenniAnn
shouted as
Steve
continued to
scream
hysterically.
"What did he
do to you?!"
Andrew yelled.
"I didn't hurt
her, mate!" Ed
cried out.
JenniAnn
watched,
wide-eyed, as
Ed stretched
his foot out
to lightly tap
against
Steve's.
"Oh my
God!
It's like..."
"EVERYONE STOP
SCREAMING!"
Marty
bellowed,
alerting
everyone to
his presence.
And they did.
JenniAnn
resumed
speaking, at a
decent volume,
first.
"Marty...
Hi..."
"That's
Metatron..."
Ed whispered
to Steve.
"What is going
on?" Marty
asked through
gritted teeth
as he moved to
stand in front
of her.
"Oh,
well...
Just got
myself in a
lil bit of a
hostage
situation, I
guess.
But, really,
it's all
good,"
JenniAnn
explained.
"Heard the
most
lovely..."
Her voice
drifted off
when she saw
that Andrew
looked like
all the color
had drained
from his
face.
"Oh
love...
Come
with
me." She
held her hand
out.
"Now."
Ed watched in
amazement as
the angel of
death's face
began to
soften along
with his grip
on his shirt.
Andrew moved
away from Ed
and towards
JenniAnn.
He took her
hand.
Steve
scrambled to
reclaim his
place beside
his boyfriend.
JenniAnn led
Andrew
backstage...
presumably to
be out of
sight.
And they would
have been if
not for a
large practice
mirror that
reflected
everything.
Ed's eyebrows
quirked
upward.
JenniAnn
motioned
towards a
chair and
Andrew,
obediently,
sat
down.
Then she
straddled his
lap
and...
Ed knew he
shouldn't be
watching.
But he was
transfixed.
They were
so...
close.
JenniAnn
rested her
forehead
against
Andrew's.
She appeared
to be speaking
to him.
He
nodded.
Then they
kissed.
Then his lips
trailed to her
neck and...
"Ed...
Ed, stop
watching!"
Steve elbowed
his arm.
"She's... on
his lap," Ed
whispered.
"Yes, I can
see
that!
But... there's
no reason to
watch two
strangers
do... well...
that.
Especially
when..."
Steve glanced
over at Marty
who was
glaring at
them.
"But...
He's an
angel. A
highly favored
angel and he's
allowed...
that.
And she's...
his make-up
artist.
They're his...
his golden
children.
And..."
Steve quieted.
Ed's eyes
filled as he
turned to look
out towards
the audience
seating.
"They're...
lovers."
"But I thought
you said
things below
the waist
didn't ah...
work."
"Don't.
I didn't mean
sex. I
just
mean..."
Ed snuck
another sly
glance.
"They're
very...
handsy."
"Oh."
In the same
instance, Ed
and Steve
looked to each
other then
quickly
away.
They'd kissed
many times...
countless
times... but
not like that
and if that
was on the
table...
One of the
lobby doors
opened,
interrupting
their
thoughts.
And there he
stood.
Joshua.
His soft gaze
settled on Ed
and Steve for
a few
moments.
The latter
thought...
hoped... he
saw kindness
and even a
touch of
longing there.
Joshua let out
a quick sigh
and rubbed at
his temples.
"Where are
Andrew and
JenniAnn?" he
asked.
A chair
scraped
against the
floor and then
Andrew and
JenniAnn
returned to
the stage.
"We're
here!
G'morning,
Joshua!"
JenniAnn
greeted.
"We, umm, have
a lil bit of a
situation."
"So I see."
Joshua
proceeded down
the aisle.
Steve felt Ed
flinch.
Joshua stopped
walking.
His gaze
traversed the
whole stage.
"Well, looks
like it's a
wonder I'm not
having to
revive anyone
from
overdosing on
sugar," he
teased, waving
towards the
Pop-Tarts
wrappers and
boxes and
chocolate milk
cartons.
"Oh...
Oh...
We'll pick
that
up."
Steve
hurriedly
began to do
so.
JenniAnn
stepped
forward but
Andrew caught
her arm.
"They were
sharing with
me. Only
fair I help
clean up."
Andrew looked
to Joshua who
nodded.
He released
JenniAnn.
The task gave
Ed and Steve a
few moments to
focus on
something else
and at least
begin to calm
down.
"Thanks for
your
hospitality.
I mean if I
had to get
held against
my will... at
least
breakfast
pastries were
involved,"
JenniAnn
jested.
The mirth in
her eyes gave
the two hope.
"Definitely
think the
apple fritter
one was my
favorite."
JenniAnn
smiled then
briefly rested
a hand on each
of
theirs.
"I'll do what
I can.
Promise."
"Thank you,"
Ed choked out
as Steve
clutched his
arm and
nodded.
Once the
clean-up was
finished,
Joshua spoke
again.
"Could someone
please explain
to me why
kidnapping
JenniAnn
seemed like a
good idea?"
"I'd like to
know that,
too," Andrew
added as Marty
nodded.
Ed sucked in
and let out a
deep breath.
"We wanted her
to help
us.
A-andrew,
too.
Loreena's
cousin lives
with us.
In Aotearoa
New
Zealand.
He showed us
the photo
of... of the
two of
you.
That's when I
knew... you
were
back. We
wanted to come
see you.
To... to plead
our
case.
I... I don't
wanna go back
to Hell.
Don't wanna
leave
Steve.
I... I love
him."
"I love him,
too!" Steve
declared,
wrapping an
arm around
Ed's waist.
"How lovely,"
Marty
sneered.
"But how does
that
explain..."
He gestured
towards
JenniAnn.
"Thought
Joshua
might... might
take her word
over
ours. We
saw the
Facebook
photos.
Saw how close
you all
are. For
years.
Were... were
just gonna ask
nicely for
her... her
help.
But
then...
Crowley saw
me. And
Yehuda saw
me.
A-and I
thought they
might tell her
who... who I
was.
What I'd
done.
Turn her
against us
before we...
we even had a
chance to get
her on our
side.
So..."
"So you held
her hostage,"
Andrew cut Ed
off. He
glared at
him.
"You decided
to compel her
to plead your
case."
"I...
we..."
Tears flooded
Ed's
eyes.
He'd mangled
this all up so
badly...
"Can I please
weigh in
here?"
JenniAnn
requested.
Steve thought
he saw a bit
of annoyance
when she
looked at
Andrew and
Marty.
"Please do,"
Joshua
encouraged.
"Okay, yes, it
was a little
scary when the
theatre doors
snapped closed
and the
curtains got
all...
Wait...
How come
Andrew and
Marty got
through the
curtains?"
Ed stared at
his feet.
"Got caught up
in telling our
story.
Forgot to keep
the blocks
up."
"It's all
right,
darling,"
Steve
comforted.
"Aww...
Anyway...
That was about
the extent of
it. Ed
was wearing
dark make-up
and... well, I
knew it was
supposed to
scare
me. But
if someone's
really
scary... they
don't need a
sloppy make-up
job to convey
that.
The other
demons never
did
that.
So... It
actually made
me less
scared,"
JenniAnn
explained.
"It was
actually...
well, kinda
endearing."
Ed looked to
her and gave
her a quick
smile which
JenniAnn
returned.
"Then they
told me their
story.
About how they
met... Ed was
sent to
possess Steve
but...
feelings took
over.
First kiss,
first 'I love
yous'... and
oh... Steve
got so, so
sick with
COVID and..."
JenniAnn's
eyes welled
and she
shuddered.
"Not my story
so I won't
keep going
but... it
moved
me." She
turned to look
at
Andrew.
"I... I know
what it's like
to think
you... you
aren't meant
to be with the
one you love
a-and
yet...
Yours hearts
don't...
refuse to...
know that."
"Laja..."
Andrew pulled
her close and
buried his
face in her
hair.
Joshua smiled
fondly at them
then diverted
his attention
to Steve and
Ed.
He dragged a
hand through
his hair then
nodded.
If this is
what they
wanted... he
would go with
it. He
settled into a
front row
seat.
"All
right.
So... Steve
and Edgar..."
"Edgar?" Steve
interrupted.
He turned to
gape at
Ed.
"Your name is
actually Edgar
and you never
told me?!"
Ed gave him a
sheepish
smile.
"Got all
tongue-tied
when we met is
all.
Only got the
Ed part out
and... and
then... I
liked the way
it sounded
when you said
it. So I
went with
it. Ed
became my
name," he
explained.
"Aww," Steve
and JenniAnn
cooed in
unison.
Joshua
chuckled and
shook his
head.
"So Steve and
Ed...
You want
Andrew and
JenniAnn to
hear you out
and then plead
your case to
me about why
you shouldn't
be separated
and why Ed
shouldn't be
sent back to
Hell,
correct?"
"If we could,
please.
Yes," Steve
answered as Ed
nodded.
"Fine.
Let's go with
your
plan.
You have your
advocates.
Plead your
case," Joshua
directed
before
gesturing for
Marty to come
join him.
On stage, Ed
and Steve
looked to
Andrew and
JenniAnn.
"So do we each
get one of you
or..."
"I've got Ed,"
Andrew
interrupted
Steve.
Ed
frowned.
He thought his
chances were
better with
JenniAnn...
even if he did
understand the
angel's desire
to put as much
distance
between
himself and
his
girlfriend...
wife... was
that allowed
now?...
whatever.
"So... this is
like a trial?"
JenniAnn
checked,
looking back
down to
Joshua.
He nodded.
"If they want
a trial...
they get a
trial."
"Okay..."
JenniAnn
flashed what
she hoped was
an encouraging
smile at
Steve.
"Never been a
lawyer but...
here we go."
"Take five
minutes.
Ed, you need
to familiarize
Andrew with
your case."
"Right.
Okay."
Andrew,
JenniAnn, Ed,
and Steve
formed a
little huddle
on the
stage.
Steve gently
stroked Ed's
back as he
spoke.
"I was born in
1,000
A.D. I
was in
Annunciations.
Then Search
and Rescue
briefly.
Caseworker.
Then... then I
sailed with
the Māori to
Aotearoa.
I became the
principality
of an
iwi.
I... I was so
happy.
With
them.
For hundreds
of
years.
Then in
1836... a... a
man
came. He
sold them
guns.
And... he
spread
disease.
My..."
Steve pressed
a kiss to Ed's
temple when he
was overcome
with emotion.
"His entire
iwi was killed
off, barring a
few who left
before.
He was the
only survivor
because, of
course, he was
an
angel.
His supervisor
and Joshua
tried to
console him
but he, quite
understandably,
I think...
wanted
revenge.
So he drove
the arms
dealer
crazy.
He knows it
wasn't
right.
He does.
But... it
happened.
Unfortunately,
that
financially
ruined the
family and...
and the man's
young daughter
was married
off to save
them. Ed
was
devastated.
So... he was
susceptible
when a demon
named Iggy
coaxed him
away."
"Horrible..."
Andrew rubbed
at his eyes
and shook his
head. He
thought of
Takoda, of his
anger when
he'd first
arrived in
Dyeland.
How easily he
could have
ended up in
the position
Ed was in.
"Ed didn't do
much.
Minor
mischief.
His... his
heart wasn't
into it.
He never
wanted to hurt
people," Steve
stressed.
"But... he...
he was
isolated in a
lonely cell
with very,
very few
visitors.
He started to
lose
himself.
So he agreed
when Iggy said
he was taking
him to Earth
to possess
someone."
"Knew
something
wasn't
right... or...
or rather was
very right...
from nearly
the first," Ed
picked
up.
"Steve wasn't
supposed to
see me.
But he
could.
A-and when we
touched... my
insides got
all...
funny.
Steve sensed I
didn't have
anywhere to go
so he invited
me to stay
with
him. In
his group
home.
And I did and
I felt...
happy.
First time in
a long, long
time.
But then Iggy
came back
a-and
threatened to
possess Steve
himself and I
panicked.
Went all
demonic with
things flying
about and the
blue light
a-and two of
Steve's
friends tried
to exorcise me
but...
but...
Steve kissed
me a-and...
and then
nothing was
the
same."
Andrew studied
the pair as
they peered at
each
other.
He knew that
look. He
knew it
well. He
squeezed
JenniAnn's
hand.
"We've been
together for
three years
now.
A-and like
JenniAnn
said... nearly
lost Steve
to... to
COVID.
It was... so
awful."
Tears streaked
down Ed's
cheeks.
"Knew after
that... that
we had to
figure this
out.
Can't be
parted for...
for eternity."
"Couldn't even
manage
sleeping in
separate beds
for one
night," Steve
murmured.
"For all of my
early life
I've been told
that who and
what I am
is... is
wrong...
sinful.
Evil
even.
But... with
Ed... I... I
just know it
can't be."
"I am
sorry.
About the way
we did things
this
morning.
Really am," Ed
stressed.
"Just
panicked..."
Andrew dragged
a hand through
his
hair.
While he'd
certainly
never taken
anyone
hostage, his
feelings for
JenniAnn
hadn't always
prompted the
most
reasonable of
behavior.
"All
right.
I've got
it.
Let's do
this."
Ed smiled with
relief and
patted
Andrew's arm.
"Thanks,
mate."
The four rose
to their feet
and turned to
face Joshua
and Marty.
"Laja, you go
first," Andrew
prompted.
"All
right...
Well, having
spent a chunk
of this
morning
hearing Ed's
and Steve's
story... I
believe my
client
deserves to
continue on
living his
life with his
beloved Ed
because what's
shared between
them
exemplifies
true love as
expressed in
the hallowed
words of 1
Corinthians
13.
'Love is
patient.'
They've taken
such great
care of each
other,
Joshua.
Never hurrying
the
other.
Just... just
accepting each
other's love
as it came to
them.
'Love is
kind.'
They're
generous with
each
other.
When one is
struggling,
the other
eases their
burden.
They watch out
for each
other.
'Love does not
envy, it does
not boast, it
is not
proud.'
I mean...
there's good
pride and bad
pride,
right?
In them, I see
only the
former.
They are proud
of the life
they've built
together.
But they're
also
humble.
They care for
each other and
those around
them even when
that means
dealing with
unpleasantness.
They've dealt
with sickness
and all the
mess that
comes with
that.
Steve has
worked hard
and selflessly
for the men
who seek his
aid.
He's advocated
for them,
loved them,
grieved for
them.
And Ed... Ed
devoted years
to living
among his
people.
Working
alongside
them...
suffering
alongside
them.
Though in...
in a different
way, he
carries their
triumphs,
their
struggles
on... on his
skin.
Like... like
you."
Joshua let out
a shaky sigh
and nodded.
"We've all
made
mistakes.
We've all done
things we
regret.
Well, except
for you, of
course."
JenniAnn gave
Joshua an
adoring
smile.
"And Ed does
regret what he
did.
But... I think
whatever
penance he
should have
been made to
fulfill...
It's long
over. At
risk to
himself, he
repeatedly put
the well-being
of Steve and
their friends
above his
own.
And... and I
think that
should count
for
something.
Andrew?"
Before
speaking,
Andrew
embraced
JenniAnn and
kissed her.
"That was
wonderful,
Laja.
You did so
well!
I'm so proud
of you.
Maybe we
should look
into law
school?" he
teased.
JenniAnn
laughed and
caressed his
face.
"Too busy with
kids and my
very handsome
anam cara but
I appreciate
the thought."
Andrew beamed
at her then
looked over at
Ed before
turning his
attention to
Joshua.
"I second
everything my
esteemed
colleague just
said."
JenniAnn
giggled.
"I would also
add that Ed
and Steve took
a considerable
risk in coming
here... one
that I think
shows a lot of
respect for
you,
Joshua.
And even trust
in you...
despite the
struggles
they've faced
in the past...
the spiritual
abuse, even,
that others
have visited
upon
them.
They could
have remained
in
Aotearoa.
They could
have continued
on as they had
been.
They were
happy.
And, yes, they
did have
concerns about
the
future.
But they could
have
prayed.
Could have
stayed in the
comfort of
their own home
and
prayed.
But as soon as
they knew you
were here...
they
came.
They wanted to
see you,
face-to-face.
And I think
that says a
lot after the
nearly two
centuries of
torture,
really, that
Ed faced in
Hell.
And the
rhetoric...
the
judgment...
the alienation
that Steve
faced.
Maybe their
method wasn't
the
best..."
A slight edge
crept into
Andrew's
voice.
"But they were
panicked.
I... I know
what it is
to... to sit
by the bed of
the person
I... I love
with my whole
heart, mind,
body, and
soul.
But to do that
a-and have to
worry about
being
separated for
eternity?"
The angel of
death shook
his
head.
"That I can't
imagine.
So, please,
forgive them
their
sloppiness,
Joshua.
Sometimes love
makes us do
crazy things."
Joshua nodded.
"Thank you for
your opening
statements.
Very well
done."
He
beamed.
"Now... I have
some
questions.
Ed, is it true
that, despite
your issues
with me, you
repeatedly
defended me
when questions
arose amongst
Steve and your
housemates
regarding my
character?"
Brightening,
Ed nodded then
conferred with
Andrew.
"He did,
Joshua.
He didn't want
them thinking
you agreed
with the
homophobic
stuff.
Or that you
hadn't given
him
opportunity to
make things
right."
"Very
good.
Thank
you.
Steve...
You kissed Ed
moments after
learning he
was a
demon.
Did you have
any
hesitation?"
Steve's face
flushed but he
smiled at Ed
before
whispering his
response to
JenniAnn.
"He
didn't.
Ed was
Ed.
Anything else
was beside the
point.
He loved Ed."
Beside Joshua,
Marty groaned.
"It's like a
soppy
movie..."
Joshua patted
his shoulder.
"Thank
you.
Ed... If
you could have
only one word
to describe
these past
three years
what would it
be?"
After a brief
conference,
Andrew spoke.
"Heaven."
Tears welled
in Steve's
eyes.
"Steve, same
question."
Steve
whispered in
JenniAnn's
ear.
"Everything."
"That's..."
Joshua's voice
cracked.
"I appreciate
that.
Thank
you. As
much as I'd
like to hear
what I'm sure
are very
eloquent
closing
statements, I
think it's
best if we
skip to the
judgment
part."
Sensing where
this was
going, Marty
burst up from
his seat.
"He kidnapped
her!" he
bellowed.
"He... he
could have
hurt
her! He
deserves to go
straight back
to..."
Panicked,
Steve rushed
to the front
center of the
stage.
"No!
Please,
no!
If... if
anyone has to
go back to
Hell... send
me. I'm
gay. For
years I... I
thought I was
headed there,
anyway, so..."
"Absolutely
not!" Ed
pushed his way
in front of
Steve,
blocking him
from Joshua
who he glared
at.
"YOUR people
made the...
the kindest
man in the
whole world
think he was
unworthy...
think he... he
had to be
someone he
wasn't.
If you send
him to..."
"No one goes
to Hell for
being queer!"
JenniAnn
screeched as
Andrew wrapped
his arms
around her
waist.
"No one is
going to Hell,
period!"
Joshua shouted
just to be
heard over the
din.
"Everyone...
calm
down!
First..."
He turned to
Marty.
"Jamie,
Vonnie, and
Rhiannon are
coming to the
show this
afternoon.
You are going
to meet with
Jamie... and
Vonnie since
she seems to
be one of the
few people who
you really
talk to...
between
shows.
No more
putting it
off,
Marty.
It's
done.
Got it?"
Chastened,
Marty nodded.
"JenniAnn...
Little bird...
you're
right.
No one goes to
Hell for being
queer.
Please, take a
couple of deep
breaths.
There you
go."
Joshua smiled
gently at her
then turned
his attention
to Ed and
Steve.
"Ed... I
love
you. But
you are
stubborn.
You get a plan
in your head
and that's the
plan.
And sometimes
that serves
you
well.
And sometimes
not. It
didn't serve
you well two
hundred years
ago... and
now... this
whole trial
idea?"
Joshua shook
his
head.
"Didn't you
know I would
have already
made up my
mind?
Didn't you
realize I
already knew
everything?
I created
you.
Both of
you.
I... I know
your thoughts
before you
do. I
know what
you'll feel
before you
feel it.
You're
mine."
Tears slid
down Joshua's
cheeks.
"But since
you're so hung
up on this
trial
theme...
I have
evidence to
present.
Evidence that
was shared
with me via
several
impassioned
Facebook
messages St.
G's received."
Joshua waved
to the screen
above the
stage.
The projector
flickered on
and the screen
descended.
He withdrew a
cell phone,
borrowed from
Violeta, and
pressed a few
buttons.
Steve and Ed
were shocked
when an image
of Ollie and
Jess appeared.
"Move to the
seats,
please.
So you can see
better,"
Joshua
requested.
"Andrew and
JenniAnn, take
Marty into the
office.
He left the
chocolates you
requested
there,
JenniAnn.
Get a few into
him."
Joshua gently
elbowed
Marty.
"You need to
calm down, my
own."
JenniAnn took
Marty by the
hand and, with
Andrew, led
him to the
office.
Joshua began
to play the
video.
"Hey,
so...
Hi."
Ollie
waved.
"It's good to
speak with
you...
Joshua.
Never thought
I'd talk to
you like this
but... here we
are.
Jess and
I... You
know we left
the
Church.
I left the
priesthood.
And I'm
sorry... we're
sorry... if we
disappointed
you.
But... we did
what we had to
do. And
that's what
Steve and Ed
are doing."
"'The greatest
of these is
love,'" Jess
quoted.
"We believe
that.
You said it
and... we
believe
it.
Steve and Ed
love each
other.
So much.
Too much
maybe.
Honestly, I
could do with
a little less
PDA."
Ed and Steve
chuckled.
"But I'll deal
with it, I
guess.
I'd just
really like
for them to
come
back.
Together.
And to stay
together."
"Steve needs
someone to
love... to be
loved by,"
Ollie
pressed.
"And he found
that person in
Ed.
Please don't
separate
them.
Please.
Thank you."
The clip
shifted to one
of Lars,
Demi-John, and
Baptiste.
Accompanied by
Demi-John on
the piano and
Baptiste on
his guitar,
Lars sang.
"'I
come to the
garden alone,
While
the dew is
still on the
roses.
And
the voice I
hear, falling
on my ear,
The
Son of God
discloses.
And
He walks with
me.
And
He talks with
me.
And
He tells me I
am His own.
And
the joy we
share as we
tarry there,
None
other has ever
known.'"
After the song
had finished,
Lars drew in
and let out a
couple of
calming
breaths before
speaking.
"My... my
mommy used to
sing that to
me. I...
stopped
believing when
my family
died. No
one was left
to care for
me. Then
Steve
did.
He... made me
believe in
goodness
again.
In...
you.
Please...
please help
Steve and
Ed. I
don't want Ed
to go
away.
Too many
people I've
loved have
gone away,
Joshua."
With tears in
his eyes, Ed
turned to look
at Joshua who
was openly
weeping.
Karl appeared
next, Tawera
on his
shoulder.
"Right...
Just talk to
'im?
Like he was
right
'ere?
All
right."
Karl peered at
the
camera.
"So you're
real
then?
I'll
be...
Well, Old
Man...
Not sure what
to make of
ye. But
reckon if ye
created all of
my feathered
friends 'ere
then you've
got a lot
goin' for
ye. Ed's
a good
sort.
Helps me with
the
birds.
Never been
unkind to any
of us.
Good with
Steve.
Not like
that..."
The clip cut
off when Karl
began to
curse.
"Sorry about
that...
Oops."
Lucky turned
the camera
around to face
himself.
"Hi!
So... you're
real.
Yay! So
good for
you.
Listen, I'm
sorry about
the times I
said you were
just as real
as
unicorns.
Oh my god...
are unicorns
real?"
"Stay on task,
Lucky," Rocky
directed from
off-screen.
"Right.
Anyway...
Steve and Ed
are
great.
So
great!
And if you
could send
them safely
and happily
back to us...
well, I'd say
I'd become a
priest but we
both know that
would be a
disaster so...
I'll just say
that I'll be
very, very
happy and I'll
pray every
night.
And
morning.
You'll get
sick of
hearing from
me,
really.
It's just...
Josh...
Can I call you
Josh?
Always liked
the name
Josh.
Friendly
sounding.
Well,
anyway...
Josh, they
love each
other.
So much.
It's
embarrassing,
really.
But... I never
had a stable,
two-parent
home and I
know it's not
always all
it's cracked
up to be
but... but
this
one...
It is.
I'd like it
back.
I'd like them
back.
Together.
Please and
thank
you.
Bye!"
The camera
briefly showed
Rocky who
nodded.
"What he
said.
Please and
thanks."
Ant appeared
next. He
only giggled
and looked
into the
camera with a
manic smile,
frantically
waving.
The screen
went black and
then Ant
appeared
again,
somewhat more
calm.
"So pleased
that my cousin
and me could
be part of
this!" he
gushed.
"I hope
Loreena knows
soon.
She will be so
excited!
I'm
excited!
Please forgive
Ed. He's
a good
man.
Really.
Even if he
does eat too
much fairy
toast.
And Steve...
Steve deserves
the
best.
And for him...
that's
Ed. So,
please,
Joshua... let
them be
together.
Thank
you."
There was a
brief pause
and Ant's eyes
welled.
"Love
you.
Miss you."
That time, it
was Steve who
looked over at
Joshua and saw
that he was
crying.
He also
thought he
mouthed "I
love you"
back.
Lastly, Maren
appeared.
"Joshua...
Hi.
Joshua, you
know I love my
ex-husband
more than
anyone
reasonable
could love
their
ex-husband...
But I've known
and loved
Steve since I
was five years
old. And
I've only ever
wanted
happiness for
him.
Once upon a
time, I
thought I
could make him
happy.
But I
couldn't.
But
Ed... Ed
has made him
so incredibly
happy.
He... he
brought back
the Steve I
knew at
five.
The Steve
who... who
loved
himself.
And
Ed... I
mean I'll be
honest with
you because if
I can't be
honest with
you then who
else? If
I didn't have
Dan... and I
love Dan so
much, thank
you... but if
I didn't have
Dan... well,
Steve might
have to fight
me for
Ed. He's
pretty darn
dreamy."
Ed and Steve
chuckled and
hugged each
other.
"Anyway...
just some
things to
consider.
I hope you
do. I
love
you. Bye
for now."
The screen
turned black
for just a
moment before
Maren
re-appeared,
now closer to
the camera and
whispering as
the sounds of
playing
children could
be heard.
"And one last
thing... I
didn't have
actually
fulfilling sex
until I was
twenty seven
years old,
Joshua.
Twenty.
Seven.
And that's
because of all
the bull they
fed me about
you.
So... not sure
if I get any
special sort
of points for
that but if I
do... I'd like
to transfer
them to Ed and
Steve.
Thank you."
"Oh, Maren..."
Steve murmured
fondly.
"God love
her," Ed
added.
"I do," Joshua
responded as
he wiped at
some
tears.
"I love all of
them.
And I love you
both.
And, like I
said before,
my mind's
already made
up. I'd
like to give
my verdict
now. If
it's all right
with you, I
think your
'lawyers'
would like to
be present
when I give
it."
Too nervous to
speak, Steve
could only
nod.
"Yeah, yeah,
we're good
with that," Ed
confirmed.
Andrew and
JenniAnn
stepped back
onto the
stage.
"We were told
to come back
out," the
latter shared.
"Yes.
Thanks.
I'm ready to
give my
verdict."
Joshua turned
to Ed and
Steve.
"I've heard a
lot of
compelling
testimony
today.
And that's
meant so much
to me.
But, more than
that... I was
there.
Alongside you
both for every
moment of
these past
three
years.
I've seen the
love you share
grow and
blossom into
something...
something
that, well,
breaks all the
rules
society...
human,
angelic,
demonic... has
setup.
It's been
beautiful.
And... I want
to continue to
watch that
love
grow.
So... Ed and
Steve, I
sentence you
both to grow
old
together.
At the end of
Steve's life,
Ed will be
remanded to
the custody of
Heaven... to
his own
self... and to
the immortal
soul of
Steve."
As Andrew and
JenniAnn
cheered and
Joshua beamed,
Ed and Steve
collapsed into
each other's
arms, laughing
and crying and
kissing.
Once they had
settled down
at least a
bit, Ed and
Steve ran
towards
Joshua.
Ed embraced
him first then
pulled Steve
in.
"Thank you...
thank you,
Joshua," Ed
enthused.
"I... I don't
have the words
to express..."
"I know,"
Joshua
assured.
"I
know."
He set a hand
on their
shoulders and
peered into
their
eyes.
"You are my
beloved sons
in whom I am
well pleased."
Ed squeezed
Joshua's hand
and kissed it
then stepped
back, leaving
room for Steve
to collapse
into Joshua's
waiting arms.
"I love you,
Steve.
I've always,
always loved
you and I'm so
sorry you were
given reason
to doubt
that," Joshua
soothed as he
gently patted
the man's back
as he sobbed.
After a few
moments, Ed
spoke.
"So... what am
I now?
Am I still a
demon just...
okay?"
Joshua smiled
and shook his
head.
"You've not
been a demon
for two years,
Ed."
Steve lifted
his head from
Joshua's
shoulder.
"Wh-what?"
"Ed's been
a... let's
just say a
free agent
since the
night you
almost died,
Steve.
When Azrael
was there... I
sent my power
through
him. I
severed the
bonds between
Ed and Hell."
Wide-eyed, Ed
shook his
head.
"Was that why
Iggy couldn't
see me?"
"In
part. I
also hid you
from him."
"Like Ollie
said..." Steve
whispered.
"Yes. I
wanted to tell
you
but...
You were
living your
life as you
wanted to,
anyway.
So I waited to
tell
you.
Until you came
to me.
But now... now
you have a
choice to
make.
From this
moment on, you
are once again
an angel,
Ed. But
whether you
remain that
way..."
Joshua smiled
and shrugged
his
shoulders.
"That's up to
you.
Although I
would urge you
to take your
time in making
your
decision... a
few months at
least.
After that
time... Ed,
you can decide
if you'd like
to remain an
angel, living
alongside
Steve as
Andrew lives
alongside
JenniAnn,
or... you can
become
human.
It's never
happened
before but...
your Mother,
the Spirit,
and I want you
to have that
option.
So... think
about
it. No
rush."
Joshua patted
Steve's back
once more
before
releasing him.
"Human..."
Steve marveled
before moving
into Ed's
waiting arms.
"I... I don't
know what to
say.
I..." Ed
reached out
for Joshua's
hand.
"Thank
you. I
will think
about
it.
But... but in
the meantime,
I'm glad...
overjoyed...
to be your
angel again,
Joshua.
And... and
to..."
He peered at
Steve then
rested his
cheek against
his hair.
"I know,"
Joshua
assured.
"I know.
But
now...
The rest of
the cast and
crew will be
coming soon to
get ready
so... I
think the two
of you should
get some rest
and relaxation
in Asteriana,
where Andrew
and JenniAnn
live. I
have just the
accommodations
in mind.
I'll have your
things packed
and
transferred."
"They'll be in
Asteriana...
unsupervised?"
Marty
questioned
from the stage
which he'd
quietly snuck
onto before
the verdict.
Joshua sighed.
"No,
Marty.
Not
unsupervised."
Two figures
stepped out
from the
curtains to
stand near
Marty.
"We'll be
there."
Ed gasped as
he looked upon
Azrael and
Hahana.
He squeezed
Steve's hand.
"Steve,
love...
I... I want to
introduce
you."
Steve nodded
and followed
Ed onto the
stage.
"This... this
is
Azrael.
He was there
the night you
almost
died.
And this...
this is my old
supervisor.
Hahana,
principality
of all
Aotearoa."
"Rawiri..."
Hahana gave Ed
a tearful
smile then,
when he
approached,
she pressed
her forehead
and nose
against
his.
"Welcome back,
dear."
Ed smiled at
her and sighed
with
contentment.
Azrael rested
a hand on
Steve's
shoulder.
"Good to see
you
again.
You look so
much better."
Steve
chuckled.
"Thank
you.
Wouldn't take
much from what
I
hear...
Thank you,
Azrael.
For being with
Ed when...
when all that
was
happening."
"It was my
honor.
Truly."
JenniAnn and
Andrew joined
the group on
stage with
Joshua.
"Well...
We probably
have at least
a half hour
before things
start up
here.
Why don't we
show you the
portal to
Asteriana, get
you settled,
and then
Andrew,
Joshua, Marty,
and I will
come back
while you two
get some much
deserved
rest?"
JenniAnn
suggested.
"Yeah...
Yeah, let's do
that," Ed
agreed.
"Thank you...
All of you for
your kindness
and
understanding
and..."
Steve hugged
JenniAnn.
"Thank
you. I'm
sorry I was
snappy about
the make-up."
JenniAnn
laughed.
"All's
forgiven.
I woulda been
miffed, too,
if someone had
their hands
all up in
Andrew's
face."
"Okay...
You can
explain that
to me later,"
Andrew kidded
before
pressing a
kiss into
JenniAnn's
hair.
The group was
halfway to the
blue room when
Ed suddenly
froze.
"The house...
the
guys...
Will word get
to Hell
that... that
I've... what's
the opposite
of fallen?"
"Risen,"
Joshua replied
with a
smile.
"And don't
worry.
I've got the
house and the
guys taken
care of."
Unsure what
that meant but
content in
knowing Joshua
had everything
under control,
Ed and Steve
smiled at each
other.
*~*~*
"It's barely
after 4:00 in
the
morning!
Some people
need their
beauty sleep!"
Lucky grumbled
as he made his
way to the
front door
after hearing
the bell.
Behind him,
Rocky let out
an
unintelligible
groan.
Lucky flicked
on the porch
light and
peered out.
"My
God...
Oh... my...
God..."
Shocked into
wakefulness,
Rocky hurried
to see what
had set Lucky
off.
Two men with
shining swords
and shields
stood on the
front
porch.
Unbelievably,
both were
wearing
jeans.
One sported a
"Love is love"
T-shirt while
the other wore
a rainbow
tie-dyed
hoodie.
"Hey
there!
Joshua sent
us," the "Love
is love" man
called.
Lucky
scrambled to
unlock and
open the door.
"Who are..."
"Sergius...
this is my
soul mate,
Bacchus.
We're
fourth-century
martyrs and
soldiers.
Joshua thought
it might be
good for us to
hang out here
until Ed and
Steve come
back.
Just in case."
As Rocky
gaped, Lucky
nodded.
"Uh huh...
Okay...
Come on
in. Love
your shirts."
"Thanks!"
Serge smiled
at Lucky then
waved Bach in
ahead of him.
"So... Ed and
Steve...
they're good?"
Rocky asked
once the power
of speech had
been returned
to him.
"Oh yeah,
totally.
Met with
Joshua.
Everything
went
great.
Ed's an angel
again.
There are some
specifics to
be sorted
later but
Joshua signed
off on him and
Steve growing
old
together.
It was all
very sweet
from what I
hear," Bach
reported.
Lucky and
Rocky clasped
hands then
wept in each
other's
embrace as all
their worries
for their
friends
dissipated.
*~*~*
After
receiving a
quick tour of
Dyeland City
and a promise
of a more
thorough one
later, Steve
and Ed had
been escorted
to the Aurora
Mist.
Azrael and
Hahana had
promised
they'd be
nearby if they
needed
anything but
the couple
were left
alone on the
ship to
process
everything
that had
happened.
Steve and Ed
stared out at
the ocean for
several
moments before
the former
spoke.
"What are you
thinking?"
Ed smiled
briefly at
Steve to relax
him.
Then his gaze
returned to
the water.
"About my
decision.
Our decision."
Steve shook
his head.
"Your
decision.
This... it's
your... your
life... your
identity!" he
protested.
"But whatever
I choose... it
impacts both
of us."
"Yes..."
Steve stared
down at his
hands which
were nervously
running along
the
railing.
"Are you...
leaning in a
particular
direction?"
"Maybe."
"And
that's..."
"Never was
really close
to any other
angels.
Nice enough,
of
course.
Just… never
hit it
off. Did
better with
humans.
And so…
everyone I
ever loved
died.
Even
Joshua.
Not Mother, of
course.
I’d miss
her. But
I’ve not seen
Her in two
hundred
years.
What’s another
few
decades?
Maybe… maybe
I’m meant to
experience
what all my
people did…
what Joshua
did… what you
will.”
Ed shuddered
and Steve
gripped his
hand.
“Not scared of
dying… scared
of being left
behind.”
"Ed..."
"I... I just
hope I go
first."
A tear
trickled down
Ed's cheek
before lodging
in his
beard.
It was soon
joined by
another.
"Ed..." Steve
repeated as he
embraced
him.
"You... you
sound like
you've already
made up your
mind."
"And if... if
I had?"
"I would
support
you. I
would stay by
you.
Either
way. For
as long as I
could."
Steve curled
his fingers
into Ed's hair
and kissed him
gently before
resting his
forehead
against his.
"I love
you. I
love Ed.
I loved Ed the
demon. I
love Ed the
angel.
And I would
love Ed the
human.
Because you're
always
Ed.
That's all
that matters
to me."
"Love... love
you, too," Ed
murmured
before resting
his head on
the other
man's
shoulder.
"So tired
suddenly..."
"It's been a
day!
Kidnapped a
girl, almost
got knocked
out by an
angel of
death,
reunited with
Jesus...
Ah and
Metatron was
there."
Ed laughed as
he brushed his
thumb against
Steve's
smiling lips.
"So, yes,
let's get you
settled.
I believe
JenniAnn said
the captain's
quarters were
just down this
way..."
The two made
their way
below deck and
examined their
surroundings.
"And there are
our
bags!
Just like
Joshua
said.
And... ah..."
"One bed," Ed
noted.
"Yes, well,
you should lay
down.
I'll make us
some nice cups
of chamomile
and then
figure
out..."
Steve looked
around.
He supposed a
nearby settee
would be
comfortable
enough.
Ed gripped his
hand.
"Stay... with
me?
In... in
the..."
He waved
towards the
bed.
"Oh...
Well..."
Steve's face
flushed.
He remembered
Andrew and
JenniAnn and
the
mirror.
And then he
remembered
they'd been
sent there by
God Himself...
God who knew
every lily of
the field and
every
sparrow.
He knew the
contents of
the Aurora
Mist. He
knew them and
how they were.
Steve hugged
Ed.
"Of course,
love."
Ed smiled.
"Thank you."
"As if it's a
sacrifice,"
Steve replied
with
tenderness.
"Now, you get
settled and
I'll be right
back with that
tea."
Ed nodded and
watched Steve
pop into the
kitchenette
they'd been
told was next
door. As
he listened to
the man hum,
he got into
his overnight
bag and pulled
out the red
silk pajamas
Steve had
bought him for
Christmas.
He loved the
way the
material felt
against his
skin... and
how it smelled
like the
lavender soap
Steve had
insisted they
put in their
bags to
"freshen
things up a
bit!"
Once changed,
Ed settled
into a chair
situated in
front of a
mirror and
brushed out
his
hair. As
he did, he
peered at his
reflection.
He truly
looked like
his old
self... the
self who had
been happy in
Aotearoa for
hundreds of
years.
The years with
Steve were
literally
imprinted on
his skin which
was no longer
sallow and dry
as it had been
when he'd
first exited
Hell.
The dark
circles under
his eyes had
long since
disappeared.
He looked like
an angel
again... had
for a good
while.
The reunion
with Joshua...
his embrace...
it had made Ed
long for his
Mother in a
way he hadn't
allowed
himself to for
hundreds of
years.
And
yet...
With a twinge
of guilt Ed
realized that
he wanted to
remain with
Steve more
than he wanted
to go
Home. He
could have
both.
Andrew had
both.
But...
Ed set down
his brush and
made his way
to the
bed.
He'd just slid
under the
blankets when
Steve returned
with a tray
bearing two
cups.
"Comfy?" he
asked.
"Very," Ed
confirmed.
"Can't wait
then."
Steve's face
flushed as he
set the tray
down on a
bedside
table.
Despite the
years he and
Ed had spent
sharing a bed,
it felt
different...
more
special...
knowing Joshua
approved.
"I'll just go
change and be
back in a
jiffy!"
"Good."
Ed smiled over
the rim of his
mug.
Seven
sugars.
Just like he
liked.
Steve returned
swiftly
wearing his
own silk
pajamas...
turquoise for
him, a gift
from Ed.
"Well,
then...
It's a bit
small
but..."
Steve shimmied
into the bed.
Ed curled
against him
and rested his
head on
Steve's left
upper chest.
"This... this
is nice,"
Steve
murmured.
"Mmm
hmm." Ed
tilted his
head back to
smile
contentedly at
Steve.
Steve returned
his smile then
gently kissed
the top of
Ed's head
before he
resumed softly
humming.
Ed began to
drift to
sleep, lulled
by the music
and Steve's
hand gently
brushing over
his hair.
And then he
recognized the
melody.
He couldn't
remember the
artist.
But he knew
the
song.
"'Let's Get
Married,'" he
announced.
Steve
startled.
"Uh..."
Ed laughed.
"The
song.
The song you
were
humming.
'Let's Get
Married.'"
Steve
chuckled.
"Oh!
Yes! By
Mitski.
Yes, it
is.
Baptiste
turned me onto
her
music. A
cover, I
think."
Ed gripped
Steve's free
hand.
"We... we
could.
Get
married.
If I was
human."
Steve froze.
"Yes...
But we could
also have what
Andrew and
JenniAnn have
if you remain
an angel."
"Mmm.
Yeah.
Spose
so.
Seems
nice.
But...
JenniAnn's
asexual."
"How do you
know that?"
"Saw her
ring.
Purple, white,
gray, and
black
together.
Plus... the
way she got
upset when she
was pleading
your case at
the end
there.
She's
definitely
queer."
"I... I didn't
notice.
Now I feel
bad.
Poor girl."
"Had a lot on
your
mind. We
both did."
"Yes..."
They were
silent for a
few moments
before Ed
spoke again.
"I... don't
want you to
give that up."
"Hmm?"
Steve, who was
beginning to
tire himself,
wasn't
following.
"Umm...
marital
relations.
You... never
really got to
enjoy that."
"Ed..."
Steve shook
his
head.
"Don't let
that sway
you.
Please.
I'm happy with
what we
have... with
just knowing
that we get to
keep what we
have!"
Ed's gaze
faltered.
"Would you...
not want to?"
"Oh,
Ed..."
Steve wondered
for the
hundredth time
how someone so
ancient and
strong could
look so
vulnerable.
He lifted Ed's
chin.
"Of course I
would. I
love
you.
Under
different
circumstances,
I would love
to marry
you... and all
that
entails.
But it's a big
sacrifice!
Your health...
your
life...
Once you're
human, all
bets are off."
"I... I know."
Steve brushed
some hair
behind his
ears.
"I know you
do,
darling.
Let's... let's
just sleep on
it?
Maybe... maybe
we could talk
more to
Joshua.
Get more
information.
And...
oh! You
could talk to
Andrew.
Feel him
out. See
how he likes
sort of having
the best of
both
worlds.
And besides...
Joshua said
you have
months to
decide.
So let's not
rush into
anything.
Hmm?"
Ed smiled and
nodded.
"Yeah.
Yeah, that
sounds good."
"Good!
Now..."
Steve took one
more sip of
tea before
sinking down
into his
pillow.
He smiled when
Ed adjusted,
still resting
his cheek on
his upper
chest.
"Sleep well,
darling."
"Night,
night."
"Love you."
"Love you,
too."
And then, to
the sound of
the gentle
waves, the two
fell asleep in
each other's
arms.
When the two
awoke, it was
to a string of
text messages
from JenniAnn.
So
sorry we won't
be able to
make it back
in between
shows!
The crowd at
the afternoon
show lingered
for quite a
while and we
had to go
right into
prep for the
evening
show. I
feel like a
bad hostess!
If you're
hungry, we do
have snack-y
stuff in the
kitchen there
on the
ship.
But you should
probably have
actual food
after the
Pop-Tarts
smorgasbord.
To that end,
our friends,
Isolde and
Marco, would
love to host
you for
dinner.
Map attached
with their
#. Or
you can head
to the castle
and Azrael
will show you
to the
kitchen.
Help
yourselves.
Joshua says
that... only
if you want...
you're welcome
to come to the
show
tonight.
We'll put you
in the private
box. He
knows Steve
didn't get to
see the
Resurrection.
It's really
nice but
that's totally
up to
you. We
understand if
you don't feel
up to it.
Update: You
don't have to
stay for the
show but if
you could pop
by... Crowley
is driving me
insane.
He's really
quite mad I
knew Ed was
around and
didn't say
anything.
Ed
chuckled.
"Sweet
girl.
Are you okay
with that?"
"Of
course!
I'd love for
you to reunite
with your old
friend!" Steve
affirmed.
"And we owe it
to
JenniAnn.
Honestly...
she has no
reason to feel
any
guilt. I
don't think
one generally
owes their
captors any
sort of
hospitality..."
"I think the
rules are a
bit different
with
them.
Spose it makes
sense with
Joshua
around...
The seventy
times seven
thing and
all."
"Yes...
Seems like
they actually
believe the
things he
said.
Unlike some
Christians,"
Steve murmured
with a hint of
bitterness.
Ed pressed a
kiss to
Steve's
temple.
"In any
case... what
would you like
to do for
dinner,
darling?"
"Spose we
should go meet
her
friends?
I don't want
to cause
offense by
turning down
an
invitation.
Then... did
you want to
stay for the
show or just
meet Crowley?"
"If you're up
for it... I
would like to
see the
Resurrection."
"Course."
Ed smiled at
Steve.
"It'll be
easier
now. Now
that
everything's
put
right.
Now that we
can talk to
him after."
Steve returned
Ed's smile and
caressed his
cheek.
"Yes, I think
so, too."
Ed rested his
forehead
against
Steve's and
his eyes
welled.
"Still hard to
believe... I
had so much
hope but I was
also so
worried but
now... we're
safe,
love.
I'm... free."
Steve buried a
hand in Ed's
hair, cradling
the back of
his head and
nodded.
"We... we
are. You
are."
The two kissed
then smiled at
each other.
"Now...
I'll connect
with Isolde
and
Marco.
How about you
get on my
computer and
try to reach
someone back
home?" Steve
suggested.
"We need to
thank them for
their
testimony
and... I'd
just love to
see
them.
Should be
around 8:00 in
the
morning.
Most of them
should be up."
"Good plan,"
Ed agreed.
Within a few
minutes, Steve
had dinner
plans sorted
and Ed was
connecting
them to Ollie.
"Hey!
Look at the
two of
you! You
look great!"
Ollie greeted.
Jess nodded
beside him.
"You do look
very relaxed."
Ed smiled at
Steve then
nodded.
"Feel
relaxed.
Everything
went really
well.
Thank you
both... and
everyone...
for those
messages you
sent.
Joshua shared
them with us
and... meant a
lot." Ed
brushed at a
tear rolling
down his
cheek.
"So
much!
And I could
tell how
touched Joshua
was. I
hope you all
get to meet
him.
Oooh and I met
the angel of
death who was
with me that
night in the
hospital.
Nice chap!"
Steve
shared.
"And, of
course, Joshua
is... is
everything one
would hope for
him to
be.
Definitely
patient... I'm
afraid we were
all a bit
much."
Ollie
chuckled.
"No!
Surely not!"
Ed grinned.
"Wasn't even
just us.
Emotions were
running pretty
high with
another angel
of death and
JenniAnn and
even
Metatron.
He's... not
very fond of
me. But
I'll work on
that."
Steve gave Ed
a squeeze to
encourage him.
"How are
things there?"
Steve asked.
Jess laughed.
"Umm...
They're
great.
Just very..."
"Is that
Lucky?" Ed
asked when he
saw someone
run behind
Ollie and
Jess.
"Ed!" Lucky
cried.
"And
Steve!"
He forced
himself
between the
couple on the
couch.
"Oh!
Look at you
two! You
look so good!"
"You look...
sweaty," Steve
replied.
"Oh that..."
Lucky
laughed.
"So your
Joshua has two
4th century
martyrs
babysitting
us.
Roman soldier
guys.
And they were
like 'You
should always
start your
morning with
exercise.
Let's go for a
run.'
And we were
like 'We don't
do
that.'
And they were
like 'But you
should.'
And so then we
were all
'We'll do
Dance Dance
Revolution but
that's
it.' And
they said
'Okay but
what's
that?'
So we showed
them and they
are very, very
into it and
very, very
competitive.
I just ran
down here to
get another
pitcher of
water but I
need to get
back upstairs
or my team
will
lose!"
Lucky blew
kisses then
bounded up and
out of the
frame.
"Fourth
century
martyrs?" Ed
questioned.
"Serge and
Bach.
They were
Christian
converts in
the Roman
army," Ollie
informed.
"Once they
were found
out, they were
tried and
convicted.
Bach was
killed first
and his spirit
appeared to
Serge to
encourage him
to remain
strong so
they'd be
together in
Heaven.
And he did
until he was
martyred,
too.
Definitely
still
together,
though.
And good
dancers,
apparently."
"Big deals in
the queer
Christian
community,"
Jess added.
Steve shook
his head in
amazement.
"Well... I'll
be. I
hope we get to
meet
them. We
don't want to
interrupt the
guys' game and
Ed and I need
to get ready
for dinner and
the show
tonight but
we'll connect
again soon."
"Sounds
good!"
Ollie beamed
at the two of
them and
hugged Jess'
shoulder.
"We're really
all so happy
for you!"
"Thrilled.
I'm so looking
forward to not
having to deal
with your
angst," Jess
teased.
Ed stuck out
his tongue but
smiled.
"Talk
soon.
Love you
both.
Please give
our love to
all the guys."
"And Maren,
too, when you
check in with
her which I'm
sure you
will.
Please," Steve
added.
"Will
do! Have
fun! Bye
for now!"
Ollie and Jess
waved before
ending the
call.
In unison, Ed
and Steve let
out happy
sighs then
embraced.
*~*~*
"And then
Joshua cured
us and soon
after Bram
came along,"
Marco shared,
beaming at
Isolde as they
sat around
their table
eating lasagna
and
breadsticks.
"And in a few
months he's
going to have
a little
brother or
sister,"
Isolde added,
patting her
still small
belly.
"Oh!
Congratulations!
How
wonderful!"
Steve
gushed.
"And I have to
say again...
this is the
best lasagna
I've ever
eaten."
"It really
is," Ed
agreed.
"And
congratulations
on the little
one." He
smiled at Bram
who was in his
lap, having
zeroed in on
Ed as soon as
he'd walked
through the
door.
"You ready for
a little
brother or
sister, hmm?"
he asked.
Bram nodded
agreeably.
"I big boy
now."
Ed chuckled.
"Yes.
Yes, I can see
that.
It'll be fun
to have a
brother or
sister, won't
it?
Teach them all
sorts of
things..."
Steve smiled
tenderly at
Ed. He
thought back
on that first
morning with
Ed at the
house, about
him sharing
his happiest
memory.
His little
namesake.
Bram slid off
of Ed's knee
and held his
hand out.
"Come see
bun-bun."
"Bram!
Let Ed finish
his
dinner.
Then you can
introduce him
to your
bunny."
"I'll eat
fast," Ed
promised with
a wink before
smiling at
Isolde and
Marco.
"You know, I
work with some
bunnies.
And dogs and
cats.
Even had a
couple of
lizards."
"Ooh..."
Ed proceeded
to regale
little Bram
with stories
about the
animals at the
shelter and
about Kiri and
Ihaka, much to
the boy's
delight.
Steve let out
a little sigh,
his awe over
his
boyfriend's
gentleness and
beauty
renewed.
*~*~*
"Oh,
yay!
Welcome back!"
JenniAnn
greeted Ed and
Steve with
hugs after
Azrael led
them to St.
G's office.
"Thank
you."
Steve smiled
warmly at
her. "We
didn't know if
we should go
straight to
the private
box or..."
"You're fine,"
a voice
interrupted.
Ed and Steve
turned around
to find Andrew
had entered
the office.
Ed gulped and
moved back a
few paces.
Andrew
chuckled and
clapped him on
the back
before
standing
beside
JenniAnn.
"Relax.
It's been made
very clear to
me that if I
cause the two
of you any
trouble I can
make myself
comfortable on
the couch
tonight."
JenniAnn
grinned.
"I can be
manipulative
when I need to
be," she
kidded,
squeezing
Andrew's
hand.
"Anyway,
Joshua is
taking a quick
breather in
the grotto
with...
Oh, here they
come."
A few moments
later, the
door leading
from the
parking lot
opened.
Waved through
by Joshua,
Crowley
entered
followed by
Yehuda.
A lump formed
in Ed's throat
and soon tears
welled.
"Edgar..."
Yehuda stepped
forward first
and clasped
the angel's
hands.
"It's so very
good to see
you
here.
I've hoped you
would find
your way back
to Joshua...
just as I
have."
Too overcome
to speak, Ed
could only
nod.
Behind him,
Steve gently
stroked his
back.
"Hullo there,
Edgar.
Or I hear it's
Ed now?"
Crowley
checked.
"Mmm
hmm."
The tears
trickled down
Ed's cheeks
and into his
beard.
Crowley only
stared for a
few moments
before his
face crumpled
and he pulled
Ed into a hug.
"Knew you
didn't belong
there.
Never did,"
Crowley choked
out. "So
ssssssorry I
disappeared.
It all... it
happened
ssssso quick
and..."
Ed shook his
head.
"No. No,
I
understand."
He turned away
briefly just
to smile at
Steve.
"I understand
how it
is. You
had someone
who... who
needed you."
Crowley
nodded.
"A-and I
needed him."
"Yeah."
Crowley gave
Ed another
squeeze then
stepped back
and smiled at
Steve.
"So introduce
us, hmm?" he
requested.
"Yeah!
Course!"
Ed swiped at
his tears then
looped an arm
around Steve's
waist.
"This is Steve
Thomas, my
boyfriend of
three
years.
I... I love
him so
much.
Steve, this is
Crowley and
Yehuda."
"I... I...
just...
wow..."
Steve blinked
and shook his
head.
"So wonderful
to meet
you. I'm
so glad Ed had
you both to
talk to.
I'm just...
wow..."
Ed chuckled
and kissed
Steve's cheek.
"Steve studied
to be a pastor
so I think the
whole Bible
characters
turning up all
around him
thing is a
little
disorienting."
"A lot
disorienting.
But so
wonderful."
Steve reached
for Yehuda and
rested a hand
on his
arm. "So
pleased to
learn that
you're okay."
Yehuda patted
his hand and
beamed.
"Better than
okay."
He smiled back
at Joshua who
was patiently
waiting by the
door.
Crowley
squeezed Ed's
shoulder.
"I need to get
my make-up and
hair refreshed
but..."
He looked to
JenniAnn.
"We're going
to have a big
Sunday
breakfast
tomorrow at
the
castle.
I've invited
Crowley and
Yehuda.
And you could
meet
Aziraphale!
And Joshua
will be there,
of
course.
Azrael, you
and Hahana,
too, if you
want. Ed
and Steve,
we'd love to
have you if
you're
interested?"
she invited.
"Oh, well... I
think we would
love that!"
Steve
gushed.
"Ed?"
"Will it upset
Met... Marty?"
Ed questioned.
Joshua shook
his head.
"Marty is
taking some
much needed
time off,
staying with a
friend in
Wales. I
think it would
be great if
you both
joined us."
Ed smiled and
nodded.
"Then we'll be
there.
Thank you,
JenniAnn.
And Andrew."
"You're
welcome!"
JenniAnn
chirped.
"Azrael, could
you please
show them to
their box
before people
start pouring
in?"
"Happily."
Azrael smiled
at Ed and
Steve then led
them to the
entrance to
the private
box.
Once they were
there, he
turned to
Ed. "I
have a
question..."
"Yeah?" Ed
replied,
slightly
nervous.
"Last night
Crowley
thought he
sensed
something
during the
show.
But we checked
here.
Where were
you?"
Ed smiled
sheepishly.
"I was, umm,
sort of
straddling the
grotesque on
this wall over
here."
He pointed to
the
left.
"Not the whole
time.
Just when I
heard someone
coming, I
crept
out..."
Ed leaned out
of the box's
opening.
"And... and
onto
that.
Figured no one
would see me
with the stage
lights."
Azrael
laughed.
"God love you,
Ed."
A smile lit up
Ed's face.
"Spose She
does."
Azrael smiled
and nodded
before
clapping Steve
and Ed on
their backs
and leaving
them alone.
The two
settled into
their chairs
and Steve
clasped Ed's
hand.
"I hope you
get to see Her
soon.
Your Mother,"
Steve
murmured.
"Maybe," Ed
replied
hopefully.
"But even if
not... I
know She's
with me.
With us."
"Yes, She is,"
Steve affirmed
before
planting a
kiss on the
top of Ed's
head.
*~*~*
After the
show, Azrael
ensured Ed and
Steve got back
to the Aurora
Mist where
they
discovered the
Crocettis had
delivered some
leftovers in
case they
needed a bite
to eat.
"They're just
all the
sweetest
people," Steve
marveled as he
nibbled on
some biscotti.
"You reap what
you sow.
Like Jess
said."
Ed squeezed
his
boyfriend's
shoulders
before
nuzzling his
hair.
"Yes... but
it's still a
little
surprising
given how we
started the
day."
"It is.
But also
not.
Joshua brings
out the best
in
people.
Speaking of...
are you glad
we saw the
entire show?"
"Oh yes!
I was so
pleased they
added the
Resurrection!
Normally, the
show doesn't
have one which
left me
feeling so sad
the few times
I saw
it. But
this
production was
magnificent!
I am sorry we
didn't see
Loreena
perform that
though the
other girl was
wonderful,
too."
"Ivy.
She's
Zeke's...
Judas'...
daughter-in-law."
"Oh
really?
They all seem
very
connected."
"They
are.
When I was
trying to
gather
information, I
felt like I
needed a chart
to keep track
of everyone
and their
relationships."
Ed began to
brush out his
hair, pacing
around the
quarters as he
did.
"From what
I've
gathered...
Violeta, who
played
Joshua's
mother, is
Andrew's and
JenniAnn's
oldest
daughter of
sorts.
She's also an
angel but...
very
young.
Max, who
played Simon
the Zealot, is
their
oldest.
He's married
to Rose, one
of the
dancers.
They have a
boy and a
girl.
Shelby,
another of the
chorus
members, is
Andrew's and
JenniAnn's
middle
child.
Very close
with
Violeta.
Then they have
two little
ones I never
saw because
they were at
home. I
figure we'll
meet them
tomorrow.
Belle and
Avi."
"I know
JenniAnn said
they were
adopted but...
how do you
suppose?"
Ed shrugged.
"Andrew no
doubt has the
appropriate
paperwork.
They probably
just went
through the
usual legal
means for
adoption."
"Oh.
Interesting.
How lovely for
them."
"Yes.
Lovely."
Steve thought
he heard a bit
of wistfulness
in Ed's voice.
Ed finished
brushing his
hair then
settled into
bed beside
Steve.
"What a
day..." Steve
murmured as he
rested his
head on Ed's
chest.
"Mmm
hmm...
But a good
one."
"Unbelievably
good."
Steve sat up
long enough to
smile at Ed
and kiss
him.
"Good night,
darling."
"Night, night,
love.
Yummy
breakfast in
the morning."
Steve chuckled
as he nestled
back down.
In only a few
minutes, the
ship had
gently rocked
them both to
sleep.
*~*~*
Sunday,
April 3rd,
2022
"And this is
Andrew's and
my
room...
He's so
talented!
I was watching
a movie once
and this girl
had a swing in
her room and I
was enamored
so..."
JenniAnn
pulled a rope
and a swing
descended from
the ceiling.
"How fun!"
Steve praised.
Ed smiled
politely but
was busy
studying the
room, trying
to gather what
additional
information he
could about
the nature of
Andrew's and
JenniAnn's
relationship.
JenniAnn
noticed.
"Anyway...
Steve, you
mentioned at
breakfast that
you've always
had an
interest in
sailing.
Aziraphale's
recently taken
up an
interest,
too. In
fact, he
remodeled the
Aurora
Mist.
I'm afraid it
was very dated
to the early
aughts
before.
You two should
visit about
that," she
suggested.
"Oh, I would
love
that! Do
you know where
he is?"
"Probably the
library.
It's his
favorite room
here. Do
you remember
where it is?"
"I do.
Ed, darling,
would you like
to..."
Ed turned to
JenniAnn.
"You mentioned
you had a
donkey.
Could I meet
him?"
With a knowing
smile,
JenniAnn
nodded.
"Happy to
introduce
you."
"Steve, love,
is that okay
or..."
"Of
course!
You'll find me
in the library
when you're
done?"
"Yeah, I
will," Ed
promised,
squeezing
Steve's hand
before he left
the room.
"Well...
Off to visit
Yonah
then!"
JenniAnn
smiled at Ed
and motioned
for him to
follow her.
They made
their way out
to Yonah's
stable where
JenniAnn doted
on him and fed
him treats
before
returning her
attention to
Ed.
"You have some
of the most
expressive
eyes I've ever
seen," she
shared.
"And, numerous
times this
morning, I
thought I saw
questions in
them.
Anything I can
answer?"
"I,
umm...
Okay, well...
for starters,
where are
we? I've
heard both
Dyeland and
Asteriana and
maybe it's
both? Or
maybe there's
a border
somewhere
between the
two?" Ed
guessed.
JenniAnn
smiled and
shook her
head.
"No, no.
The entire
world is
Asteriana.
Long story
short, some
people from
what's now the
U.K. came here
around the
13th or 14th
century.
For a while,
they
flourished.
But over the
past
century... not
so much.
Most of the
younger people
left and
returned to
Earth for
careers,
marriage
prospects,
education,
etc. I
happened upon
a portal as a
child and, as
a teenager in
2000, came
back here with
some
friends.
By then, there
were only a
handful of
people left
and they were
so eager to
have new
people around
that they very
kindly allowed
us to call the
place Dyeland
after an
actor, John
Dye, who we
all crushed
on.
Well... fast
forward over
twenty years
and the name
stuck and I do
like it as a
tribute to him
but...
Now that I'm
raising kids
here, I'm more
interested in
them feeling
tied to their
home and its
history.
So... even I
prefer
Asteriana
these
days.
But old habits
die hard in
Dyeland.
Ha."
JenniAnn
rolled her
eyes.
"Anyway,
either one is
fine.
But I will
fully admit
Asteriana is
much
prettier."
"It is," Ed
agreed.
"But I think
it's even more
important that
life is
continuing
here.
It... it's a
shame when a
community dies
out."
JenniAnn
patted Ed's
arm.
"It is."
She was silent
for a few
moments,
letting Ed
collect his
thoughts.
"Anything
else?"
"Not sure the
others are
appropriate to
ask," Ed
confessed.
"Are they
about Andrew
and me?"
"A lot of
em.
Yeah."
"To be honest,
I really would
prefer if
people just
asked rather
than formed
opinions...
theories.
I mean I'm
pretty sure
that, for
years, my
parents
thought Andrew
and I had an
imaginary line
down the
middle of our
bed and kinda
just laid
there... not
touching.
I was shot
once and in
the hospital
and almost
died and they
were kinda
unfeeling to
Andrew.
And I still
think it's
because they
didn't
understand
that... I mean
what's between
us is
real.
We're not
playing
house," an
impassioned
JenniAnn
shared.
"Anyway...
please just
ask."
"Mostly just
wanna know...
what's
allowed?" Ed
asked.
"I know not
sex but..."
"I think
that's it,
honestly.
Joshua's never
dissuaded us
in
anything.
We've always
gone
slow.
Always at my
pace.
But
that's...
I mean we're
not like you
and
Steve. I
was seventeen
when Andrew
and I
met. And
we definitely
weren't even
remotely
entangled
romantically
for
years.
But... that
was still our
past. So
I've had to
help Andrew
unknot a lot
of concerns
he's had tied
to that.
And... I have
my own issues
with
intimacy.
Whenever we've
struggled...
it's been
because of us
and stuff
we've
internalized...
not some word
of caution
from on
high.
But... it's
recently been
made very
clear to me
that skinny
dipping or
bathing
together is
totally
okay."
JenniAnn's
cheeks
flushed.
"And lemme
just say...
that's a super
fun
conversation
to have with
the Son of
God."
Ed laughed.
"At least now
you know, I
spose."
"Yup!
Now I know!"
JenniAnn
repeated with
a grin.
"Anyway... if
it helps
you... I'll
just say that
if someone
burst into
Andrew's and
my room after
10 PM most
nights a week
and the
blankets were
situated so
that they
couldn't see
we were
clothed from
the waist
down... it
would probably
look like we
were having
sex."
Ed bowed his
head and
laughed.
"That's...
helpful,
honestly.
Thank you for
your...
candor."
JenniAnn
giggled.
"You're
welcome.
I can
sometimes be
kinda prudish
but between
having young
adult children
and just the
overall
craziness of
these past few
months...
years even...
I'm getting
better.
Just...
establish your
boundaries, be
mindful of
each other,
and have
fun. And
as for the
choice Joshua
gave you...
honestly,
Andrew is
probably a
better option
for counsel
there,
assuming you
want any, than
I am."
"Do you think
he'd be
willing to
talk to me?"
"I really
do. I
think he'd
welcome
it. You
two definitely
have some
stuff in
common.
I think it'd
be good for
you
both.
Today's gonna
get kinda
hectic soon
here with the
two shows
again but
we'll be much
more free
tomorrow.
I think he
wants to spend
some time in
his
workshop...
blowing off
some
steam."
JenniAnn
grimaced.
"He needs to
after dealing
with those
picketers at
the theatre."
Ed shook his
head.
"I did see
them.
I'm sorry
you're having
to deal with
that.
I'm most sorry
for
Loreena.
If there's
anything Steve
or I can
do..."
JenniAnn
squeezed Ed's
hand.
"Thank
you.
Maybe.
Sometime early
this week
we're going to
meet and
figure out
next
steps.
Right now it's
just all about
ensuring the
show goes on."
Ed nodded.
"That's
important.
I... I've seen
for myself how
life-changing
it can be."
JenniAnn
beamed at him.
"It really can
be.
Now..."
She nuzzled
Yonah once
more.
"How about we
head back
inside and
reunite you
with Steve?"
"Yeah, sounds
good.
And... thanks
for this."
"Any time."
The two smiled
at each other
again then
headed back
inside.
*~*~*
That
afternoon,
Steve was
bringing their
afternoon tea
out from the
kitchenette
when he
noticed Ed
studying
himself in the
mirror.
There wasn't
an ounce of
vanity in
Ed... but it
did seem like
he'd been
peering into
mirrors quite
frequently
since they'd
come to
Asteriana.
"Quite a
lovely sight,"
Steve
commented with
a fond smile.
Ed blushed.
"I... was
wondering...
would you
trust me with
a razor these
days?"
Steve handed
him his tea
and cocked his
head.
"You want to
shave your
beard off?"
"I... think
so?" Ed
took a sip of
his tea then
nodded.
"Yeah, I
do. I
didn't have a
beard
before... when
I was an
angel.
Not sayin'
I'll never
have one
again.
But... I think
I would like
to get rid of
this
one.
Unless...
unless it
would bother
you?"
Steve wrapped
his arms
around Ed's
waist.
"I'm attached
to you.
Not your
beard.
And, yes, I
would trust
you with a
razor.
Although..."
"Although?"
"I mean... I
could do it."
Ed grinned.
"Might be
nice,
actually."
"I think
so. Just
let me know
when you're
ready.
We'll trim the
longer bits
first, of
course."
"Yeah."
Ed took a few
more sips of
tea then
nodded.
"Ready when
you are."
"All right
then!"
Steve set his
tea down then
took Ed's hand
and led him to
the
bathroom.
He pulled a
stool in from
the
kitchenette,
motioned for
Ed to sit,
then withdrew
his shaving
kit and placed
a new blade in
his
razor.
He frowned
when he took
out a small
pair of
scissors.
"These are
more suited to
taking care of
a random stray
hair here and
there... not a
whole beard...
but we'll make
due.
Might just
take a bit
longer."
"Okay. I
trust you."
Steve beamed
and kissed
Ed's forehead.
"Ready then?"
"Ready."
Steve set to
work, trimming
away Ed's
black and
silver
beard.
When he was
halfway
through, he
looked into
the sink.
"We should
save a
clump.
Ask JenniAnn
to make you a
baby
book.
She's a
mom. She
must know how
to do those,"
he teased.
"You think she
would?" Ed
asked
earnestly.
Steve smiled
gently and
nodded.
Ed had been
intrigued when
they'd gone
through his
baby book
once. He
should have
realized he
would take the
joke
seriously.
Thankfully, he
was confident
JenniAnn would
help with the
artsy elements
if he supplied
the necessary
information.
"I do."
He placed the
next strand
into his
shaving kit
for
safekeeping.
After a few
more snips,
Steve stepped
away.
"Wow..."
Ed glanced
into the
mirror.
It wasn't a
bad look.
Steve snapped
a photo.
"For the
book. We
should have
taken one from
before we
started.
Darn."
"The photo we
took with
Joshua
yesterday will
be close
enough.
It didn't grow
any more over
night."
"True.
You still want
to keep
going?"
"Yeah."
"All right
then..."
Steve lathered
up Ed's face.
Ed inhaled
deeply.
He loved the
scent.
It smelled
like Steve.
Steve held his
hand up to
reveal it was
shaking
slightly.
"Not ideal..."
Ed took his
right hand in
both of his.
"I trust you,"
he
reiterated.
"And, if it
helps, I'd
probably nick
myself a few
times.
Out of
practice and
all. So
if you do...
no big deal."
Steve smiled
when Ed kissed
his knuckles.
"Thank
you.
That makes me
feel
better.
So... let's
go."
Ed nodded.
Steve quite
easily
dispatched the
hair on Ed's
cheeks and
upper
lip. But
he struggled
to find a good
angle for
shaving his
chin and under
his jaw.
"Maybe if
I..."
Steve
crouched.
"Sit," Ed
invited.
"You could
sit." He
patted his
knee.
"I... ah...
okay.
That would be
good,
actually,"
Steve
agreed.
He sat down
and soon
realized that,
one, it felt
quite nice
and, two, it
was a very
good angle.
Soon the job
was
finished.
Steve ran a
washcloth
under the
faucet and
wiped away the
remaining bits
of shaving
cream.
"Wow..."
"It's good?"
Ed asked
hesitantly.
"It's very
good.
You look...
like
you.
Just
different.
Maybe a touch
younger."
Ed smiled then
looked at
himself in the
mirror.
Tears welled
in his eyes.
Rawiri stared
back at him.
Steve wrapped
his arms
around the
angel.
"You look
lovely,
darling."
"Thank you..."
Ed choked out
before burying
his face in
Steve's neck
and crying.
Sensing what
was happening,
Steve held him
tightly and
stroked his
back until he
calmed.
"Sorry..."
"Hey, there...
no.
There's no
need to
apologize,"
Steve
comforted.
"Right...
yeah."
Ed shifted to
rest his
forehead
against
Steve's.
"Just... sent
me back for a
moment.
Saw
Rawiri.
Saw everyone."
Steve gently
tugged his
hands through
Ed's hair.
"Would you
like to be
called Rawiri
going
forward?"
"No. Not
like I'd be
offended or
anything.
You're my
family
now...
Wouldn't mind
you using
it.
Just...
I'm Ed
now.
Thinking I'd
use it as a
middle name,
though?"
"I think that
would be
lovely,
darling.
Edgar Rawiri
Bonnet.
Has a nice
ring to
it. But
always... my
Ed."
Ed smiled.
"Maybe...
Edgar Rawiri
Thomas some
day?
Good name for
a human."
"Ed...
Promise me
you'll wait a
few
months.
Like Joshua
said."
"Course I
will.
But... no harm
in imagining,
hmm?"
Steve smiled,
unable to
resist those
gentle,
pleading eyes.
"No... no harm
in imagining."
"Could we...
together...
just for a few
minutes?" Ed
requested,
standing up
and holding
his hand out
to Steve.
"I... I'm not
sure what that
means but...
okay."
Steve took his
boyfriend's
hand and
followed him
back out to
the captain's
quarters.
"Sex still
won't work
but... have it
on good
authority that
it's okay to
get close...
closer than
we've been."
"You asked
Joshua
about..."
Ed chuckled
and shook his
head.
"Not
yet.
Started with
JenniAnn.
Seemed easier
somehow."
"Uh huh..."
Ed pulled his
sweater over
his head.
"Just... wanna
cuddle and
kiss if...
if... you..."
Steve squeezed
Ed's hands.
"Of course I
want to."
He removed his
own sweater
then climbed
into bed with
Ed.
"So smooth..."
Steve murmured
as he covered
Ed's face with
kisses.
"Do you like
it?"
"I love it."
"Good."
Ed smiled and
nuzzled
Steve's hair.
"They're so
beautiful..."
Steve admired
as he caressed
the stars
covering Ed's
arms and
torso.
"Maybe I
should get a
tattoo?"
Ed chuckled.
"What would
you get,
love?"
"Your name, of
course.
Right here."
Ed's eyes
widened and he
let out a
happy little
sigh when
Steve lifted
his hand to
his chest.
"My heart is
yours,
Ed. Has
been since
that first
night."
Ed pulled
Steve closer
so they were
laying with
their hearts
beating
together, skin
to skin.
He buried his
face in
Steve's hair.
"I love you so
much, Steve."
"I love you,
too, Ed... my
darling."
They kissed
then kissed
again.
And Ed knew
exactly what
decision he
would be
making at the
end of the
required few
months.
*~*~*
The
Book of Ed
Monday,
April 4th,
2022
Steve awoke
when the moon
was still high
in the
sky. He
stared at it
and slowly
took in and
let out deep
breaths.
Then he looked
to Ed.
He was
sleeping
peacefully,
tucked up
against
Steve's side,
his left arm
and leg strewn
across
him.
Steve couldn't
see his face,
only his mass
of hair, but
he could feel
his steady
breaths.
Not like the
Ed in his
nightmare.
That Ed had
lain, rigid
and pale, on a
hospital
bed... his
beautiful eyes
staring at the
ceiling but
seeing
nothing.
Steve choked
back a sob.
He thought of
Ed dancing, Ed
joking around
with the guys,
Ed snuggling
his furry
friends, Ed
moving closer,
pressing their
lips together.
Ed who
deserved only
good things.
Ed who
deserved to
live forever,
pain-free,
undefiled by
death... or
him.
Ed who was
determined to
make a
decision that
would invite
all manner of
infirmity and
disease and
danger.
"Mmm... love?"
Ed sleepily
moaned.
Steve closed
his eyes and
steadied
himself before
answering.
"I'm here,
darling.
I'm
here. Go
back to
sleep."
"Mmm kay."
A tear slid
down Steve's
cheek as Ed
took one of
his hands and
pressed it to
his lips.
"Night,
night."
"Good night."
*~*~*
Ed was
clingy... and
maybe a touch
lazy come
morning.
He wanted to
visit with
Andrew... to
check-in with
Joshua... but
he mostly
wanted to stay
in bed with
Steve.
"We should
eat, darling,"
Steve
encouraged.
"Let me go to
the
castle.
I'm sure
JenniAnn would
agree to part
with a few
muffins or
something.
I... I'll be
right back."
Ed
dramatically
pulled a
blanket over
his head.
"If you must,"
he grumbled.
Steve
chuckled...
but it sounded
off.
Ed peeked back
out.
"Are you all
right, mate?"
"Oh, yes,"
Steve
assured.
"I just slept
wrong.
Have a little
crick in my
back.
Walking might
just set me
right."
He cupped Ed's
chin and
kissed him.
"If not... I
could give it
a good rub
when you're
back," Ed
offered.
"I'd like
to."
"You're too
good to me."
"Not
possible."
Ed caught
Steve's hand
as he started
to leave.
"I love you."
"Oh, darling,
I love you,
too.
Enjoy your
rest."
"Would be
better if you
were resting
with me..." Ed
called as
Steve
left.
He collapsed
back onto his
pillows and
hugged Steve's
to his chest.
*~*~*
Steve ran to
the gazebo,
frantically
trying to
remember how
it worked.
Tears rolled
down his
cheeks.
He felt
awful.
He felt like
he was going
to be sick or
that his heart
would
shatter.
But it had to
be done.
And at least
this way he
was leaving Ed
with the
person who
loved him
first and
best.
Joshua would
heal his
broken heart,
surely.
By the time
Steve had
reached the
gazebo, he was
struggling to
breathe.
He paused on
the bottom
stair and
puffed on his
inhaler.
"What are you
doing?"
Steve whirled
around to find
himself
face-to-face
with two young
people.
Andrew had
introduced
them at
brunch...
Dakota and
Jackie?
No...
The young man
pointed to
himself.
"Takoda."
He squeezed
the girl's
shoulder.
"Joccy.
And you
haven't
answered my
question."
"Hi...
Hi, Takoda and
Joccy.
I, umm, I...
well..." Steve
spluttered.
"You've been
crying," Joccy
noted.
"Were... oh...
were you
trying to
leave?"
Steve couldn't
speak.
He only hung
his head and
gave a small
nod.
"That..."
Joccy shook
her
head.
"That would be
a really bad
idea,
Steve.
Trust me."
Steve looked
up in time to
see a pained,
meaningful
look pass
between the
couple.
Takoda sighed.
"Come with
us."
"Where are...
are we going?"
"To get your
head screwed
on straight,"
Takoda
deadpanned.
"Takoda..."
Joccy gently
chastised.
"We're taking
you to
JenniAnn.
She'll know
how to deal
with this."
Figuring he
really had no
choice, Steve
nodded meekly
and followed
the two.
Once inside
the castle,
they found
JenniAnn in
the kitchen.
"Oh,
hey!
Perfect
timing.
I was just
making up a
breakfast
basket to
bring you
and..."
JenniAnn's
voiced trailed
off when she
saw Steve's
sorrowful face
and Joccy's
and Takoda's
half-judgy,
half-sympathetic
ones.
"What's going
on?"
Steve began
sobbing again.
Takoda quietly
conferred with
JenniAnn who
gasped and
gave an
adamant shake
of her head.
"What?!
You can't leave!" she cried
once the angel had finished his report.
"I... I get that," Steve admitted. "I couldn't
figure out..."
"I don't mean you lack the ability to leave!" JenniAnn
clarified. "I mean you can't leave because of
moral obligation!" She grabbed Steve's hand and
began to pull him towards the pantry for a bit of
privacy.
"Oh. Ah... Do we have to pay some sort
of... toll?" Steve questioned. "Or... or perform
some particular leave-going ceremony? I'm
honestly confused about if you're American or if this
is some other culture and..."
"No! Ed!" JenniAnn shouted. "I mean to
Ed! What would possess you to run out on someone
who looks at you like you hung the moon and
stars? And, don't get me wrong, if I didn't
think you actually loved him... well, then I'd just be
like 'Crap. This is tragic. Guess I'll go
get the ice cream and make up the guest bedroom.
Looks like I'll be mommying another heartbroken former
demon!' But you do love him. I know
it. Anyone who is around you both for more than
five seconds would have to know it! Not to
mention I just heard your story which was like a
flippin' Nicholas Sparks novel!"
Tears filled Steve's eyes and he nodded. He
thought back to the morning... waking up with his face
buried in Ed's hair. Heavenly bliss. But
then he thought, again, of his nightmare.
"I... I do," he confirmed. "I love him... so...
so much."
"So why would you try to leave? Honestly... if
my seventeen year old self was here right now... I'd
be worried for your safety. Do you have any
blasted idea how many nights I cried myself to sleep
over Andrew because, in case you haven't noticed, he's
not the sort of guy to be creeping on a seventeen year
old which, trust me, as the mother of a teenager, I
very much appreciate. But at the time...
Awfulness. And when I wasn't crying, I felt a
sort of frustration I'd never felt before. And
that... Went. On. For. Years. But you...
This...let's just admit it... super hot, sensitive...
if slightly unhinged based on Saturday's fiasco... guy
shows up... risks a return to eternal damnation for
you... travels halfway around the world in hopes of
securing your happiness... and you try to leave
him?! After the Creator of the Universe sets you
up for a few nights in Aziraphale's little love
den? Do you have any idea what I would have done
for a romantic evening with Andrew on that ship back
in the day?" JenniAnn paused to take a
breath.
The brief break allowed Steve a moment to speak.
"I... umm... I'm sensing a little unresolved tension
connected to your younger years..." he ventured.
"Ya think!?" JenniAnn drew in and let out a deep
breath. She deflated some. "I... I think I
might be headed towards a mid-life crisis, actually."
"Oh, surely not! You're too young for that!"
Steve protested, very glad to get the focus off of
himself.
"Forty in July."
"No! I wouldn't have guessed you were more than
a year or two past thirty."
"Thank you... but back to you." JenniAnn flipped
some hair behind her then crossed her arms over her
chest, the heat coming back into her eyes.
"Fantastic..." Steve whispered, moving a couple of
steps back before hitting a shelf.
"Why did you try to leave when you obviously love Ed?"
"I... I love him enough to... to not want him to
suffer... to die." A fresh tear fell from
Steve's right eye and his left soon followed course.
JenniAnn let out a shaky breath and quieted. She
rested a hand on Steve's quaking back.
"He'd suffer if you left... suffer in a way that no
medication, no massage, no ointment was ever gonna
make better. You think I don't feel it in the
pit of my stomach when Andrew wakes up with a
groan? But I'd rather be there to massage and
kiss away the aches and pains than have him wake up
hale and hearty... and alone. And knowing he's
alone because he was abandoned."
"But... but your Andrew is not going to d-die," Steve
pointed out. "Ed's talking about... about
becoming human. Mortal!"
"Yes. And Joshua wouldn't have offered that if
he didn't think it was a good option for Ed. And
I can't pretend to know what that would be like for
both of you. But... all I can say is that I
personally would prefer a shorter life spent with the
man I love than an eternal one without him.
And... as it happens... we get both. If Ed does
become human... yes, he will die. But then he'll
go Home. He'll get eternity again. Just
like you and me. It... it's not a bad way to
live, is it?"
Steve sobbed and shook his head.
"No... it's not. But... it's only been the past
two days that I've truly known there was a place for
me in Heaven. And before that... some part of me
worried I... I was going to defile Ed. Maybe...
maybe still does."
Tears trailed down JenniAnn's cheeks. She shook
her head.
"That... that was never going to happen. And
I... I'm sorry people made you think that. I'm
sorry your church made you think that. But it's
not true, Steve. You saw Joshua. You heard
him. He's pleased with you both."
"Yes... But I suppose it'll take a little time
for... for that to override years of... of thinking
there was something wrong with me."
"That's fair." JenniAnn grabbed a notepad and
pen off a shelf. She jotted something down and
handed the slip to Steve. "Later, I want you to
call this number. It's my friend Owen's.
If you call in the evenings, Graham, his husband,
might be around, too. I want you to ask them
about their wedding. About Who was there."
"O-okay."
"Maybe I shouldn't be telling you this just yet
but..." JenniAnn closed her eyes for a moment
and said a brief prayer asking for guidance before
continuing. "Near as I can tell, there are two
types of angels... I mean there are lots of types of
angels but in this particular area there are only
two. The majority are like the angels we grew up
believing in. Kind but aloof, watching over us
but apart from us. We don't see them. We
don't touch them. And then there are the
others... the much smaller group. Let's call
them... bonded angels. Not sure I like that but
we'll use it for now. For the most part, they're
like the first group. They might work
assignments, unseen and untouched. But then
there's someone... maybe a couple of someones... maybe
more, I don't know. And they feel... differently
about them. Maybe it's something we'd call
romance. Maybe it's a platonic but intense
attachment. But it never fades. Never
dies. Once they've found that person... their
anam cara... they're changed. Forever.
They won't move on. They won't get over
it. If you leave, I will get as much ice cream
and chocolate down Ed's throat as he wants. But
he could eat an entire grocery store full of that and,
by the end, he'd still be heartbroken. There is
nothing fickle about them, Steve. If you're his
anam cara... his soul mate... and I strongly, strongly
suspect you are... then this is already settled.
You may not realize it yet. But it is.
Either you and Ed will end up together. Or
Joshua will have to take Ed Home. Because he
won't be okay down here. Not ever again."
Steve wept quietly and nodded.
"And for what it's worth... and this is only my
interpretation but I think it's a very good one... I
don't think Joshua would have offered to let Ed turn
human if he had any concerns about you 'defiling'
him. I mean... he's not naive, Steve. Two
human dudes who are in love with each other and have
been for three years? It's not like he figured
you'd just... I dunno... sit in a room and make googly
eyes at each other for decades on end."
Steve had to chuckle at that.
JenniAnn opened the pantry door and motioned for Steve
to leave. Then she pushed past him, grabbed the
basket she'd been working on, and handed it to him.
"Take this. Go back to the ship. Talk with
Ed. Please."
"I... I will. Thank you. I'm sorry.
Especially after Saturday, you shouldn't have to deal
with..." Steve sniffled. "So sorry."
"Don't feel bad. Honestly, I'm kinda getting
used to it. Seems like we're getting to a point
where Joshua drops a queer-coded angel and their drama
on my doorstep every year," she jested. "Always
with really nice accents, too, come to think of
it... Huh. Weird."
Steve laughed.
"I... I don't even know what to say to that except you
should write a book about your life, I think.
Might even help with the... the mid-life crisis
thing."
JenniAnn grinned.
"Maybe... We'll see. But for now..."
She waved towards the hallway.
"Yes... Going now. Thank you again."
"You're welcome!"
Steve looked to JenniAnn once more, smiled, and then
made his way back to the Aurora Mist.
When he entered the captain's quarters, Steve
discovered that Ed was out of bed and preparing for
the day. He felt a pang in his heart. He
truly was so beautiful.
Steve set the basket down on the desk then inhaled and
exhaled deeply.
"I... Ed... I have something to confess."
Ed briefly looked at Steve in the mirror. He
could tell this wasn't a joke. He set down his
brush, rose, and went to Steve, clasping his
hands. Ed gently rubbed his thumbs against the
top of Steve's hands.
"What is it? Whatever is is, I'll..."
"I... I tried to leave. Just now. I tried
to go through the portal and... and leave."
Ed froze.
"I was scared and... and I wasn't thinking straight,
Ed. I... I had a terrible nightmare last night
a-and... Thank... thank God those young kids
found me. Takoda and... oh God... I've forgotten
her name again."
Ed released Steve's hands and said only a single word.
"Why?"
It came out strangled and wispy.
"Oh, Ed... I... I... The thought of you
becoming human... for me, for us... it... it was just
too much and I..."
Ed felt like he was suffocating. He moved
towards a window and opened it, sucking in the fresh
air.
Steve hurried after him.
"Ed..."
"Not long after... after our first kiss... you took me
aside and you told me that... that you worried you
might have... trapped me. I never..."
Tears splashed down Ed's cheeks. "I... I've told
you that you... the guys... Jess and Ollie... Fitz and
Ihsan and the animals... you'd all become my whole
world, Steve. A-and you at the center of
it. Did... did I trap you?"
"Oh, Ed... No, no."
Ed screwed his eyes shut when Steve brushed some hair
behind his ear and kissed his temple.
"Never, darling. Never, ever. But it's
just... I... I don't want you to die. I can't
bear the thought of you dying. Or... or getting
very sick. I mean... you eat... and drink... so
much sugar. A-and diabetes isn't something to...
to mess about with and..."
Ed's eyes popped open.
"Sugar..." he repeated, amazed. "This... it's
all about sugar?"
"Well, I mean... not entirely. Other things
could happen. But... yes, diabetes was top of
mind, I suppose."
Even as the tears continued to flow, Ed laughed.
"Oh, Steve... I promise, if I become human, I'll
take proper care of myself. Normal amounts of
sugar intake. Loads of salads. I'll even
try switching to green tea... unsweetened." His
nose scrunched.
Steve laughed and brushed at his own tears before
focusing on Ed's. He rested his forehead against
his beloved's as he thumbed his tears away.
"I am sorry. I see now that I could never, ever
leave you. Not of my own accord. And if
it's any comfort... I was left with the distinct
impression that if I did, JenniAnn might decide to
make my life a living hell."
Ed chuckled.
"I do get the impression she's rather fond of me."
"She said you're very hot and sweet so... yes.
But lest you get any ideas... she is very hung up on
Andrew."
Ed smiled.
"Well, luckily enough... I also only have eyes for one
person."
Steve beamed and cradled Ed's face in his hands.
"Thank you. But I do... I just want to make sure
you understand... I was foolish and short-sighted when
I tried to leave and I'm so grateful I couldn't.
But I need you to know that it... it wasn't any sort
of lack of love for you. I truly was just
scared... for you. I... I saw you in my
nightmare. D-dead a-and..."
Ed wrapped his arms around Steve.
"I'm alive, love. More... more alive than I was
for so many years," he assured.
"Oh Ed..." Steve peppered his face with kisses
before continuing to speak. "JenniAnn made me
see that... that I'd be hurting you far more deeply
than any disease or injury ever could."
Ed nodded.
"It... it would hurt here."
He brought Steve's hand to rest over his heart.
"Oh, darling... I... I will endeavor to never,
ever do that."
"Good." Ed kissed Steve tenderly then rested his
forehead against his and peered intently into his
eyes. He stepped back and frowned.
"There's something you've still not said... The
nightmare wasn't the only thing that made you want to
leave."
Steve shook his head.
"You know me so well... The other thing... I...
well, I was afraid I would... defile you," he
confessed, wringing his hands nervously.
"Defile me!?" Ed spat out. "Steve, love... ya
sound like some sort of Regency novel. 'Whatever
shall be done? Steve has defiled Ed and now
he'll never make a proper match!'" He mimed
clutching his pearls and growing faint.
Steve chuckled.
Ed smiled at him then sobered.
"It's because I brought up sex, isn't it?"
"Yeah..."
"And all that holier-than-thou garbage had been put
into your head since you were knee high," Ed noted,
his tone sympathetic and gentle. He took Steve's
hands in his and resumed softly massaging them.
"It was... And I thought I'd gotten over
it. And... and it's not as if... I mean I'm not
so naive as to think Lucky and Rocky aren't having a
go at it on a regular basis. Possibly some of
the other fellows, too. But... Jason was
the last person I was with and... and that was..."
"Love..." Ed cradled Steve's face in his hands
and kissed his brow.
"It wasn't good. So... so I thought, well, maybe
at least for me... it was wrong. Was immoral...
perverse... degrading... defiling."
"Jason, was a bad man, Steve. He would have been
a bad straight, bi, ace, etc. man. He was just
mean. It had nothing to do with him being gay
and it definitely had nothing to do with you being
gay. Whatever happens between us... it... it'll
be good. Holy even. You can't do much
better than having God Himself tell you he's pleased
with you after you trekked halfway across the world
with your boyfriend just to get a guarantee you can
stay together."
"No... you really can't, can you?" Steve smiled
at Ed.
"And... I am excited. I do want to become
human. I like imagining what it'll be
like. But I promise you I won't rush into it,
love. I don't want to seem ungrateful to Joshua
by asking to speed things up but also... I have
questions I'd like to ask him. And then,
too..." Tears welled in Ed's eyes. "I
really would like some time again as an angel.
I... I don't want the last thing I did as an angel
to... to be burying my... my babies." Ed
whimpered then leaned forward and rested his head on
Steve's shoulder.
"Oh, darling... Of course not." Steve
stroked Ed's hair.
"I... just want to be happy. And you make me
happy, Steve," Ed murmured.
"And you make me happy, too, Ed. So happy.
And as soon as you're ready... I promise I'll marry
you in a heartbeat."
"Yeah?" Ed stood up and met Steve's gaze.
"Oh yeah!"
Heartened, Ed smiled and clung to Steve until their
stomachs both voiced protest and they dug into the
treats JenniAnn had packed for them.
*~*~*
After lunch, Joshua escorted Ed to Andrew's
workshop. He caught the angel repeatedly
glancing back at Willowveil.
"Steve's not going to leave, Ed," Joshua
assured. "He had a weak moment. He regrets
it."
Ed gave Joshua a teary smile and nodded.
Joshua hugged his shoulders.
"It's okay if it takes you a little time to rebuild
trust."
"Yeah?"
"Yeah. It doesn't mean you don't still love
Steve tremendously... or know he feels the same.
It was a shock. And it's okay to take time to
heal. If it helps you in the moment, JenniAnn
and I are going to work on a craft project with
Steve. We'll be with him the whole time."
Ed let out a sigh of relief. After a few
moments, though, he stopped walking and rested a hand
on Joshua's arm.
"Can I ask you something? Things, really..."
"Of course!"
"Okay, first... Are you responsible for
this?" Ed pulled his passport from his
pocket. "Showed up on my nightstand."
Joshua smiled and nodded.
"I am. But you're responsible for it when it
comes time to get it renewed."
Ed chuckled.
"Right. Thanks for that. So...
next... Why... why am I so clingy?"
Joshua responded with a gentle laugh.
"Ed... You're a perfectly fine level of clingy.
You were largely isolated for almost 200
years..." Joshua's eyes welled. "Of course
you crave touch, love, companionship. There's
not anything remotely odd about that. Especially
considering you were a principality. Touch was
normal for you. Always a baby to cradle, an
elder needing someone to lean on, a kid's face to
wash..."
Ed smiled at the memories that were no longer quite so
painful as they'd been before reuniting with Joshua.
"And... in case it's not abundantly clear... you and
Steve were meant to be together," Joshua
continued. "Individuals, of course. But...
also two halves of a whole. So wanting to be
close... that makes sense to me."
"Are we the same as Andrew and JenniAnn? She
called him her anam cara, I think it was?"
"Soul friend/mate. And yeah. You
are. I don't normally come right out with it
but... you and Steve have been together for three
years!"
Ed smiled proudly.
"But... you're also different. I never gave
Andrew the option to become human. To age?
Yes. And he will. But he'll never be
human."
"Why not?"
"He loves being an angel. He and JenniAnn have
made a life together that incorporates his work as any
angel. Jesus Christ Superstar... that's
an assignment I gave Andrew. So much of their
life would be different... and not quite to their
liking... if Andrew was human. But you... your
life these past three years, the parts you most
treasure, they could be part of a human life."
"Yeah... They could. I, umm, do have a
question... about that." Ed shuffled a bit
uncomfortably then looked around, ensuring no one was
near enough to hear them. He leaned closer to
Joshua. "If... well, if I did become human...
would everything work down there? Below the
belt, I mean?"
Joshua looked around dramatically, mimicking Ed.
Then he leaned forward, almost nose-to-nose with the
angel.
"Yep."
Amused, Ed chuckled.
"I don't know how the lot of you got so prudish... but
you didn't get it from me," Joshua jested.
Still laughing, Ed wrapped his arms around Joshua.
"I missed you... I really did."
"Ed... my starry one... I missed you, too."
Joshua returned his hug and kissed his cheek.
"I'm so glad you're back. I love you so."
Ed hung on for a few moments longer, soaking in his
Creator's love.
"I... I love you, too."
Joshua beamed at Ed then released him.
"Now... Let's get you to Andrew. Unless you have
any more pressing questions?"
"None pressing. I'm sure some'll come to me,
though."
"Well, you know where to find me."
Joshua walked Ed to the door of Andrew's shop, patted
him on the back, and gestured for him to enter.
"You stopping in for a bit?" Ed asked.
Joshua shook his head.
"I need to get back to the castle to work on that
project. But don't worry. Andrew won't
bite. I promise. He just... he
overreacted. He and JenniAnn were attacked by
demons a few months ago and they both landed in the
hospital and..."
"What?!" Ed spat out, aghast.
"They're fine now but the emotional trauma lasts, of
course."
"I... I would never have..."
"I know, Ed. I know. But you couldn't have
known."
"I... I feel awful."
Joshua squeezed Ed's hand.
"Don't. It's in the past. It's time to
move on."
"Oof. Okay... Well then... Maybe
Andrew won't bite... May lay into me some.
Deserve it, of course."
"He won't do that, either, Ed. Well... not too
much." Joshua gave him another affectionate pat
and smile then turned away.
Ed drew in and let out a deep breath then entered the
workshop.
"Hey, over here," Andrew called.
Ed looked to the far left corner of the room where
Andrew was crouching down, examining some wood.
"Oh, hey. Umm... thanks for having me."
"Thanks for not kidnapping the mother of my children
today," Andrew teased.
Ed chuckled uncomfortably.
Andrew rose to his feet and clapped him on the back.
"Sorry, couldn't resist. But don't worry any
more about it. From what JenniAnn tells me...
she enjoyed the time child-free and only talking about
adult matters. And... I'm sorry... about how I
acted. I don't normally resort to violence...
let alone start with it. I just... I saw you...
and her and I just..." Andrew looked out a
window and shook his head. "Snapped."
"It's fine. I get it. At least you can
blame panic. I planned the whole thing the day
before and still didn't spare a moment to think 'Hey
Ed, maybe holding a woman hostage isn't the best
look.'" Ed raised his arms in sheepish defeat.
Andrew chuckled.
"I... I wouldn't have done it, though," Ed
continued. "Not if I'd known about what happened
with the other demons. Joshua just told
me. I swear I didn't know. Come to think
of it... JenniAnn did mention other demons but didn't
elaborate and so..."
"I believe you," Andrew assured. "I do."
"I... wouldn't have done any of this but..."
Ed's eyes filled. "He... he almost died.
Steve. Right in front of me. COVID.
Awful case. And... and when I thought of never,
ever seeing Steve again... It terrified me,
mate. It... hurt."
Andrew's mind traveled back... a hospital room... an
unconscious JenniAnn seizing. He'd been
terrified, too. But he'd at least known that, if
she did die, he would see her again. Ed hadn't
had that. He sighed and rested a hand on the
demon's back.
"I get it. I do."
"Yeah... spose you do. Can I ask you something?"
"Sure."
"Joshua... he gave me that choice, ya know?
So... just wondering... Would you do it?
Choose to be human if you could?" Even though
Joshua had already weighed in, Ed felt like he
needed to hear the answer directly from
Andrew. Maybe he'd have a perspective he was
missing.
Andrew considered the question before shaking his
head.
"No. I love my work. And JenniAnn and I
have the life and family we want. I’m glad
I’ll age with her. But no. I don’t feel
like I want to be human. But sometimes…"
Andrew’s voice cracked. "Please don’t tell
anyone this. Our kids don’t know. But…
JenniAnn’s made me promise to stay with the kids for
a year after she… goes. And I will. I
will. But sometimes I look at her and… I think
of that year. And I want scream. And I
know when that year comes… I’ll wish I was dead."
Tears welled in Ed's eyes, matching the angel of
death's.
Andrew let out a ragged sigh.
"Where love is... pain follows in the mortal
realms. But... it's still worth it. So
worth it," Andrew stressed. "No matter how
awful that year may end up being... I know I won't
regret anything. Even if... if she died
tomorrow. The years we've had..." Andrew
smiled and swiped at a tear. "Anyway... since
Joshua is leaving it up to you, if I were you I
would choose what gives you and Steve the life you
want together."
"Yeah... Yeah, I plan to. Thanks.
I... want to become human. I do. These
past three years... I've felt more like a human than
I've felt like an angel. But I do
still... I told Steve I didn't want the last
things I did as an angel to be so sad. So...
I'm hoping I can do a few good things before I make
my final choice."
"I'm sure God will work with you on that."
"Yeah?"
"Yeah. In fact..." Andrew waved back to the
pile of wood he'd been eyeing. "Want to help
me do something good now? I'm making boxes to
sell at St. G's, proceeds to Ukraine."
Ed nodded eagerly.
"Yeah! Yeah, I'd love that. Thank
you. I was there once. Long time ago."
The two settled into their work and swapped stories
about past assignments and adventures.
*~*~*
JenniAnn hovered near her photo printer, smiling as
the various images came out. After giving each
a couple of waves to ensure they were dry, she
handed them to Steve.
"This is such a lovely idea! I used to make
scrapbooks for Andrew. I've fallen a bit
behind now... okay, a lot behind. Kids will do
that!"
Steve beamed as he examined each photograph of Ed.
A few feet away, Joshua sat at a table with pens in
myriad colors spread out in front of him.
"Okay, that's the last of them," JenniAnn announced,
handing a photo of Ed with a birthday cake to
Steve. "Let's go see what Joshua's doing."
The two moved to stand behind Joshua as he wrote.
"Oh..." Steve murmured.
Joshua paused and smiled at him.
"I figured I was the only one here who could fill in
these parts so..."
"Yes, of course. It's just so... so
beautiful." Steve brushed a tear from his eye.
In a rainbow of ink, Joshua had supplied information
about Ed's birth weight and height, his first words,
his first steps, and so on.
"Why was I able to see Ed?" Steve abruptly
questioned. "At the club. That first
night, I mean."
He'd been holding onto it for days and meant to ask
when Ed was around. But... he needed to
know.
Joshua set down his pen and motioned for Steve to
take a seat near him.
JenniAnn, though curious, wandered away in search of
the perfect stickers.
"Because I wanted you to see him," Joshua answered
simply. "Ed wasn't going to be able to possess
you. He just wouldn't have been able to bring
himself to... well, not until you told him to."
"You know about that? Oh, I suppose...
Of course you would."
Joshua nodded.
"When I'm like this, I don't know the future as much
as I usually do. But I still see the past
clearly. Anyway, Ed would have left that club
and Iggy would have snatched him and he'd be back in
that cell right now. But because you
approached him... things went differently."
The tears came too forcefully for Steve to continue
to brush them away so he gave up.
"I... I saw his cell..."
"Mmm hmm."
"Iggy... he seemed surprised I was there. But
shouldn't I have been? Isn't that what he
wanted?"
Joshua smiled slyly and patted Steve's hand.
"When people are possessed, they don't usually go to
Hell. They go elsewhere. You went to
Hell because I thought it would be helpful for you
to see where Ed had come from, what he'd gone
through."
"It... it was. Painful but... yes, I wanted to
know."
"I knew you wouldn't be harmed, wouldn't even be
seen until the last moment." Joshua
smirked. "It did have the added bonus of
really confusing Iggy and throwing him into a bit of
a tailspin for a while."
Steve chuckled.
"Do you still love even him... Iggy?"
"Always. And I hope, one day, he comes back to
me as Ed has. But... sometimes lessons need to
be learned the hard way. Iggy's not like
Ed. Ed was remorseful. Almost
instantly. Guilt made him turn to Hell.
Iggy... He developed a mean streak.
Meanness drove him there."
"I... I'm sorry."
Joshua squeezed Steve's hand.
"Me too."
Joshua smiled at Steve then returned his attention
to Ed's baby book.
Steve studied Joshua. He looked all at once
weary and joyful.
"I... I'm sorry," Steve murmured.
"For what?"
"I... I lost sight of who you are for so many
years. I let others tell me who you were
rather than... than hold to what I knew of
you. And I'm sorry for that, Joshua. I
really am."
Joshua reached out to cup Steve's face in his right
hand.
"Thank you. And I understand, Steve. I
really do. Sometimes... sometimes it's hard to
hear the still, small voice through the throng of
screaming ones."
"The still, small voice..." Steve echoed, eyes going
wide. "When Ed was in the bathtub with... with
the razor. That was..."
"My Spirit. I'm glad you listened."
"Me... me too."
The two smiled at each other then resumed working on
the book.
*~*~*
That evening, Ed and Steve had a picnic dinner on
the deck of the Aurora Mist.
"Joshua said it'll be mild tonight. Thought
you might want to sleep out here," Ed suggested in
between bites of salad and pot pie. "Under the
stars."
Steve's eyes went wide.
"Oh, that'd be wonderful! When I'd fantasize
about owning a boat, I always thought that would be
one of the nicest parts. Sleeping under the
stars. Just... always figured I'd be alone."
"Not a chance of that... unless you want," Ed
responded.
"I very much do not want..." Steve countered, his
eyes filling as he thought of his grave mistake
earlier.
Ed smiled at him and squeezed his hand, giving him
reassurance that all was well.
"I made you something. Well, JenniAnn and
Joshua helped me with it." Steve took a
parchment-wrapped parcel out from where he'd hidden
it behind the capstan. "You can wait til
you've finished eating to open it if you..."
"I want to open it now!" Ed happily accepted
the present then tore into it as Steve beamed at
him. When the paper was torn away, Ed
stared. Then he looked up at Steve with teary
eyes.
Steve moved to sit beside his boyfriend and rested
an arm around his shoulders. With his free
hand, he opened the book.
"It's your baby book, darling. Joshua even
wrote in it."
Ed nodded then rested his head on Steve's shoulder.
"Thank you," he murmured. "I... I love it so
much."
"I'm so glad."
They looked over pages dedicated to their
Christmases, Halloweens, birthdays, and other
holidays together. An entire spread was
devoted to them dancing. Another was covered
in pictures of Ed with his furry charges from the
shelter. And there were so many images of him
laughing and having fun with Jess, Ollie, and the
guys.
Ed laughed when they came to the page about his
shave.
"Yeah... Turns out JenniAnn is a big fan of
stickers," Steve shared. "And who knew there
were so many options for hair-related stickers,
anyway?"
"It's beautiful... all of it."
"A beautiful book for a beautiful soul. And I
learned so much from JenniAnn. So... this is
just the first of many volumes in the Book of Ed."
"The Book of Ed..." Ed repeated with fondness before
cupping Steve's chin. "And you're my favorite
character."
"Ed... I love you so, darling."
"And I love you."
The two leaned in for a soft, lingering kiss as the
sun set behind them.
*~*~*
Ed and Steve laid amidst a nest of cushions and
blankets, staring up at the stars.
"They're so beautiful but it's throwing me that
they're different from ours back home. No
Matariki or Meremere or Tata o Tautoru," Ed
observed.
Steve patted his chest.
"We'll have to do this at the house sometime.
If you're willing. I'd love to hear about
them, hear stories... if you'd want to share them."
Ed smiled at Steve and nodded.
"I would." Ed shifted to lay on his side and
prop his head up, peering at Steve. "You asked
me once if I'd like to meet your Māori
friends. I would now. And I was thinking
maybe I'd look into opportunities to connect with
that part of myself, my history. Maybe story
times at the library, for starters."
"Oh, Ed... You'd be so good at that!"
Suddenly, Ed started giggling.
"What?" Steve asked.
Ed pointed to capstan.
"We have a friend."
Steve's face lit up.
"A blackbird!"
The bird whistled at them then flew away.
"Not quite a tīeke but reminds me of the story of
Māui and Tīeke." Ed smiled with
fondness. "There was a little girl in my
iwi... Aroha... who loved that story. Every
time she couldn't sleep, someone... usually me...
had to tell it."
"Would you tell it to me? I vaguely recall
something about how the tīeke got its coloring
but not much else."
Ed smiled and proceeded.
"So this happened right after Māui
and his brothers had captured the sun.
They'd been trying to slow Te Rā. They
wanted to slow him down so the
days would be longer, right?"
Steve nodded.
"But that's pretty hard,
exhausting... HOT... work, ya
know. So Māui
was parched.
And he wanted a
drink of water,
understandably.
So he asked his pet
bird, Tīeke,
to fetch him
some
water. But
Tīeke
ignored him
cause he had
his own
important bird
plans.
This made Māui
very angry so
with his still
very hot
hands, he
grabbed Tīeke
and yelled at
him."
Steve laughed
as Ed acted
out an irate
bird and an
equally
irritated hero
screaming at
each other.
"Anyway, when
Māui
finally
released
Tīeke,
some of the
poor fellow's
feathers had
burned
off! And
so that's why
tīeke
have that
burnt orange
patch on their
backs.
Never nice to
be unkind to
animals, of
course.
But... I think
it worked out
for
them.
That orange
bit makes em
unique.
Otherwise
they'd just be
any old
blackbird."
"Well done!"
Steve
applauded.
"I especially
liked the
squabbling
bit."
Ed chuckled.
"Yeah, that
was Aroha's
favorite part,
too."
Steve clasped
Ed's right
hand and
brought it to
his lips.
"Have you
talked to
Joshua about
going Home for
a bit,
visiting
them?"
Ed shook his
head.
"Not
yet...
But I will."
"Good."
Steve nuzzled
his hair then
yawned.
"Bedtime,
methinks," Ed
suggested.
"Mmm...
Yes, I think
so."
The two
snuggled
closer
together, arms
wrapped around
each other.
"Night, night,
love."
"Good night,
darling."
After one last
kiss, the two
drifted to
sleep.
*~*~*
Tuesday,
April 5th,
2022
The following
morning, Ed
and Steve
awoke to find
a note from
Joshua.
My
dearest Steve
and Ed,
You'll find
some breakfast
waiting in the
captain's
quarters.
After you're
done, please
come meet me
at Andrew's
workshop.
I have plans
for
today! I
think you'll
love
them.
Okay, okay, I
know you
will.
Because I'm
God and I know
these
things.
Haha.
But
really.
:-)
Love always,
Joshua
The couple
chuckled.
"Well... I
suppose we
should go
eat. I
can already
smell
something
wonderful..."
Steve
observed.
"Yeah.
Let's head
down."
Ed squeezed
Steve's hand
and led him
into the
quarters where
they found a
variety of
sweet and
savory crepes
waiting along
with a fruit
salad.
"Oh
my... It
all looks so
wonderful."
Steve licked
his lips.
Ed beamed then
handed Steve a
plate.
Once they'd
finished
serving
themselves,
they returned
to the deck to
enjoy the
beautiful
morning.
"We should say
grace," Steve
announced.
"We should,"
Ed
agreed.
"Could you?"
Steve nodded
then took his
boyfriend's
hands.
"Dear Father
in Heaven,
thank you for
this delicious
meal... for
this time
together...
for bringing
us back to
you... for
allowing us to
remain
together.
Forever.
Guide our
hands and
hearts in all
we do.
In Je...
In Joshua's
name we
pray.
Amen."
"Amen."
Ed squeezed
Steve's hands
before
releasing
them.
"You did
good. I
especially
loved that
hands and
hearts part."
"My gran used
to say that at
the end of
every
prayer.
I always liked
it. It
was so...
humble.
My dad and, to
a lesser
extent, my
mom... they
seemed to just
assume they
knew what to
do. Gran
always asked
for guidance."
"She sounds
like she was
an incredible
lady, Steve."
"She
was. I
wish you could
have met
her.
And... and I
wish I could
have spent
time with her
when I was
older. I
have so many
questions
that, when she
died, I was
too young and
clueless to
ask about."
"Like? I
mean if you
don't mind
sharing."
Steve chewed
on a bite of
crepe and
thought.
"No. I
don't mind
sharing.
Just... things
like did she
know I was
gay? And
who was Aunt
Helen
really?
Was she just a
friend
or..."
Steve
blushed.
"It's not that
I want
specifics.
But I would
like to know
if... if I
wasn't the
only queer
member of the
family.
And... was
that why my
dad eventually
put an end to
my visits with
them?"
Ed patted
Steve's arm.
"You could ask
Joshua."
Steve smiled
and nodded.
"Yeah...
I could,
couldn't I?"
"I think he'd
like that."
"It's still so
surreal...
A week ago, we
were terrified
this could all
go horribly
wrong.
Now... Joshua
left us
crepes."
Ed chuckled
before letting
out a happy
sigh.
"I feel
foolish...
Thinking he'd
send me back
to Hell.
That's not
him.
Never has
been.
But I guess...
like you... I
let people get
into my
head.
Iggy mainly."
Steve hugged
his shoulders.
"Well, we're
on the right
path
now. And
we can help
each other
stick to it,
hmm?"
"Cause we'll
walk it
together."
Steve brought
Ed's left hand
to his lips.
"Always,
darling."
*~*~*
When Steve and
Ed entered
Andrew's
workshop, they
found him
working on
boxes with
Joshua.
Another two
men sat at a
table,
painting them.
"Oh
good!
There you
are!"
Joshua
approached and
hugged the
couple.
"Good
morning!
Ed and Steve,
meet Owen and
Graham.
Owen and
Graham, Ed and
Steve."
"Oh!" Steve's
face lit
up.
"Hi!
JenniAnn
suggested I
call you."
"Joshua
thought an
in-person
meeting would
be nicer,"
Owen
replied.
"Good to meet
you both!"
The four shook
hands.
"So... Steve,
I thought you
could visit
with Owen and
Graham.
Ed... I
thought we'd
go Home for a
bit. We
won't be gone
long, back
before you've
finished your
discussion,"
Joshua
hastened to
add when a
look of panic
briefly
flickered on
Steve's face.
"Home..." Ed
repeated.
Joshua patted
him on the
back.
"There are
lots of people
who want to
see you, Ed."
"Oh..."
Steve gently
stroked Ed's
back.
"Are you up
for it?"
Joshua
checked.
Ed raised his
head and
nodded, tears
in his eyes.
"Yeah...
Yeah, I'd like
that.
Thanks."
"Well then,
we'll go do
that."
Joshua held
his hand out
to Ed.
Ed hugged
Steve tightly
then took
Joshua's hand
and
disappeared.
Owen and
Graham gave
Steve a few
moments to
recover before
speaking.
"So...
Psyche...
sorry,
JenniAnn...
she has two
names.
But
anyway...
She told us we
should tell
you about our
wedding,"
Graham shared.
"Oh...
yes."
Steve managed
a wavering
smile.
"Here."
Andrew
approached and
gave him a cup
of chamomile
tea.
"Oh... oh,
thank you so
much."
Steve took a
sip then let
out a calming
breath.
"Your wedding,
yes, please."
"Well... it
wasn't exactly
what we'd
planned," Owen
began.
"But while we
were engaged,
Joshua got
shot."
Steve
spluttered.
"What?!"
"He was
helping out at
a mosque and
this kid who
had gotten
radicalized
online...
well, he shot
at Joshua, the
imam, and the
imam's
cousin.
The latter two
were fine but
Joshua...
It was a scary
few
hours.
We found out
later that a
couple of our
friends, Nico
and Josef, had
even started
planning a
burial."
Steve cocked
his head.
"Wait... Do
you mean
Nicodemus and
Joseph of
Arimathea were
back, too?"
"No, no.
We just happen
to have
friends named
Nico and
Josef.
Thankfully, it
didn't end up
being
necessary,"
Owen
continued.
"But the
scare...
It made us
realize we
didn't want to
wait any
longer to get
married.
When tragic
things
happened... we
wanted to face
them
together,"
Graham
explained.
"And good
things, too,
of
course.
So once Joshua
had regained
consciousness
and was doing
a lot
better... we
got married in
his hospital
room."
Steve's eyes
went wide.
"So he was...
was right
there?"
"The guest of
honor!" Graham
proudly
declared.
"We
incorporated
him right into
the
wedding.
After we
exchanged our
vows, we
promised him
that we'd show
the same love
to others as
he showed to
us and that
we'd do what
we could to
help those
cast out to
know that he
loves them."
"He cried and
kissed our
heads and told
us he loved
us."
Owen brushed
at a
tear.
"And it was
beautiful.
The
circumstances
were awful, of
course.
But outside of
that, we
wouldn't have
changed a
thing.
And we're
telling you
this because,
well, I think
it makes it
pretty darn
obvious that
Joshua doesn't
think gay
marriage is
evil.
And, trust me,
it's not an
abstinent
marriage."
He winked at
Graham.
Steve laughed
along with
them and
Andrew.
"Before I even
knew who
Joshua really
was, I brought
him to a
gathering with
my at the time
not affirming
family," Owen
shared.
"I knew they
thought he was
my
boyfriend.
And he didn't
even bother to
correct him."
"And those
picketers you
may have seen
outside St.
G's?
Somehow they
got it into
their thick
skulls that
Joshua and
Crowley of all
people are an
item.
And he's not
gone out of
his way to
correct them
on that,"
Graham
added.
"He will, I'm
sure.
Eventually.
But not
because he
finds it
offensive to
be considered
gay.
It's just, you
know, kinda
hurtful for
Aziraphale."
"It's just all
so... so
amazing.
So different
from what I
grew up with,"
Steve
marveled.
"And yet...
not. My
gran was a
woman of great
faith.
But she never
said a bad
word about
anyone...
well, not
unless they'd
acted in a way
that deserved
criticism.
It's just
stunning how
differently
Christianity
can be lived."
Andrew
scoffed.
"Yeah...
We're in the
middle of a
battle between
two very
different
interpretations
right now with
the show."
"Please tell
me more about
that?" Steve
requested.
"Ed and I
would like to
help if we
can."
"Well, for
starters, this
isn't our
first
go-around with
religious
extremists,"
Andrew
began.
"The first
year, we dealt
with a racist
and
anti-Semitic
group..."
As Andrew
explained the
history of St.
G's struggles
with
extremists,
Steve listened
intently and
hoped for a
way to lend
aid to his new
friends.
*~*~*
Ed and Joshua
stood on a
beach, peering
out at a
glistening,
immaculate
ocean.
Ed closed his
eyes and
breathed in
deeply.
"Home," he
murmured.
Joshua patted
his back.
"I'm so happy
to have you
back here,
Ed. Even
if it is just
for a
visit.
And... I'm not
the only one."
Joshua
gestured out
to the
ocean.
Ed's breath
caught in his
throat when he
saw numerous
waka sailing
towards
them. As
they drew
nearer, he
could hear
their
inhabitants
singing.
Hokihoki
tonu mai e
Te
wairua o te
tau
Ki
te awhi Reinga
Ki
te nei kiri e
Tears began to
stream down
Ed's face as
the waka drew
close enough
for him to
begin to make
out faces.
Soon, people
were jumping
off the boats
and running to
meet their
principality.
"Rawiri..." a
young woman
lovingly cooed
before taking
Ed's hands and
pressing her
forehead and
nose against
his.
"A-Aroha..."
Ed choked out
as he embraced
her.
One by one, Ed
reunited with
his iwi,
generations of
them.
The last to
approach was a
young man
holding a box.
"Rawiri..."
Ed greeted his
namesake.
The younger
Rawiri smiled
and pressed
his forehead
and nose
against Ed's
then stepped
back and held
the box out.
"We know
you're going
back to
Earth.
Joshua told
us. But
you're still
our
principality.
We wanted you
to take this
back with
you."
With a lump in
his throat, Ed
could only nod
as he accepted
the box.
Fresh tears
welled in his
eyes when he
beheld his old
principality
necklace with
a pounamu at
the center of
the
pendant.
He had left it
behind when
he'd followed
Iggy, not
wanting to
defile it by
taking it into
Hell.
But clearly
someone...
Joshua or
Hahana
probably...
had collected
it.
An old woman
gently lifted
Ed's hair
while another
placed the
necklace
around his
neck.
"We kept it
all these
years.
We knew you'd
come back to
us," Aroha
explained.
"Th-thank
you. All
of you.
So much," Ed
choked out.
There was
another round
of embraces.
After their
greetings were
finished,
Joshua spoke,
gazing
lovingly at Ed
who had
children
nestled on his
lap and
snuggled
against him.
"Did you ever
wonder why I
didn't give
you a Māori
name? It
was because I
wanted them to
name you... to
claim you as
their
own. And
they
did. And
they chose the
perfect
name...
Rawiri.
One who is
loved by
everyone.
It's similar,
you know, to
another
name.
David... a
name that's
special to
me. And
you're special
to me, Edgar
Rawiri...
Ed."
Joshua
beamed.
"We love you."
At those
words, a light
began to
shine.
Ed turned to
face it and
beamed.
"Māmā..."
When Joshua
and Ed
reappeared,
Steve dashed
over to his
boyfriend and
hugged him.
"How are you
doing?"
Ed smiled
serenely.
"Well.
Really
well.
It... it
helped so much
to see
everyone.
And..."
Ed lifted the
pendant from
his
chest.
"Each
principality
is given a
stone
representing
their
people.
I left mine
behind when I
lost my way
but they kept
it for me."
"Oh,
Ed...
It's
beautiful,
darling.
Was... was it
hard to come
back?"
Ed shook his
head.
"No.
Because I know
they're in
good
hands."
He smiled at
Joshua.
"And I know
I'll see them
again. I
have family
here now,
too."
He rested his
forehead
against
Steve's and
smiled with
contentment.
After giving
the two a few
moments,
Joshua spoke.
"So...
We're not yet
sure if the
Aurora Mist is
still
seaworthy but
a friend of
mine has a
ship that we
know is.
I thought we
might sail for
a bit?" Joshua
suggested.
Wide-eyed,
both Ed and
Steve nodded
with
excitement.
"Great!"
Joshua smiled
at them then
hugged Owen,
Graham, and
Andrew good
bye.
"They're
docked up near
the Aurora
Mist. My
friend Nico
gathered a
crew from
El-Chanan to
help out."
"Oh, Nico..."
Steve
recalled.
"Where's
El-Chanan?" Ed
asked.
"Another of my
worlds.
We'll have to
visit sometime
but for
now...
The Indigo
Ocean awaits!"
After a flurry
of thank yous
and good byes
to Andrew,
Owen, and
Graham; Ed and
Steve followed
Joshua to the
coast.
"Wow..." Steve
exclaimed as
the ship came
into
view. It
was nearly
twice as big
as the Aurora
Mist, too big
to dock right
off the coast.
Joshua hopped
into a dinghy,
excitement
radiating from
him.
"I'll row!" he
volunteered.
His excitement
catching, Ed
and Steve
giggled and
got into the
boat.
"So who is
Nico?" Ed
questioned.
"Human or
angel or..."
"Human.
Long story
short, Nico is
married to
Raquel who was
an assignment
of Andrew's
who he and
several of the
Dyelanders
befriended.
They met and
married on a
cruise ship
that Nico was
captaining.
They moved
here when Nico
retired.
Now they're
surrogate
grandparents
to Andrew's
and JenniAnn's
children,"
Joshua
explained.
"How
lovely!
And how kind
of Nico to let
us sail on his
ship," Steve
replied.
Joshua only
smiled.
Soon they'd
reached the
ship and were
lifted onto
the deck.
"Welcome
aboard!" Nico
greeted as
they
disembarked
the
dinghy.
He hugged
Joshua
tightly.
"Thank you for
having us," Ed
responded, his
gaze traveling
all over the
magnificent
ship.
"Of course, of
course!
It's a
pleasure.
JenniAnn
mentioned you
hadn't seen
much of
Asteriana so
the boys and I
thought we'd
do a tour
around
Asteri.
That work,
Joshua?"
"Absolutely!"
Joshua
affirmed.
"It's so
beautiful..."
Steve murmured
as he admired
the woodwork.
Ed wondered
what was going
on when Nico
winked at
Joshua.
But he didn't
have much time
to contemplate
it before
Steve was
pulling him
onto the other
side of the
ship where
dolphins were
playing.
"Anchors
aweigh, boys!"
Nico called.
Steve jumped
up and down
like a little
boy.
Ed chuckled
and wrapped
his arms
around his
waist, holding
him close as
the ship began
to move.
*~*~*
A half hour
into their
trip, Joshua
offered to
give Steve and
Ed a tour
below
deck.
They happily
accepted,
admiring each
of the
rooms.
The
workmanship
was
impeccable.
But something
was bothering
Ed...
especially
when they came
to the
captain's
quarters.
The room was
gorgeous.
But it had all
the energy of
a house staged
for
selling.
Nico seemed
like such a
lively fellow
and though
he'd not met
Raquel, Ed had
to believe
that someone
who was
friends with
Andrew and
JenniAnn would
have
personality
enough to
properly
decorate their
home.
"Did Nico just
buy this?" Ed
asked.
"It's not
Nico's ship,"
Joshua
replied.
Steve
startled.
"Then whose
ship is
it? Do
Andrew and
JenniAnn have
two?"
Ed chuckled,
imagining them
commanding a
fleet.
Joshua beamed
and rested a
hand on Ed's
shoulder.
"It's yours."
"It's... Ed's
ship?" Steve
questioned
with
amazement.
"Yup.
And
yours.
At least I'm
assuming Ed is
willing to
share," Joshua
noted with a
chuckle.
Ed stared at
Joshua with
wide eyes and
shook his
head.
"But... I...
but... I... I
left you."
"But you came
back," Joshua
countered,
squeezing Ed's
hand.
"And for
nearly a
thousand
years, you
were my loyal
angel.
You did so
much good,
Ed. And
you,
Steve...
Well, you've
not had
hundreds of
years but in
decades you've
also done so
much
good. So
much!
And you know
that when
someone works
for you and
they do good
work... you
compensate
them
fairly."
Joshua beamed
at the softly
weeping Steve
before
returning his
attention to
Ed. "As
an angel, I
saw to all
your needs,
Ed. But
your life...
it's on Earth
now. And
I owe it to
you, after all
your years of
hard and
dedicated and
sometimes
heartbreaking
work, to
ensure you're
comfortable.
So, yes, the
ship is
yours. I
thought it
would be best
for you and
your
soon-to-be
crew to stay
here for a
while.
Let word get
to Iggy.
Let him simmer
while you're
safely tucked
away
here.
There's a bank
account,
too.
Enough for
upkeep,
furnishings,
etc.
I'll ensure
the house is
looked
after.
And we'll make
sure Ihsan and
Fitz get all
the help they
need til
you're back,
Ed. And
by being in
Asteriana,
you'll be able
to help us out
with the...
situation...
with the
theatre.
And Ant can be
there for
Loreena."
"Our... our
soon-to-be
crew.
You mean...
Jess, Ollie,
and the guys?"
Steve
questioned,
shock still
evident on his
face.
"I do,
yeah."
Joshua smiled
and pulled
them both into
his embrace.
"Thank you...
thank you," Ed
murmured as he
wept into
Joshua's
shoulder.
"You're very
welcome."
Joshua kissed
the tops of
their
heads.
"Now... let's
get back on
deck so Nico
can tell you a
bit about your
ship.
Then after
we're finished
with the tour,
we'll go
surprise your
housemates,
hmm?"
"That... that
sounds
great. I
still can't
believe..."
Ed's voice
trailed off.
"Believe it,"
Joshua
encouraged.
"I... I always
wanted a
ship," Steve
murmured.
"And now you
have one!"
Joshua cheered
as Ed placed a
kiss on
Steve's
temple.
Then, unable
to resist
Joshua's
excitement,
the couple
shook
themselves out
of their shock
and followed
him to the
deck.
*~*~*
Shortly after
breakfast,
most of Ed's
and Steve's
housemates
were gathered
around the
kitchen table,
intent on a
round of
poker.
Suddenly, they
were
interrupted by
a thump from
the hall
closet.
"What was
that?" Lucky
asked in a
hushed
tone.
"And where are
Serge and
Bach?"
"They were
working in the
garden with
Jess and Ollie
when..."
There was a
scratching
noise like
something
being moved.
Around the
table, the
group
exchanged
nervous
glances.
"It's probably
just a mouse
or something
that got in
there.
I'll go check,
chickens," Ant
offered.
The other men
looked on
intently as
Ant approached
the closet and
opened
it. He
screamed and
ran back to
the kitchen.
"Put away the
cards!
And the
chips!" he
bellowed.
But the men
were too
stunned to
comply... not
when Ed and
Steve stepped
out of the
closet
followed by
someone they
only knew from
photos.
Joshua
followed Ed
and Steve into
the kitchen
and smiled.
"Oh,
fun!
Candy
poker!
Deal me in the
next round?"
he asked.
The entire
group began to
scream as Ed
and Steve bent
over with
laughter.
The cacophony
caused Ollie
and Jess to
run into the
house followed
by a knowing
Serge and
Bach.
"Jesus!" Jess
yelled.
Joshua turned
to them and
waved.
"Hi,
Jess!
And Ant...
gonna need you
to take a
breath,
please,"
Joshua
requested,
setting a hand
on the man's
back.
Once Ant had
complied,
Joshua
approached
Jess and Ollie
and hugged
them.
"How are you
doing?" he
asked.
"I'm so
thrilled to be
with you all
like this."
"We're
doing...
good?" Jess
answered.
"A... a little
shocked, to be
honest.
I mean..."
"We saw the
photo.
We believed
Ed.
But... didn't
expect you to
come here,"
Ollie
continued.
"I wanted
to. I
wanted to
thank you all
for everything
you did to
ensure Steve
and Ed got to
me."
Joshua beamed
at the couple
and their
friends.
"And...
there's a lot
to clear
up. But
we can do that
on the ship
and in the
days ahead."
"The ship?"
Karl
questioned.
"We have a
ship!" Ed
exclaimed.
"But
everyone's
gotta go
through the
closet first."
Lucky
chuckled.
"That sounds
like a bad
joke but...
okay.
I'll
bite.
The hall
closet?"
"I'll go with
you!" Rocky
insisted.
Smiling,
Joshua
nodded.
"Yup.
Just go into
the hall
closet... and
keep going."
After a few
moments, the
remaining
group heard
Lucky exclaim.
"Oh my
god!
There's a
purple
castle!"
That seemed to
be all the
encouragement
the rest of
the group
needed to go
pouring into
the closet,
taking Ihaka
and Kiri with
them.
Before he
followed,
Joshua
directed his
attention to
Serge and
Bach.
"Are you all
right to stay
here for a
while?" he
checked.
"Because I can
send someone
else if..."
"No, no!
You go
ahead.
We're really
enjoying our
time here,"
Serge assured.
"Really fond
of that dance
game," Bach
added.
Joshua
chuckled and
hugged them.
"All right
then.
See you
soon.
Love you."
"Love you,
too!"
"Have fun!"
With a final
smile and wave
for the former
soldiers,
Joshua
disappeared
into the
closet.
*~*~*
Ed
and Steve smiled proudly as they escorted their
friends to their new ship.
"We need to name it, you know," Ed pointed out.
"You should name it, darling. Joshua gave
it to you. And you're good at naming
things."
"It's
ours.
But
okay.
Hmm..."
Ed furrowed
his brow as he
considered
options.
"How about...
The
Fleetwood."
Steve laughed
and hugged Ed
tightly.
"I love
it! The
Fleetwood..."
The ship came
into view and
the crew
wasted no time
in piling into
dinghies and
setting
off.
"What if Ihaka
or Kiri try to
jump ship?"
Baptiste
questioned,
clinging to
the cat.
"I have a
couple
harnesses and
leads
waiting,"
Joshua
replied.
"Just until
we're sure how
they'll
react."
"So, like, are
we going to
live on that
now?"
Demi-John
asked.
"Probably best
for you all to
go back to the
house
tonight," Ed
answered.
"You have to
pack.
I'm sure Karl
wants to give
Serge and Bach
directions on
feeding the
birds.
Would that be
okay, Joshua?"
"Sure.
Serge and Bach
are still
there.
They'll be
fine."
"Aye, would
like to go
back t'night,"
Karl
confirmed.
"Reluctant to
leave 'em
but..."
He peered up
at the sky,
entranced by
the idea of
meeting new
birds,
possibly even
new species.
"Beyond that,
Joshua thought
it best we
remain here
for a
while.
Just until
news gets to
Iggy and he
has time to
simmer down...
well, as much
as he can,"
Steve added.
"Wow...
We get to live
on a
ship..."
Lars' eyes
were huge.
"You're not
all gonna
lounge about,
though," Ed
stressed.
"Joshua's got
a crew to
teach us how
to sail
properly."
"Don't you
already know
how to sail?"
Jess asked.
Ed chuckled.
"I mean that's
a bit more
complicated
than a waka,
mate.
But, yeah, I
know the
sails.
Gonna need
some lessons
on the
mechanics,
though."
"I think
you'll make
for a very
handsome and
commanding
captain,
darling,"
Steve
encouraged.
Ed's smile
betrayed his
pleasure but
he shook his
head.
"Co-captain.
You and me
every step of
the way,
love," he
replied,
causing Steve
to blush.
"There they go
again," Lucky
quipped from
the other
dinghy before
directing his
attention to
Joshua.
"So you're
really okay
with... the
gay thing?"
Joshua smiled.
"Lucky, I
spent three
years
condemning a
whole lot of
behaviors.
Ollie, maybe
you could
repeat for us
what I said
about
homosexuality."
Ollie
smiled... and
said nothing.
"Wait... so
nothing?
But the whole
Sodom and
Gomorrah
thing..."
Lucky
challenged.
"'Now this was
the sin of
your sister
Sodom: She and
her daughters
were arrogant,
overfed and
unconcerned;
they did not
help the poor
and needy,'"
Jess recited.
"Exactly,"
Joshua
confirmed.
"And, yes,
there were
people who
wanted to
assault two of
my
angels.
But that's the
key
word.
Assault.
We're not
talking
about..."
He waved to
indicate Ed
and Steve who
were making
googly eyes at
each
other.
"That. I
mean look at
how cute they
are!"
Joshua admired
them for a few
moments before
returning his
attention to
Lucky.
"The
Scriptures do
have
references to
homosexuality
but, again,
you have to
place those
references in
context.
They're about
abuses of
power, about
idolatry.
There's also
plenty in
there
condemning
assorted
heterosexuals
for their
sexual
behavior...
but somehow
few people
ever made the
leap to
thinking all
heterosexual
relations were
immoral."
"I'm afraid
not everyone
got the memo
about all of
this," Rocky
responded.
Joshua
frowned.
"No... they
didn't.
And that
grieves me...
especially
when it leads
to people
being
ostracized,
made to feel
they can't be
themselves,
and even
kicked out of
their
families."
"It's...
difficult,"
Ant, who had
been sitting
in awed
silence, said.
Joshua
squeezed his
shoulder.
"I know,
Antony.
Do you know
what your name
means?"
With tears in
his eyes, Ant
shook his
head.
"'Highly
praiseworthy.'
Many also link
it to the
Greek word
anthos which
means
flower.
It's
fitting.
Despite all
the hardships
that came your
way, you
grew.
You
flourished.
And you used
your skills to
feed your
family... and
feed them
well!
There were
many, many
times I wished
I could pop in
and join you
all."
Ant beamed.
"Now you can."
"And I
will.
Trust me."
"Do you, umm,
want us to
call you
Antony now?"
Ant smiled at
Lars and shook
his head.
"No. I
like
Ant.
But..."
He turned to
Joshua.
"I like it
when you call
me Antony."
Joshua
squeezed his
hands.
"Then I will."
"I do
wonder...
Will I be able
to see
Loreena?
I've
received...
troubling
messages from
her."
Joshua nodded.
"Absolutely.
That's part of
why I brought
all of you
here. We
have much to
do. But
for today...
just enjoy
your time
together, get
to know your
new
home.
Okay?"
The group
happily agreed
then cheered
when their
dinghies
reached the
Fleetwood.
"Welcome
aboard!
Welcome to
your ship!"
Nico greeted.
After a flurry
of
introductions,
Joshua waved
to Ed to
speak.
"So, uh, this
is our
ship.
I've named it
the
Fleetwood...
because Steve
and I met
while dancing
to Fleetwood
Mac's 'The
Chain.'
Seemed
fitting.
I'd like to
thank Nico and
his crew for
volunteering
to teach us
how to sail
the
Fleetwood.
And, of
course, I want
to thank
Joshua for...
for this
ship... for my
love."
He paused to
kiss Steve's
hand.
"And for
everything.
And now
because I see
you're all
about to burst
and I don't
want blood and
guts on my new
ship... you
can go below
deck and pick
out your
rooms.
There are
enough for
everyone to
have their own
but double up
if ya
like.
And... go!"
By the time
the frenzy had
ended, only
Lars, Ant, and
Karl had opted
for private
rooms.
Baptiste and
Demi-John,
Lucky and
Rocky, and, of
course, Ollie
and Jess would
room
together.
With that
settled, the
housemates
were summoned
to the mess
where Joshua
waited.
To their
surprise,
parchment
wrapped gifts
were waiting
for each of
them.
"What's all
this?" Ollie
asked.
"Shipwarming
presents,"
Joshua
explained.
"Come sit down
and open them
up. No
need to stand
on
ceremony.
Just tear into
them!"
Not needing
any further
encouragement,
the group
complied and
soon the mess
was filled
with
exclamations
of joy.
Beaming,
Joshua made
his way around
the table and
offered
explanation
where needed.
"Well, you
wanted a
unicorn.
I decided you
should have a
cuddly one and
a more
majestic one,"
Joshua
explained to
Lucky who was
clutching a
rainbow-colored
plush unicorn
and admiring a
carved wooden
statue.
"I love
them! I
love them so
much!" Lucky
exclaimed
before leaping
up to hug
Joshua.
"And what did
you get, hun?"
he asked
Rocky.
Rocky held up
some tools
that were
engraved with
his initials.
"I know you
expressed
interest in
taking up
whittling
so...
Now you have
tools.
I'd be happy
to give you
some lessons,
if you'd
like," Joshua
offered.
"Andrew, who
you've not yet
met but is
another of my
angels, can
give some
pointers,
too."
"That...
wow...
Yeah, that'd
be
great!
Thanks,
man.
This is
awesome!"
Rocky
enthused.
Across from
them,
Demi-John was
running his
fingers over a
richly
engraved
desktop
bookshelf.
"I already
know exactly
which books
I'm gonna put
on this!" he
gushed.
"Thanks,
Joshua!"
"You're
welcome!
Baptiste, the
guitar fit
okay?"
Baptiste
stared down at
the wooden
guitar case
resting across
his lap.
His name was
etched into it
and he
lovingly
traced it
before opening
the case to
reveal his
guitar, safe
and snug.
"It's
perfect.
Absolutely
perfect.
Always wanted
one."
Joshua
squeezed his
shoulder.
"I have a
guitar,
too.
Maybe we can
play together
some time?"
"Yeah!
Yeah, that'd
be great!"
Baptiste
agreed.
"Thank you!"
Joshua moved
to stand near
Karl who was
examining a
couple of
birdhouses.
"What do you
think,
Karl? Do
they meet your
requirements?"
he checked.
Karl continued
his
examination
then gave a
resolute nod.
"That they do,
Old Man.
The birds'll
be
pleased.
Thank ye
kindly on
their behalf."
"They're very
welcome,"
Joshua
replied.
"Why does he
call you
that?" Lucky
whispered.
"It's
comfortable
for him."
"And you don't
mind?"
"I'm a man...
and I'm as old
as you can get
so no."
Joshua smiled
and winked
then moved to
kneel beside
Lars who was
tearfully
studying the
contents of a
carved wooden
box.
"My
pictures... my
family.
They were
stolen... one
night at a
shelter.
Now... here
they are."
Joshua patted
his hand.
"All of
them. I
found them."
Lars rested
his other hand
over Joshua's
and nodded.
"Thank you."
"You're very
welcome,
Lars.
I'm so glad
you have them
back."
"I can put
them in my
room."
Joshua smiled
and nodded.
"They'll be
safe
there. I
promise."
Lars beamed
and released
Joshua's hand,
allowing him
to move onto
Ant who was
enthusiastically
digging
through his
box. It
contained
assorted
hand-carved
cooking
utensils and a
few recipe
cards.
"These are so
beautiful!
I love them so
much!"
Ant grinned as
he ran a
finger over
the decorative
handle of a
spatula.
"And did you
write these
up?"
Joshua shook
his head.
"No. My
Ama... my
mother
did.
They're some I
always
enjoyed.
I thought you
might like to
try them
sometime."
"Yes!
Yes, I
would!
Very
much!
Thank you!"
Joshua hugged
Ant when he
burst up from
his chair.
Once Ant
released him,
Joshua went to
Ollie and
Jess.
The latter had
their hand
over a new
scabbard which
held a
beautiful
knife with
their name
carved into
the handle
along with
intricate
scrollwork.
But, in that
moment, they
were more
intent on
Ollie's box.
"Vestments..."
Ollie lifted a
gorgeous,
turquoise
chasuble from
his box.
Below it was a
stole with
wooden beads
at the
ends.
Another set in
orange was
beneath it.
"Another gift
my Ama helped
with," Joshua
explained.
"My favorite
colors and...
and so
beautiful.
But... I'm not
a priest any
more."
Joshua
squeezed
Ollie's hand.
"You are my
priest.
No earthly
authority can
take that away
from you."
Jess wrapped
their arms
around one of
Ollie's and
blinked back
tears.
Ollie tried to
hide his own
tears but
failed.
He only nodded
silently
before Joshua
embraced the
couple.
When Joshua
stepped back,
Steve and Ed
approached.
"He's right,
mate."
Ed patted
Ollie's
hand.
"You're still
a
priest.
You were there
when we needed
a priest."
"And both of
you have been
supportive of
us from the
beginning.
Well, very
nearly the
beginning."
Steve chuckled
as he recalled
that first,
tense meeting
in his
office.
"I'm not sure
where we'd be
without you
two."
"It... it's
been an
honor.
And... heck,
it's been
pretty darn
entertaining,"
Ollie
responded with
a chuckle.
"Maybe a
little
cringy.
But only
sometimes,"
Jess added
with a smirk.
"Well, I'm
afraid you're
stuck with
cringy," Ed
replied as he
looped an arm
around Steve's
waist.
"Because I'm
not going any
where."
"Thank God for
that!" Ollie
cheered.
"Yes... most
definitely."
Steve gave Ed
a peck on the
cheek and then
clasped
Joshua's
hand.
"And thank you
for our
gift.
It's so
lovely."
"What did you
get?" Jess
asked.
"A His and His
tea chest with
our names on
it." Ed
released Steve
so he could
show it
off.
"And loads of
fancy teas,
too!"
"Well, I
always loved
how the two of
you were
determined to
have your tea
times
together.
But... there
is one more
thing.
It's not from
me,
though.
And it's not
here," Joshua
tantalized.
"It's at the
house... under
a loose
floorboard...
under the bed
in Ed's old
room."
Steve's and
Ed's eyebrows
raised as they
stared at
Joshua and
then at each
other.
*~*~*
That evening,
after a trip
to the house
to pack a few
things, Ed and
Steve settled
in for their
first night
together on
the
Fleetwood.
They sat on
their bed, Ed
sitting with
his back
against the
headboard.
Steve sat in
front of him,
leaning back
against his
chest.
In his lap was
the bundle of
items they'd
found under
the floorboard
Joshua had
told them
about.
"You ready?"
Ed checked.
Steve nodded.
"I think
so..."
Ed looped his
arms around
Steve's waist
and rested his
chin on his
right
shoulder.
Steve opened a
faded
envelope.
He let out a
sigh.
"A love
letter... from
my gran to
Helen."
He moved onto
the next
letter.
"And a
response...
This whole
stack must
be...
Oh..."
Ed smiled at
an image Steve
held up of two
middle-aged
women wearing
floral crowns
and gazing
adoringly at
each other.
"There are too
many to read
them all
tonight.
Do you suppose
I'm even meant
to?"
"I don't think
Joshua would
have told us
where to find
them if not."
"Just glancing
at the
dates... they
wrote even
when they were
living
together.
How love..."
Steve gasped.
"What is it?"
"This
one...
It's addressed
to... to me."
Ed kissed
Steve's
shoulder.
"Would you
like some
privacy to..."
"No.
Actually...
would you read
it to
me?
Getting a bit
misty eyed,
I'm afraid."
"Of course,
love."
Ed carefully
took the
letter from
his boyfriend
and began to
read.
"'Dear
Steve... my
beautiful
boy... I pray
that one day
you find
these.
As I near the
end of my
life, and I
hope this
isn't selfish,
I feel a need
to know that
at least one
person in my
family will
truly know who
I was.
Who my beloved
Helen and I
were. We
loved each
other...
wholly,
steadfastly.
And she loved
you, Steve, as
her own
grandson.
We were so
proud of
you.
Always.
I hope you
know
that.
I'm so sorry
we couldn't be
there for you
over these
last
years.
Please know
that we prayed
for you every
night, loved
you in every
moment.
We treasured
the times you
spent with
us. And
Steve... I
have loved you
from your
first
breath.
I know
you. And
I treasure
everything
about
you. As
I near the end
of my life, I
wish I'd told
you that more
often.
And I wish I'd
told you that
there is
nothing you
could do...
nothing you
could be...
that would
change
that.
You are a
miracle.
You are
supremely
lovable.
Just as you
are. I
hope one day
you find a...
a man who...
who tells you
that every
day."
Steve swiveled
around and
peered at Ed,
both of them
surprised.
"She
knew...
She knew I was
gay be-before
I even..."
Ed nodded.
"I could
sometimes tell
with the
kids.
Sometimes
not. But
yeah..."
Steve rubbed
at his eyes.
"She knew...
and she
understood."
"Seems
so." Ed
cradled
Steve's face
and kissed his
forehead.
"There's just
a bit
more. 'I
hope you know
happiness and
peace with
him. I
will love you
always.
God will, too,
sweetheart.
Love always,
Gran.'"
Steve let out
a shaky breath
then collapsed
against Ed who
wrapped his
arms around
him.
"Someone in...
in my family
knew.
A-and still
loved me."
"So much,
Steve, love."
Ed softly
swayed and
held on as
Steve
wept.
When he'd
quieted, Steve
sat up and
rested his
forehead
against Ed's.
"I love you so
much."
"I love you,
too.
And...
You are a
miracle.
You are
supremely
lovable."
Steve beamed
and buried his
hands in Ed's
hair.
"You are the
best thing
that's ever
happened to
me. My
angel... in
every sense of
the word."
The two kissed
then Steve
carefully set
the pile of
letters on
their bedside
table.
They settled
onto their
sides with
Steve closest
to the window
and Ed
protectively
draped around
him.
"It's so
beautiful...
the moon and
stars
reflected in
the ocean,"
Steve
murmured.
Ed
nodded.
"Gorgeous.
Is it like you
dreamed?"
"No...
No, I could
never have
dreamed this
big.
Never have
dreamed you
up."
Steve twisted
around to face
his
boyfriend.
"Gran used to
tell me
sometimes
God's dreams
for us are
bigger than
ours for
ourselves.
She was right
about that,
too."
Beaming, Ed
nodded.
"Do you... do
you think she
would have
liked me?"
Steve laughed.
"Oh,
darling...
She would have
absolutely
adored
you."
His expression
faltered.
"I just... I
can't believe
I... I thought
I would be
able to... to
walk away from
the
best..."
His voice
cracked.
Ed tightened
his embrace.
"But you came
back.
And I think
you woulda
come back even
without
JenniAnn, even
if you'd
figured out
the
portal.
I trust that
you would have
realized I...
I need you,
Steve."
"I need you,
too, Ed."
The two kissed
then snuggled
closer
together.
"We should try
to get some
sleep. I
told Nico we'd
take first
watch in the
morning.
Or I would, at
least," Ed
shared.
"We
will."
Steve kissed
Ed's right
hand.
"And,
yes. We
should
try.
Good night,
darling."
"Night, night,
love."
And so began
the most
restful sleep
of Ed's and
Steve's lives.
*~*~*
Epilogue
Circa
Five Years
Later
"Well
done!
You found the
last edge
piece!" Ed
cheered as his
daughter
slapped the
puzzle piece
into place.
"Now we move
onto the
middle bits
which are
harder!" Steve
bounced the
girl on his
knee.
"But watch
out,
Anahera...
Sometimes Pāpā
hides pieces
to be ornery."
"I do not!" Ed
protested.
"Liar!" Steve
shot
back.
Anahera
giggled.
Elsewhere in
the house,
there was a
faint buzzing
noise.
"Well, we'll
have to settle
this another
time. I
need to go
hang the
laundry."
Ed rose and
kissed Steve
and Anahera on
the tops of
their heads.
"We can help
you, Ed,"
Steve offered.
"No, no.
You keep
working on the
puzzle.
I'll be
quick.
Just gotta get
our little
angel's new
clothes from
Aunt Maren and
Aunt JenniAnn
dried before
we pack em up
for the
Fleetwood,
hmm?" Ed
tickled
Anahera,
relishing her
happy
laughter.
"All
right.
But yell if
you change
your mind."
"Will
do!"
Ed made his
way to the
laundry room
and loaded up
a basket with
the damp
clothes.
Once he was in
the yard, he
inhaled
deeply.
Though autumn
was
approaching,
the weather
was warm and
pleasant.
He smiled as
he hung up
Anahera's
skirts and
leggings and
T-shirts.
Barefoot and
clad only in
linen shorts,
a floral robe
Steve had
bought for
him, and a
circlet of
beads Anahera
had made that
morning; Ed
felt
comfortable
and free and
very
loved.
His smile grew
when the
sunlight
caught his
wedding band,
making it seem
to glow...
almost like
angelic light.
"What the hell
is going on?"
Ed
startled.
He closed his
eyes and
prayed then
turned towards
the familiar
voice.
Iggy was
standing in
Paulie's and
Jake's yard.
"Iggy...
How are you?"
"What are
you?" the
demon spat
back.
Ed smiled.
"Human."
"But... that's
not
possible.
H-how?" Iggy
sputtered.
"Ed, who are
you..."
"Stay back,
Steve!" Ed
shouted.
Steve stopped
at the edge of
the patio and
gaped.
Anahera ran up
beside Steve
who caught her
before she
could go
further.
"Pāpā!" she
cried.
Iggy's jaw
dropped.
A hand went to
his forehead.
"How...
Pāpā?!"
"What is it
you want,
Iggy?" Ed
demanded.
"You know what
I want!
You were
supposed to
possess..."
"Oh, trust me,
he possesses
me. I
possess
him.
Been about
five years
now," Steve
interjected,
displaying his
left hand to
show off his
engagement
ring and
wedding
band.
"Lovely
ceremony.
So sorry we
didn't invite
you."
Ed smirked
when Iggy sat
down on the
ground.
"How?!" he
shouted.
"How the hell
did you do
that you
foppish,
prissy
little..."
Anahera tore
out of Steve's
grasp and ran
to Ed, hugging
his
legs.
But she glared
at Iggy.
"We do NOT use
hurtful
words!" she
corrected.
"You're just
mad because my
Pāpā is pretty
and you
aren't!"
Something that
was almost
pitiable
washed over
Iggy's face at
the little
girl's words.
Ed picked
Anahera up and
balanced her
on his hip.
"I'm happy,
Iggy.
And I'm
free. I
hope you find
the
same.
Joshua's
waiting."
Anahera
whispered
something in
her father's
ear.
"Yeah, okay,"
Ed
agreed.
He set Anahera
down and she
scampered into
the house.
"I don't
understand...
Human..."
Ed beamed and
waved Steve
over.
When he was
near, he
wrapped an arm
around his
waist.
"Joshua gave
me a
choice.
I chose
this.
When my life
is through...
I'll go back
to being an
angel.
But now... now
I'm just a
man... a
husband... a
dad."
"But... but
that's never
happened.
It can't
happen.
Angels are
angels and
humans are
humans and..."
"Death is
death.
Except when
it's
life. He
doesn't like
to be boxed
in,
Iggy.
You know
that!"
Before Iggy
and Ed could
continue their
debate,
Anahera
returned with
something
clenched in
her right
fist.
She handed it
over to Ed who
made his way
towards Iggy
once he was
sure Steve had
a good hold on
Anahera.
"Here.
I'll toss this
over to you."
"What is it?"
"A gift from
the kid.
Don't be a
jerk about it,
okay?"
Iggy nodded.
Ed tossed the
item over the
fence and Iggy
caught
it. It
was a brightly
colored,
gaudy, beaded
child's
bracelet.
"She said you
can be pretty,
too. I,
uh, need to
get back to
the laundry
but nice
seeing you,
Iggy.
You take care
of yourself."
Iggy stared
down at the
bracelet and
nodded.
Ed rejoined
Steve and
Anahera,
wrapping his
arms around
them.
To Ed's
surprise, Iggy
looped the
bracelet over
his wrist,
waved and
nodded to
Anahera, and
left.
Steve let out
the breath
he'd been
holding.
"Who was that
Pāpā?"
"Just someone
I used to
know.
That was very
nice of you to
give him one
of your
bracelets."
"He needed
some
color.
Too much
black."
"Darling
girl..."
Steve picked
Anahera up and
nuzzled her
hair.
"How about we
help Pāpā with
the laundry
now? You
hand us pieces
and we'll pin
them up, hmm?"
"Okay!"
"Great, thank
you! How
about let's
start with
something...
green!"
While Anahera
dug through
the basket,
Steve hugged
Ed.
"Are you all
right,
darling?"
Ed smiled and
nodded.
"Actually...
yeah. I
really
am. That
felt... I
dunno.
Like some sort
closure, I
guess."
"Good.
He was
certainly
baffled!"
Ed chuckled
then lowered
his voice.
"Well, I guess
you would be
if you dropped
off a demon
and told him
to possess a
guy then you
show back up
nearly a
decade later
and he's
human,
married, and
has a kid."
Steve laughed.
"Found green!"
Anahera
chirped,
handing the
item to Steve.
"Very
good!
Now...
Find a blue
one for Pāpā
to hang up?"
Anahera
resumed her
hunt.
Ed and Steve
embraced and
kissed.
"Nearly a
decade..."
Steve
marveled.
"The best of
my life... and
that's saying
a lot."
Ed rested his
forehead
against
Steve's then
stole another
kiss.
"Blue!"
Ed pulled
himself away
from Steve and
accepted the
pair of
shorts.
As he pinned
them up, he
smiled up at
the sky and
thanked God
for his
husband and
his daughter
and all their
friends.
Edgar Rawiri
loved his
life.
The
End
Notes:
These are just some thoughts I had while plotting
and writing this story. They're in no
particular order.
- If you liked Ed and Steve at
all... please consider watching Our Flag
Means Death. OFMD's Ed is so much
more interesting, in my opinion. There was
a lot of his characterization that I couldn't
transfer to this story because it just wouldn't
work with an angel/demon. To be honest,
Stede is more complicated than Steve, too.
Definitely not the saint depicted here. My
thinking was younger Steve probably was at least
somewhat less likeable and fond of wielding his
privilege. But by the time this story
starts, he's been removed from status and wealth
for two decades.
- I am not Māori nor have I ever
been to Aotearoa New Zealand. (I would
definitely like to travel there some day,
though!) While I tried to research what I
could, I know I likely didn't get everything
right and am sorry for that. I did have
some debate about Edgar's tattoos and whether
they would be tā moko which is a tattooing
ritual of the Māori people. I ended
up deciding no because 1. I wanted the
placement though not the designs to mimic
Edward's tattoos on OFMD, 2. apparently some
individuals were considered too sacred for
moko and I figured within the reality of the
Asteriana stories where principalities are
real and actively involved, they would
likely fall into the "too sacred" group, 3.
I like the idea of the star tattoos as
bridging Ed's identity as an angel but also
his identification with his Māori family. The
design of the stars isn't unique to the
Māori people but
instead a celestial image that Ed
uses to remind him of their history,
and 4. Ed's first tattoo would, to
my mind, have symbolized him being
first sent as a principality.
So his tattoos would likely pre-date
tā moko by a bit.
- Also, I jokingly
referred to Ed as gay in the
trigger warning section but... I
would still challenge the idea
that angels/demons have a sexual
or romantic orientation because
I think the nature of their anam
cara attachments remain
extremely individualized.
In other words, no other man in
that club was ever going to give
Ed butterflies. It was
only ever going to be
Steve. But I do think
that, once he becomes human, Ed
would absolutely identify as a
gay man in a relationship with
another gay man.
- Just putting
this here because I thought it
was creepy/cool. In the
scene on deck while they're
sleeping under the stars, I was
originally going to have Ed tell
the story of Hinemoa and
Tutanekai which, thematically,
made more sense because it's
about star-crossed lovers.
But... In the days of the
long wait before Our Flag
Means Death was renewed, I
legit started feeling
sick. Like the first week
after I finished Season 1, my
face kept feeling hot, I
couldn't sleep, and I was,
frankly, just a mess of a
person. And then stuff
started happening. One
morning, I walked outside and
seagulls were everywhere in the
sky. Mind, I live in
Nebraska. And I knew they
passed through but I have never
seen them over my yard.
And that felt significant
because there are a couple of
seagull characters in the
show. Then one day I was
on my exercise bike and looked
out the window and gasped.
There was a blackbird with
red-orange-yellow bands where
their wings were. At
first, I thought the bird was
wounded. See, I knew
blackbirds existed but I'd never
seen one. And I'd always
thought blackbirds were
literally black birds. No
other color. But what I
was seeing was a red crested
blackbird. So in my head I
was like "Haha.
Blackbird.
Blackbeard. Maybe it's a
sign... Ed's coming
back!" And, lo and behold,
not long after I saw a second
blackbird. And they did
give me hope. And then
OFMD was renewed! So...
When I saw the Māori had a
legend about a similar
blackbird, I knew I had to
use that somewhere.
- The
housemates are, of course,
loosely based on the crew of
the Revenge. However,
we don't yet have much from
the show regarding their
backstories so I made most
of that up. The only
bits that came from the show
are 1. Jim (the inspiration
for Jess) was raised
Catholic and 2. Jim and
Oluwande (Ollie) were, for a
time, on the run
together. There is no
incidication on the show
that Oluwande is or ever was
Catholic. I made him a
former priest because 1. it
was a convenient way to give
him a history with Jess, 2.
I didn't think Ed would
agree to the possession
unless they had a priest on
hand and it made more sense
to use an existing character
rather than introduce
another that late in the
story, and 3. I've been
wanting to do a story for a
while in which a priest left
the Church, in part, to get
married. It was
originally supposed to be a
plot in "Broken Hallulejahs"
but that story had enough
going on. So now it's
Jess' and Ollie's story.
- I did feel
some unease about making
nearly everyone into a
recovering addict of some
sort. But addiction is
one of the themes on the
show... mostly via
Edward. I didn't
really see a good way to
render a demonic Ed into an
alcoholic without him being
Crowley 2.0 not to mention
the issue of where would he
be getting alcohol in that
cell? I also really
wanted Steve and the crew to
be living together and there
were only so many
options. I didn't want
Steve to be a
landlord. I also
didn't want the house to
just be a homeless shelter
because I already have three
of those in the
stories. So a sober
living home made a lot of
sense. I also think
it's important to humanize
addiction and though it's in
the past for these
characters, I was able to
touch on how easy it is to
turn to drugs and alcohol
when you've been traumatized
and/or neglected.
- Originally,
I envisioned this as more of
a modern-day version of
OFMD. However, as I
wrote, Ed and Steve became
more and more of their own
characters. So the
story ended up more like if
I'd taken things from the
show and put them in a
blender. So, for
example, "The Chain" plays
during a later, harrowing
part of OFMD but here it's a
joyful moment from Ed's and
Steve's very first scene
together. In the show,
Stede is near death when he
meets Ed. Here that
comes over a year after
their initial meeting when
they're already a
couple.
- The
Steve/Maren relationship is
quite a bit different from
the Stede/Mary one just on
account of modern times, I
think. While Maren no
doubt faced some backlash
post-divorce from her
conservative family, she had
a lot more options than a
woman in the 1700s
would. Also, Stede
just up and disappeared one
night to become a
pirate. Steve never
disappeared. He just
came out as gay and they
proceeded to have a very
civil divorce. Also,
in the show, Stede and Mary
had two children so I think
it's understandable Mary
wouldn't be nearly as chill
and kind as Maren is (though
I love Mary on the
show!). Steve didn't
walk out on two kids!
Another big change was
making Steve and Maren into
childhood friends whereas
their TV counterparts only
met right before their
arranged marriage. I
felt this would account for
why, post-divorce, Maren
isn't entirely able to
extricate herself from
Steve. Yes, he's her
ex-husband. But he's
also one of her oldest
friends and, after he's
disowned, she's the only
family Steve has left.
- Honestly,
the character of Steve is
probably the biggest
departure from OFMD. I
love Stede but he can be a
snob and cluelessly callous
when it comes to issues like
race, power dynamics, and
wealth disparity. And
I think it's possible Steve
was those things at least to
some extent when under the
thumb of his parents.
But those elements just
didn't transfer well at all
to a modern man heading a
diverse household.
It's one thing for a
privileged member of the
landed gentry to not
understand systematic
racism. That's not to
excuse Stede. At
all! But it's not like
he could have educated
himself by watching videos
about CRT and such on
YouTube. Steve
could. Steve is also
two decades into his work
and would just have to be
more compassionate,
intelligent, and
humble. He knows
better than to, say, think
he can relate to Ed's
experience as a Māori man
(seemingly) just because
he's also in a minority
group (queer). Stede
would probably draw a
parallel to the two and
think he gets how it is for
Ed. Steve realizes he
can't and so offers to
introduce Ed to friends who
can relate. In
general, Edgar and Steve are
just at very different life
stages than Edward and Stede
are in the show.
- I made Ed a
principality because they fascinate me. A
while back, before OFMD aired, I was just
randomly thinking about what happens to a
principality when the group they're assigned to
no longer exist. Sadly, we've lost many
civilizations so what happened to those
angels? I'm sure many returned to Heaven
with the last of their people and either lived
in Paradise with them for eternity or were given
new roles. But I could also imagine
someone really losing themself and acting
out. I mean just for a point of
comparison, look how snappy Andrew got when he
thought Ben Mason was going to die. And he
wasn't even as involved as a principality would
be! So I think Ed's reaction, while very
sad and misguided, is understandable.
- The surnames
Bonnet and Thomas were ones
used by Stede Bonnet.
I included the former as a
joke since it ends up
actually being Ed who uses
it and then just because he
sees something shiny on the
hood of a car. I
actually hate picking last
names which was why I was
cribbing them from pirate
lore. But then the
more I thought about it, I
really liked the name
Stephen Thomas for Steve not
because of any pirate-y
reasons but for biblical
ones. His very
Christian parents would, of
course, pick a Christian
name for their son/heir and
you can't get much more
Christian than the first
martyr. And Steve does
turn out to be a very
self-sacrificial
person. Obviously they
didn't choose their last
name but Thomas fit well
because Steve really
struggles with doubt; doubt
in himself chiefly but also
he doubts his faith, quite
understandably IMO, because
of how he grew up. In
any case, neither Bonnet nor
Thomas will last much
longer. The happy
couple will jointly choose a
new last name given Bonnet
was just a lark and Thomas
is tied to a family who
rejected Steve. I
haven't picked it yet.
I'm leaning towards
something star-related.
- Just so it's
clear... while I love OFMD, I think the real
people were trash people. There's a reason
Ed gets very uncomfortable and even offended
when people compare him to Blackbeard. I
certainly wouldn't want to be associated with a
murderous rapist! But I think part of the
charm of the show is it trades on those men's
names to promote progressive values. Like
"We're gonna use the Blackbeard legend to lure
people into a story about overcoming toxic
masculinity. Also, our Blackbeard cries
and has a full-on panic attack. Because
mental health is important!" And,
meanwhile, Stede Bonnet was a slave owner which
is abhorrent. And maybe he also was a
rapist. I have no idea. I haven't
actually looked into them because I don't care
about the real guys.
- Also, I made
some changes that involved
completely flipping
something the show
did. For example,
Edward really doesn't have a
great track record with
animals in the show.
Ed is obviously very
different in that he risked
being returned to Hell
rather than hurt a
puppy. Again, some
stuff just didn't translate
because Ed is an angel by
birth. I don't think
all angels necessarily love
animals but they sure
wouldn't harm them!
And since Ed only became a
demon because he was filled
with rage towards one guy
and then was consumed with
guilt, I saw no reason
demonic Ed wouldn't
appreciate animals.
And, heck, I love animals so
I definitely wasn't going to
spend a bunch of time on a
character who was callous
about them.
- There are a
few lines that are from the show and I wanted to
be sure to note that. "Yummy lavender
soap" is something Edward said along with "I'm
not a good person." Lucius did say
something to the effect of "Oh my god, this is
happening" when he saw Edward and Stede
flirting. The post-possession innuendo
scene was based off a swordfight in the show in
which one party overheard but could not see it
and mistakenly thought Edward and Stede were
having sex. There is a scene where Edward
seems to possibly be engaging in suicidal
ideation and another in which Stede comforts him
after he hides in a bathtub following a panic
attack. I bridged those scenes together.
Playlist:
Available here: https://open.spotify.com/playlist/2rgEMEJo10I1quPbZdt7UP?si=46e98a2a226e4413
1. "Mystery of Love" by
Sufjan Stevens- So I've never
seen the movie this is from but
I thought this song was so
beautiful. If this was a
TV show, I would have played
this over scenes of Ed and Steve
getting ready before their
meeting.
2. "The Chain" by
Fleetwood Mac- I was obviously
going to need to incorporate
this! The first dance!
3. "Dancing Queen" by
ABBA- And the second dance!
4. "Y.M.C.A." by the
Village People- And the third!
5. "Sunlight" by Hozier- I
imagined this starting up right
as Steve throws himself at Ed
and kisses him for the first
time after Ollie's thankfully
failed attempt at an
exorcism. Then it becomes
diegetic when Lars sings it as
Baptiste plays while Ed and
Steve eat and chat as the former
recovers.
6. "Ready Now" by dodie- I
like the idea of this playing
over a montage of Steve and Ed
first starting their
relationship. And then in
the second bar scene, they hear
it, too.
7. "Way Down We Go" by
KALEO- I imagined this playing
during the possession scene,
particularly as Steve makes his
way through the cell and sees
the visual evidence of Ed's
mental decline.
8. "Constellations" by The
Oh Hellos- As Steve and Ed
snuggle under the stars during
the post-possession bonfire
scene.
9. "The Night We Met" by
Lord Huron- Ed's thoughts as he
stays with Steve in the
hospital. He wants to go
back to a better time when Steve
was healthy and happy.
10. "Running Up That Hill"
by Kate Bush- Yes, I watch Stranger
Things and, yes, that was
a great scene.
Unfortunately, it got derailed
for me because all I could think
of was how well this song fit
Edward and Stede. And
then, from there, it was an easy
connection to Ed's breakdown as
Steve is dying. He
literally tries to make a deal
with God to switch places so
Steve can live.
11. "I Found" by Amber
Run- This goes with the scene
after Steve is revived but
before he regains consciousness
and Ed does a bit of an angelic
revelation scene.
12. "Like Real People Do"
by Hozier- It's heard
twice. First when Lars
serenades Steve in the hospital
and again at the anniversary
party.
13. "Ribs" by Lorde- I
envisioned a snippet of this
playing when Ed and Steve flee
the awful twins and rush to
their bedroom to snog.
14. "In the Garden" by
Brad Paisley- From Lars'
testimony. I actually
wanted a less country sounding
version but couldn't find what I
was looking for.
Unlisted. "Let's Get
Married" cover by Mitski- I
couldn't find this cover on
Spotify but a YouTube search
will turn it up. Steve
hums it on the Aurora Mist.
15. "Blackbird" by The
Beatles- The blackbird scene,
naturally. This song got
stuck in my head when I saw the
blackbirds. It also
reminds me of Ed's journey.
16. "Hoki Hoki" by
Aotearoa Māori Chorale- Ed's
reunion in Heaven with his
family.
17. "To Build a Home" by
The Cinematic Orchestra with
Patrick Watson- Originally, the
story had a more distant
epilogue involving this song and
the next but I decided to hold
on those scenes. But this
one would be nice with the
existing epilogue, too.
18. "The Luckiest" by Ben
Folds- Again, from the original
but postponed epilogue.
Expect it to come back later!
Works Cited:
Our Flag Means Death
"The Chain" by Fleetwood Mac
"Dancing Queen" by ABBA
"Y.M.C.A." by The Village People
Thor: Ragnarok
Game of Thrones
Little Women by Louisa
May Alcott
The Lord of the Rings
Star Wars
The Notebook
Paradise Lost by John
Milton
Dante's Inferno
Matthew 28:19- "Go and make
disciples of all nations"
Matthew 7:12- The Golden Rule
"Sunlight" by Hozier
Genesis 9:13-16- the story of
Noah and the rainbow
Pride and Prejudice by
Jane Austen
"I'm Ready Now" by dodie
A Christmas Carol by
Charles Dickens
"Amazing Grace" composed by John
Newton
"Like Real People Do" by Hozier
Jesus Christ Superstar
Galatians 6:8- the reap/sow
verse
Psalm 27:5- "For in the day of
trouble... he will hide me"
Matthew 27:46/Mark 15:34- My
God, my God, why have your
forsaken me?
John 19:30- "It is finished."
Luke 23:46- into your hands
Romeo and Juliet by
William Shakespeare
The Chronicles of Narnia
by C.S. Lewis
1 Corinthians 13
"In the Garden" by Charles A.
Miles
Matthew 3:17- "You are my
beloved son"
Matthew 6:25-30/Luke 12:22-28-
lilies of the field/sparrows
"Let's Get Married" cover by
Mitski
Matthew 18:21-22- "seventy times
seven times"
1 Kings 19:12- still, small
voice
The Pūrākau of Māui and Tīeke
Genesis 19- Sodom and Gomorrah
Ezekiel 16:49- the sin of Sodom
Sources (in no particular order):
Māori history- https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/M%C4%81ori_people
Regrettably, I did not learn much
about the Māori in school so I used that page and
its many links to get a basic timeline down for
Rawiri.
Burial Practices of the Māori - https://teara.govt.nz/en/death-and-dying/page-2
-Though I opted not to go into
specifics about what Rawiri was doing when Hahana
and Joshua confronted him, reading that just makes
the scene more heartbreaking, IMO.
An archived article about epidemics= https://web.archive.org/web/20081014015352/http://www.portdanielpress.com/maori_pop.htm
Stars- https://nzetc.victoria.ac.nz/tm/scholarly/tei-BesAstro-t1-body-d1-d6-d4.html
The Pūrākau
of Māui and Tīeke-
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5I_HP6Vfuks
"Hoki Hoki Tonu Mai" history and lyrics translation-
https://folksong.org.nz/ho-kihoki/
Aotearoa New Zealand COVID Information- https://covid19.govt.nz/about-our-covid-19-response/history-of-the-covid-19-alert-system/
While I never outright said where
in Aotearoa this was taking place, I used Auckland
when determining what alert level Ed, Steve, and Co.
were in.
Te Aka Māori Dictionary- https://maoridictionary.co.nz/
Back to the Story Index